Tecknit EMI - Astat

TECKNIT EM! SHIELDING PRODUCTS 

After World War II, the increased use of high frequencies 

in communications and electronic 

equipment created the crippling problem of 

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI). Tecknit was 

one of the pioneering leaders in the search for 

EMI shielding methods. 

Founded in 1958, Tecknit at first specialized in 

the manufacture of wire based shielding products 

designed for military use. Since then, Tecknit has 

matched continuing advances in electronic technology 

by expanding its line of shielding products 

to include metal impregnated silicone elastomers, 

air vent panels, shielding windows, beryllium copper 

finger stock, coatings and a host of hybrid 

shielding products. 

Today, Tecknit supplies shielding solutions to an 

ever widening range of technology companies, 

including telecommunications, aerospace, data 

communications, medical diagnostic equipment, 

test instrumentation, automotive, military, and 

information technology. 

MANUFACTURING / ENGINEERING 

Tecknit EMI Shielding Products maintains a staff 

of experienced engineers—expert in every phase 

of shielding technology. The Tecknit Global 

Manufacturing Facilities have an ever widening 

range of precision disciplines including: injection 

molding, precision computer controlled milling, 

silicone extrusion and stamping, wire spinning, 

precision wire forming and clean room assembly. 

In addition, Tecknit maintains EMI shielding test 

laboratories in order to help insure quality standards 

and a reliable flow of world class products. 

RECOGNIZED FOR QUALITY 

Tecknit EMI Shielding Products has been awarded 

ISO 9001:2000 certification and distributes 

products into every important technology center 

around the world, where Tecknit shielding products 

enjoy a reputation for technical excellence 

and high reliability. 

QUALITY POLICY 

Tecknit strives to expand its market share and to 

maintain its presence as a world class manufacturer 

through it s ongoing commitment to continuous 

quality improvement and customer satisfaction. 

Tecknit is dedicated to exceeding customer 

expectations and needs by delivering high quality 

products and maintaining an exceptional on time 

delivery performance. 

Wire knitting 

Precision metal stamping 

Heat Treating 

Computer controlled milling 

Form-In-Place production in England 

Mexico: 528-18-369-8610 • China: 86-10-67884650 • www.tecknit.com

Contents 

Page 

Product 

Number Code 

U.S. Customary 

[SI Metric] 

2 

INTRODUCTION ..............................................................................................................1 - 4 

EMI Shielding Design Guide 

SECTION 1..................................................................................................................5 - 22 

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY OVERVIEW ..................................................................5 

ELECTROMAGNETIC SHIELDING OVERVIEW....................................................................6 - 7 

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY DESIGN ..............................................................8 - 14 

PCB Design ..................................................................................................................8 - 9 

Internal Cable Design ..........................................................................................................9 

Enclosure Shielding Design..........................................................................................9 - 12 

Filters ........................................................................................................................12 - 13 

Bonding and Grounding ..........................................................................................13 - 14 

SECTION 2 

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS ..............................................................................................15 - 22 

Military Equipment EMC Design ........................................................................................15 

Modeling and Analysis ..............................................................................................15 - 16 

Special Design Considerations ....................................................................................17 -22 

Architectural Shielding Design ..........................................................................................22 

A - Wire Mesh 

TECKNIT STRIPS (Knitted Wire Mesh Material) ............................................................A1 - A2 20 

CUSTOM STRIPS (Wire Mesh Knitted over Elastomer Core) ..........................................A3 - A4 21 

EMC SHIELDING TAPE (Thin Strip of Knitted Wire Mesh) ............................................A5 - A6 23 

TECKMESH TAPE (Shield and Seal Wire Mesh) ............................................................A7 - A8 23 

SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE (Die-Compressed Mesh Gaskets) ....................................A9 - A10 30 

CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE (Custom Mesh Gaskets)....................................................A11 - A12 31 

DUOSTRIPSTM AND DUOGASKETS (Knitted Wire Mesh with Elastomer Seal) ......A13 - A16 43 

TECKSTRIP ® (Knitted Wire Mesh with Extruded Aluminum Strips or Frames) ............A17 - A18 51 

DUOSIL ® (Extruded Strip of Wire Mesh and Silicone) ................................................A19 - A20 80 

B - Metal Fibers And Screens 

DUOLASTIC(Woven Wire Impregnated with Elastomer) ............................................B1 - B2 42 

TECKFELT (Thin Gasket Sheets of Sintered Metal Fiber) ..........................................B3 - B4 45 

TECKSPAN (Expanded Metal with Optional Elastomer Filler) ....................................B5 - B6 48 

C - Oriented Wire 

ELASTOMET ® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Rubber) ..........................................C1 - C5 82 

ELASTOFOAM (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Sponge) ........................................C6 - C8 88 

D - Conductive Elastomers 

ELASTOMER SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE ..................................................................D1 -D11 

CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART ..................................................D13 -D14 

CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES (Sheets, Rule Die Cut and Molded Gaskets) ....D15 68 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE ......................................................................D16 03 

VULCON (Molded-In Place Conductive Elastomers) ..............................................D17 - D20 67 

TECKFIP ® GASKETING ( Formed-In Place Conductive Elastomers) ..........................D21 - D24 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

Page 

Number 

Product 

Code 

CONSIL ® - E (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ............................................D25 - D26 81 

CONSIL ® - II (Conductive Silver/Silicone Elastomers) ................................................D27 - D28 84 

CONSIL ® - R (Pure Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..................................................D29 - D30 85 

SC-CONSIL ® (Carbon-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ........................................................D31 - D32 86 

CONSIL ® - C (Silver-Copper Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..............................................D33 - D34 87 

CONSIL ® - N (Silver-Nickel Filled Silicone Elastomer)................................................D35 - D36 83 

CONSIL ® - A (Silver-Aluminum Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..........................................D37 - D38 89 

CONSIL ® - V (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ............................................D39 - D40 75 

NC-CONSIL ® (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Elastomer) ..............................D41 - D42 79 

E - Windows 

WINDOWS DESIGN GUIDE ........................................................................................E1 - E17 

ECTC ........................................................................................................................E19 - E20 70 

TECKFILM..........................................................................................................................E21 70 

TECKSHIELD F ..................................................................................................................E22 71 

TECKSHIELD F: POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS ..................................................................E23 

TECKSHIELD F: ALLYCARBONATE WINDOWS....................................................................E24 

F - Air Vent Panels 

TECKCELL - A AND PARACELL (Aluminum Honeycomb Vent Panels) ..................F1 - F4 60 

TECKCELL- SIB (Steel and Brass Honeycomb Vent Panels) ...................................... F5 - F6 62 

TECKCELL-A (LP) (Low Profile, Aluminum, Shielding Air Vent Panels) ......................F7 - F8 60 

TECKSCREEN (Dust Arresting EMI Shielding Air Vent Panels)..................................F9 - F10 63 

TECKAIRE (Low Profile Dust and EMI Filtering Air Vent Panels) ............................F11 - F12 64 

G - Conductive Systems 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (One Part Silver-Filled RTV) ..............................................G1 - G2 72 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (Silver and Nickel Filled RTV) ............................................G3 - G4 72 

TECKBOND- C (Silver Plated Copper-Filled Silicone Adhesive) ........................................ G5 72 

TECKBOND- A (Silver Plated Aluminum-Filled Silicone Adhesive).................................... G6 72 

TECKBOND NC (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Adhesive) ..................................G7 72 

CONDUCTIVE CAULKING (Silver-Filled Flexible Resin Caulking Systems) ..................G9 - G10 72 

CONDUCTIVE EPOXY (Silver-Filled Systems for Joining, Bonding and Sealing) ........G11 - G12 72 

CONDUCTIVE GREASE (Electrically Conductive Silver-Filled Grease) ........................G13 - G14 72 

CONDUCTIVE COATINGS (Electrically Conductive Paints) ........................................G15 - G16 73 

H Shielding Components 

DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (Wire Mesh Resilient Contact Element) ..............H1 -H2 32 

EMI CONNECTOR GASKETS (EMI Flange Seals for Electrical Connectors)....................H3 - H7 XX 

CONDUCTIVE O-SEALS (Conductive Elastomer Gaskets)............................................H9 - H10 XX 

WAVEGUIDE GASKETS (Silicone Elastomer Gaskets) ................................................H11 - H13 87 

EMC FOIL TAPE (Conductive Foil Tape with Conductive Adhesive ......................................H14 23 

TECKMASK (EMI Foil Tape with Easy Peel Mask) ................................................H15 - H16 23 

I - Beryllium Copper Gaskets 

BERYLLIUM COPPER (Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets)....................................................I1 - I8 55-56 

J - Fabric-over-Foam Gaskets 

TECKSOF 2000 (Conductive Fabric over Foam Gaskets) ............................................J1 - J9 27 

K - Glossary and Appendix A....................................................................K1 -K6 

Mexico: 528-18-369-8610 • China: 86-10-67884650 • www.tecknit.com 

3

Tecknit World-Wide 

Grantham, England 

Apodaca, Mexico 

Cranford, NJ 

Madrid, Spain 

Beijing, China 

TECKNIT INC. 

Founded in 1958, Tecknit has grown into a 

multimillion dollar international group of companies 

offering a broad range of EMI shielding products 

and services. In order to better serve customers, 

Tecknit maintains manufacturing facilities in the 

United States, England, Spain, Mexico and China. 

Each facility is equipped to efficiently and 

economically supply EMI shielding products to 

regional customers as well as making available cost 

savings to customers world-wide. Our Tecknit-USA 

facility, located in Cranford, New Jersey, is an ISO 

9001:2000 certified company. 

TECKNIT EUROPE 

Tecknit Europe is headquartered in Grantham, 

England, it supplies the European automotive, 

telecommunication, aircraft and commercial 

electronics manufacturers. Tecknit Europe consists 

of manufacturing facilities in Grantham, England 

and Madrid, Spain. These facilities enable Tecknit 

Europe to pursue specialized engineering projects 

tailored to fit your requirements in the European 

market. Tecknit Europe is a BS-EN-ISO 9002 

certified company. 

TECKNIT DE MEXICO 

Tecknit de Mexico offers both Latin American and 

North American customers design and engineering 

support from its large facility conveniently located 

near the U.S. border in Apodaca, Mexico. Here, 

Central, South and North American customers 

benefit from the unique manufacturing advantages 

found in Mexico, plus the pooled world-wide 

engineering resources of Tecknit EMI Shielding 

Products. Tecknit de Mexico is an ISO 9001:2000 

certified company. 

TECKNIT CHINA 

China is a major participant in the world economy. 

In order to serve China and the growing Asian 

market Tecknit has established manufacturing 

facilities in the heart of Beijing’s Economic And 

Industrial Development Area as well as in Shenzhen 

and Shanghai, China. Here large varieties of 

shielding materials are fabricated to suit customer’s 

needs. Tecknit China manufactures berylliumcopper 

fingerstock, ventilation panels, knitted mesh 

products, Form-In-Place gaskets and other EMI 

shielding products. Tecknit (Beijing) Electronics 

Technologies Co. is an ISO 9001:2000 certified 

company. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

INTRODUCTION 

Introduction 


[SI Metric] 

1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

INTRODUCTION 

STANDARD PRODUCTS AND SPECIALS 

This catalog presents a technical review of the 

TECKNIT EMI Shielding Product Line. It is intended 

to serve as a guide to the selection, engineering, 

and specification of materials and components 

for EMI or EMP shielding, grounding, and 

static discharge. While the standard products illustrated 

in this catalog cover a broad range of materials 

and applications, TECKNIT has consistently 

provided successful solutions to an even broader 

range of special problems. We invite inquiries 

about our capabilities and recommendations for 

any shielding, grounding, or static discharge 

application. 

BASIC DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 

The following will serve to introduce basic 

mechanical and electrical packaging design 

considerations for effectively achieving 

Electromagnetic Compatibility through the use of 

TECKNIT EMI Shielding products described in this 

catalog. Terminology used, in some cases, is 

somewhat unique to the subject, and is described 

in the Glossary of Terms included in a separate 

section of this catalog. 

Electronic equipment/systems, which operate 

effectively within design parameters without 

causing or suffering unacceptable performance 

degradation due to electromagnetic radiation 

or response, are described as having 

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC). A review of 

the following electromagnetic spectrum describes 

the area in which TECKNIT products can provide 

the designer with the required shielding levels of 

Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) protection for 

electronic equipment and systems. 

Both mechanical and electrical design aspects 

should be carefully considered in the selection of 

EMI Shielding products. Mechanical considerations 

are significant because of physical dimensions 

and tolerances involved in construction of 

electronic equipment and systems. These factors 

may seriously impact on the electrical performance 

characteristics of EMI shielding products. It 

is thus essential that the designer adequately consider 

the origin and methods of suppression of 

EMI. 

The EMI Shielding Design Guide section of this 

catalog contains valuable theoretical and practical 

information on “how to select” TECKNIT EMI/FFI 

shielding materials. In addition, the EMI Shielding 

Design Guide provides specific information on EMI 

shielding requirements for electronic circuits 

which either radiate electromagnetic energy or 

are susceptible to electromagnetic interference. 

TYPES OF INTERFERENCE 

RFI - Radio Frequency 

Interference: unwanted radiated 

electronic noise (broadcast) 

10 kHz to 1000 MHz 

EMP - ElectroMagnetic Pulse: 

broadband, high intensity 

transient phenomena, such as 

lightning or nuclear explosion 

EMI - ElectroMagnetic 

Interference: dc to 300 GHz 

ESD - ElectroStatic Discharge: 

A Transient Phenomena 

Involving Static Electricity- 

Friction 


2

INTRODUCTION 

Introduction, Continued 

By using the information provided, the design or 

packaging engineermay develop an EMI shielding 

profile by comparing the required shielding levels 

of specific TECKNIT EMI shielding materials. 

Total shielding is accomplished through the use of 

line filters, and EMI shielding materials. These EMI 

shielding materials consist of gasket and barrier 

materials which provide custom designed products 

for specific applications. 

EMI shielding materials may be generally classified 

into three categories: 

• Gasketing Materials 

• Barrier Materials 

• Shielding Components 

As shown in the Table of Contents, the products in 

these categories may then be arranged to form 

eight subsections (A through H) based upon 

shielding materials (e.g., knitted wire mesh) or 

product type (e.g., windows, vent panels, etc.) 

GASKETING MATERIALS: 

• Knitted Wire Mesh (Section A) 

• Metal Fibers & Screen Gaskets (Section B) 

• Oriented Wire Gaskets (Section C) 

• Conductive Elastomers (Section D) 

• Beryllium Copper Gaskets (Section I) 

• Fabric-over-Foam (Section J) 

BARRIER MATERIALS: 

• Viewing Windows (Section E) 

• Air Vent Panels (Section F) 

• Conductive Coatings (Section G) 

SHIELDING COMPONENTS: 

• Toggle boots and shaft seals, foil tape, FUZZ 

BUTTON contact elements, connector gaskets, 

O-Seals (Section H). 

There are seven basic steps involved in the selection 

and specification of EMI shielding materials. 

1. IDENTIFY - susceptible devices and major emissions 

sources. Example: Home computer power 

supply, aircraft navigation equipment, etc. (generally 

specified). 

2. EMI SHIELDING DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS - 

Example: Military, FCC, VDE, Tempest, etc. 

(Specified) 

3. PERFORM SHIELDING ANALYSIS - Reference 

TECKNIT Design Guide to determine shielding 

profile by comparing "required shielding" with 

shielding obtained for various gaskets and 

materials. 

4. IDENTIFY MECHANICAL RESTRAINTS - Example: 

Openings and discontinuities for viewing, servicing, 

air flow, moisture seals, temperature 

extremes, etc. 

5. TEST-VERIFICATION - To FCC, VDE, MIL-STD 

specification. Examine new methods employing 

Transfer Impedance or TEM cell. 

6. GENERATE SHIELDING SPECIFICATION - For gasket, 

barrier, gasket and/or shielding components. 

Reference TECKNIT EMI Shielding 

Products Catalog data sheets for specific material 

specifications. Contact TECKNIT 

Representative or TECKNIT Factory locations for 

design assistance if required and for assigning 

of TECKNIT part numbers. 

MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF THE SELECTION OF 

GASKETING MATERIALS 

In developing EMI Shielding, many mechanical 

and electrical design considerations are interdependent. 

One of the more important is joint 

unevenness. Joint unevenness refers to the degree 

of mismatch between mating seam surfaces. It 

results when the mating surfaces make contact at 

irregular intervals due to surface roughness or to 

bowing of cover plates which may be the result of: 

Improper Material Selection, Thickness of Cover 

Plate, Too Few Fasteners, Excessive and/or 

Uneven Bolt Alignment, Improper Gasket Size 

Selection. Ideally, gaskets should make even, con- 

3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

INTRODUCTION 

tinuous and uniform contact with seam surfaces. 

Seam surfaces should be free of contaminates and 

insulating materials such as paints or other decorative 

finishes. Joint uneveness and surface conditions 

are excellent examples of mechanical 

restraints which can have adverse effects on the 

electrical performance of a gasket. The ideal gasket 

material will bridge irregularities without losing 

its properties of resiliency, stability or conductivity. 

The primary function of an EMI seam gasket is to 

minimize the coupling efficiency of a seam. To 

provide effective EMI Shielding, the seam design 

should incorporate the following features: 

• Mating surface should be as flat as economically 

possible. 

• Flange width should be at least (5) times the 

maximum expected joint unevenness. 

• Mating surfaces requiring dissimilar materials 

should be selected from the groupings of metals 

shown in the electrochemical compatibility chart 

in the TECKNIT Shielding Design Guide. 

Materials at opposite ends of the table should be 

avoided. 

• Mating surfaces should be cleaned to re-move 

all dirt and oxide films just prior to assembly of 

the enclosure parts. 

• Dielectric protective/decorative coatings should 

be removed in the mating surface area. These 

faces should be treated with chromate conversion 

coating for aluminum, and plated with tin, 

nickel, or zinc for steel. 

• Fasteners should be tightened from the middle 

of the longest seam toward the ends to minimize 

buckling and warping. In most cases, there will 

be several gasket and barrier shielding materials 

which can be utilized. A final selection is made 

through the consideration of application requirements, 

as well as, mechanical design restraints, 

economics and other factors which might be 

imposed. 

ADMINISTRATION AND MANUFACTURING 

From its origin in 1958 as Technical Wire 

Products, Inc., TECKNIT has become a world 

leader in the design and production of EMI/EMP 

shielding, grounding, and static discharge products. 

Today TECKNIT occupies administrative and 

manufacturing facilities in the United States, 

Mexico, China, Spain and the UK. 

SALES AND APPLICATIONS ASSISTANCE 

TECKNIT sales representatives and distributors 

located throughout the World are available to provide 

sales and product application assistance. 

PRICE AND AVAILABILITY 

Price and delivery quotations on catalog items 

are available from your nearest TECKNIT 

representative or directly from TECKNIT Sales 

Administration Offices Worldwide. 

STATEMENT IN LIEU OF WARRANTY 

All technical information and data in this document 

is based on tests and is believed accurate 

and reliable. Nevertheless, since the products 

described herein are not provided to conform with 

mutually accepted specifications and the use 

thereof is unknown, the manufacturer and seller of 

the products do not guarantee results, freedom 

from patent infringement or suitability of the products 

for any application thereof. The manufacturer 

and seller of the products described in this document 

will provide all possible technical assistance 

and will replace any products proven defective. No 

statement or recommendation made by the manufacturer 

or seller not contained herein shall have 

any force or effect unless in conformity with an 

agreement signed by an officer of the seller or 

manufacturer. 


4

EMI SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE 

Section 1: 

Electromagnetic Compatibility Overview 


[SI Metric] 

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) is the ability 

of an electronic system or subsystem to reliably 

operate in its intended electromagnetic environment 

without either responding to electrical 

noise or generating unwanted electrical noise. 

Electromagnetic interference (EMI) is the impairment 

of the performance of an electronic system 

or subsystem by an unwanted electromagnetic 

disturbance. 

Electromagnetic compatibility is achieved by 

reducing the interference below the level that disrupts 

the proper operation of the electronic system 

or subsystem. This compatibility is generally 

accomplished by means of electronic filters, and 

component or equipment shielding. An example 

of an EMI emitter/ susceptor system is shown in 

Figure 1. 

The emitter represents a system or subsystem 

that generates noise and the susceptor represents 

a system or subsystem that is susceptible to 

noise. In the real world, a system or subsystem 

can be simultaneously an emitter and a susceptor. 

The dotted lines show examples of radiated 

interference phenomena and the solid lines show 

examples of conducted interference phenomena. 

The arrows indicate the direction of noise transmission 

and coupling. Line A depicts interference 

coupled directly from the emitter to the susceptor 

through radiation paths. Line B shows that interconnect 

cables can also act as emitters of radiated 

noise. Line C shows that interconnect cables 

can act as susceptors and respond to noise that 

originated as radiated emissions. Thus, noise that 

originally began as radiated emission can show 

up in the susceptor system as conducted susceptibility. 

Line D represents the crosstalk problem 

found in interconnect cables where noise in one 

cable can be capacitively and inductively coupled 

to another cable. 

FIGURE 1 

INTERFERENCE COUPLING PATHS 

5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

Section 1: 

Electromagnetic Shielding Overview 


Electromagnetic waves consist of two oscillating 

fields at right angles (Figure 2). One of these 

fields is the electric field (E-Field) while the other 

is the magnetic field (H-Field). The electromagnetic 

wave impedance (Z w ) in ohms is defined as the 

ratio of E-Field intensity expressed in volts per 

meter (V/m) to the H-Field intensity expressed in 

amperes per meter (A/m). E-Fields are generated 

by and most easily interact with high impedance 

voltage driven circuitry, such as a straight wire or 

dipole. H-Fields are generated by and most readily 

interact with low impedance current driven circuitry 

such as wire loops. 

interaction with conductive materials were developed 

well over a hundred years ago by J.C. 

Maxwell. The solutions of these differential equations 

are generally complex, even for simple models. 

This has discouraged their use in shielding 

analysis. 

FIGURE 3 

LOSSES DUE TO A SOLID CONDUCTIVE BARRIER 

FIGURE 2 

ELECTROMAGNETIC PLANE POLARIZED WAVEFORM 

Any barrier placed between an emitter and a susceptor 

that diminishes the strength of the interference 

can be thought of as an EMI shield. How 

well the shield attenuates an electromagnetic field 

is referred to as its shielding effectiveness (SE). 

Therefore, shielding effectiveness is a measure of 

the ability of that material to control radiated electromagnetic 

energy. The standard unit of measurement 

for shielding effectiveness is the decibel 

(dB). The decibel is expressed as the ratio of two 

values of electromagnetic field strength where the 

field strengths are compared before and after the 

shield is in place. It is defined as: 

E-Field, SE dB = 20 log 10 (E 1 \ E 2 ) 

H-Field, SE dB = 20 log 10 (H 1 \ H 2 ) 

The losses in field strength from a shielding barrier 

are a function of the barrier material (permeability, 

conductivity and thickness), frequency and 

distance from the EMI source to the shield. 

The basic differential equations that express classical 

electromagnetic field phenomena and its 

A simpler method for studying the effects of electromagnetic 

wave interaction with conductive barriers 

was developed by S.A. Schelkunoff in the 

1930’s. Using this technique, total shielding 

effectiveness (SE dB ) of a solid conductive barrier 

can be expressed as the sum of the reflection, 

(R dB ), absorption, (A dB ) and re-reflection (B dB ) 

losses (refer to Figure 3). The reflection loss is 

proportional to the electromagnetic wave impedance 

(Z W ) and inversely proportional to the barrier 

intrinsic impedance (Z B ). The absorption loss is 

proportional to the barrier thickness (t) and 

absorption coefficient of the barrier (α ). The 

inverse of the absorption coefficient is called the 

‘skin depth’ (δ ). Skin depth is a magnetic property 

that tends to confine the current flow to the 

surface of a conductor. The skin depth becomes 

shallower as frequency, conductivity or permeability 

increases. Electromagnetic fields become 

attenuated by 1/e (natural logarithm) for every 

skin depth of penetration into the barrier as 

shown in Figure 4. The greater the number of 

skin depths that exist within a given thickness of 

metal, the greater the absorption loss. Since the 

skin depth becomes shallower as frequency 

increases, absorption loss becomes the dominant 

term at high frequencies. The re-reflection loss is 


6


Section 1: 

Electromagnetic Shielding Overview, cont 


[SI Metric] 

strongly dependent upon the absorption loss. Just 

as a reflection occurs at the air to metal entrance 

boundary of the barrier, a similar reflection occurs 

at the metal to air exit boundary . For an absorption 

loss of greater than 10 dB, the reflection term 

can be ignored. 

FIGURE 4 

ABSORPTIVE LOSSES AS A FUNCTION OF SKIN DEPTH (δ) 

The barrier intrinsic impedance is a function of 

the barrier relative permeability (µ r ), relative conductivity 

(σ r ), and frequency (f). The wave impedance 

is a function of the absolute permeability 

(µ o ) and absolute permittivity (ε o ). Two other 

important factors in the shielding equation are the 

distance (r) from the source of electromagnetic 

energy to the barrier, and wavelength (λ). 

Wavelength is related to the propagation velocity 

(C = 3 x 10 8 m/sec) and the frequency (f) as follows: 

λ = c/f. When the source to barrier distance 

is less than about one sixth of the wavelength of 

the frequency of the electromagnetic energy 

(λ/2π), the field is called the ‘near field’. When 

the source to barrier distance is greater than 

λ/2π, the field is called the ‘far field’. 

The distance between the source and barrier is 

important in determining the reflectivity factors in 

the near field for E-Fields and H-Fields. For E- 

Fields the reflection loss in the near field increases 

as the separation between the source and 

shielding barrier decreases and as frequency 

decreases. For H-Fields, on the other hand, the 

reflection loss in the near field increases as the 

separation between the source and shielding barrier 

increases and as the frequency increases. For 

absorption, the losses are independent of the 

near field/far field condition and are the same 

whether the wave is predominantly an E-Field, 

HField or a plane wave, which is an electromagnetic 

wave in which all points normal to the direction 

of propagation are in phase or parallel to one 

another or going in the same direction. 

Summarizing: 

• Absorption: Absorption increases with increase 

in frequency of the electromagnetic wave, 

barrier thickness, barrier permeability, and 

conductivity. 

• Reflection: As a general rule, above 10 kHz, 

reflection increases with an increase in conductivity 

and a decrease in permeability. 

• Reflection - E-Field: Increases with a decrease 

in frequency and a decrease in distance 

between the source and shielding barrier. 

• Reflection - H-Field: Increases with an increase 

in frequency and an increase in distance 

between the source and shielding barrier. 

• Reflection - Plane Wave: Increases with a 

decrease in frequency. 

The solution of shielding effectiveness equations 

for solid conductive barriers, which considers the 

barrier as an infinite plane of finite thickness, 

usually results in shielding levels much greater 

than practically achieved with an actual shielded 

enclosure. This is due to barrier finite dimensions 

and discontinuities, which are a necessary part of 

a conductive cabinet design (e.g., seams, cable 

penetrations and air vents). Barrier thickness 

required to meet mechanical strength requirements 

generally provides adequate shielding 

effectiveness. The barrier material and shielding 

treatments of seams, penetrations and apertures 

are the more important design considerations. In 

Appendix A is a ranking of materials with respect 

to relative conductivity, relative permeability, 

absorption loss, and, reflection loss. Shielding 

treatments, including those manufactured by 

Tecknit, are discussed in the following sections of 

this Design Guide. 

7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

Section 1: 

Electromagnetic Compatibility Design 


EMC design should be an integral part of any 

electronic device or system. This is far more cost 

effective than the alternative, that is, attempting to 

achieve EMC on a finished product. The primary 

EMC design techniques include electromagnetic 

shielding, circuit filtering, and good ground 

design including special attenuation to the bonding 

of grounding elements. 

Figure 5 presents a recommended methodology 

to good EMC design of a device or system. A hierarchy 

is presented in the form of a pyramid. First, 

the foundation of a good EMC design is simply 

the application of good electrical and mechanical 

design principles. This includes reliability considerations 

like meeting design specifications within 

acceptable tolerances, good packaging and comprehensive 

development testing. 

Next, internal cables are generally used to connect 

PCBs or other internal subassemblies. The 

internal cable EMC design, including routing and 

shielding, is very important to the overall EMC of 

any given device. 

After the EMC design of the PCB and internal 

cables are complete, special attention must be 

given to the enclosure shielding design and the 

treatment of all apertures, penetrations and cable 

interfaces. Finally, consideration must be given to 

filtering of input and output power and other 

cables. 

The following sections look at each of these 

important areas and provide practical EMC design 

guidelines. 

PCB DESIGN 

When designing a PCB, the design goal is to control 

the following: 

1. emissions from the PCB circuitry, 

2. susceptibility of the PCB circuits to external 

interference, 

3. coupling between PCB circuits and other nearby 

circuits in the device, and 

4. coupling between circuits on the PCB. 

This is accomplished primarily by paying special 

attention to the board layout and design, minimizing 

impedance discontinuities, and, when possible, 

by using low amplitude signals. 

FIGURE 5 

EMC DESIGN PYRAMID 

Generally, the engine that drives today’s electronic 

equipment is located on a printed circuit board 

(PCB). This engine is comprised of potential interference 

sources, as well as components and circuits 

sensitive to electromagnetic energy. 

Therefore, the PCB EMC design is the next most 

important consideration in EMC design. The location 

of active components, the routing of traces, 

impedance matching, grounding design, and circuit 

filtering are driven, in part, by EMC considerations. 

Certain PCB components may also require 

shielding. 

If clock frequencies above 10 MHz are used, in 

most cases it will be necessary to use multilayer 

design with an embedded ground layer. If this is 

cost prohibitive for your product, use guardbanding, 

that is, grounds on each side of signal traces. 

Components should be located such that noisy 

and sensitive circuits can be isolated. Keep clock 

traces, buses and chip enables separate from I/O 

lines and connectors. Clock runs should be minimized 

and oriented perpendicular to signal 

traces. If the clocks go off the board, then they 

should be located close to the connector. 

Otherwise, clocks should be centrally located to 

help minimize onboard distribution traces. 

Input/output chips should be located near the 

associated connectors. Output circuits should be 

damped with a resistor, inductor or ferrite bead 


8


Section 1: 

Electromagnetic Compatibility Design, cont 


[SI Metric] 

mounted close to the driver. Circuit types (i.e., 

digital, analog, power) should be separated, as 

well as their grounds. Tecknit offers a variety of 

shielding components especially suited for PCB 

shielding applications including a comprehensive 

line of conductive elastomers. See Section D of 

the Tecknit Shielding Products Catalog. 

For high frequency design, the layout should be 

treated as a signal transmission environment, 

necessitating that impedance discontinuities be 

minimized. 

Good decoupling practices should be used 

throughout the PCB; use bypasses liberally. 

Typically, this will be a 0.1 to 1.0 microfarad 

ceramic capacitor. Bypass capacitors should be 

mounted close to the IC. 

Minimize power bus loop areas by routing the 

power bus as close as possible to its return. 

Power lines should be filtered at the PCB interface. 

INTERNAL CABLE DESIGN 

Internal cabling should be minimized as much as 

possible. When cables are required to connect 

assemblies and PCBs, the lengths should be minimized. 

Long service loops can be disastrous. If 

PCBs are properly designed, the requirement for 

shielding of internal cabling will be minimized. 

However, if it is found that cable shielding is 

required, the technique used to ground the shield 

is critical to the attenuation afforded by the 

shield. Cable shields should not be used as signal 

returns. For certain unbalanced circuits, coaxial 

cables are often used. In this case the ‘shield’ of 

the coaxial cable is intentionally used for signal 

return. In this application, the shield is not 

intended for attenuation of electromagnetic energy 

emanating from the center conductor. If the 

circuits at each end of a coaxial cable are 

designed properly, the coaxial cable should not 

radiate. However, if circuit impedances are not 

properly matched and the coaxial cable does 

radiate, another shield must be added to the 

cable (triaxial). This outer ground would be then 

bonded to the chassis ground. 

ENCLOSURE SHIELDING DESIGN 

The enclosure must be designed with shielding in 

mind. If PCBs and internal cabling are properly 

designed, the need for enclosure shielding will be 

minimized. However, if it is found that enclosure 

shielding is required, designing the enclosure to 

permit the application of shielding treatments will 

minimize the level of the shielding design and 

associated cost. 

A shielded enclosure should be fabricated from 

materials that possess the desired physical and 

electrical characteristics, including resistance to 

adverse environmental conditions. Discontinuities 

degrade the shielding and their design is critical 

in maintaining the desired levels of shielding 

effectiveness, providing the possibility of electromagnetic 

coupling through the openings and 

seams. The efficiency of the coupling depends 

upon the size of the hole or seam in relation to 

the wavelength of the interference. Any openings 

in an enclosure can provide a highly efficient coupling 

path at some frequency. As the aperture 

increases in size, its coupling efficiency increases. 

A good rule of thumb to follow in general design 

practice is to avoid openings larger than l/20 for 

standard commercial products and l/50 for products 

operating in the microwave range. Since 

most EMI coupling problems are broadband in 

nature, the frequency of concern would be the 

highest threat frequency within the bandwidth 

envelope. Figure 6 shows l/20 and l/50 aperture 

sizes over the frequency range 100 kilohertz 

(kHz) to 10 gigahertz (GHz). 

9 

In the Tecknit EMI Shielding Products Catalog, 

knitted wire mesh and metal foil tapes can be 

found which are specifically designed for harness 

and cable shielding, as well as grounding 

applications. 

FIGURE 6 

MAXIMUM SIZE OPENING AGAINST THREAT FREQUENCY 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


When it is necessary to specify an opening larger 

than λ/20 or λ/50, protective measures, such as 

the products manufactured by Tecknit, may be 

required to reduce the coupling which the aperture 

introduces. See Section 4 for application 

solutions. 

Electromagnetic energy leakage through an aperture 

is dependent upon two factors: 

1. the longest dimension, (d), of the aperture 

2. the wavelength of the radiating field. 

For wavelengths less than two times the longest 

aperture dimension, the electromagnetic energy 

will pass freely through the opening without being 

attenuated. For wavelengths equal to twice the 

opening, the shielding is zero. The frequency at 

which this occurs is called the cutoff frequency 

(f c ). 

f c = C/2d, where C is the propagation velocity of 

electromagnetic waves 

For wavelengths greater than two times the maximum 

dimension, the attenuation is expressed as : 

frequency is reduced proportionally to the ratio of 

the distance from the aperture: 

f c = (C/2d) (r/d) and 

R dB = (20 log l/2d) (r/d), where λ/2 > d 

The presence of more than one aperture of the 

same size in a solid metal barrier has the effect of 

reducing the total effective shielding. The amount 

of shielding reduction is dependent on the spacing 

between any two adjacent apertures, the 

wavelength of the interference and the total number 

of apertures. If the adjacent apertures have 

the same maximum dimension and are spaced at 

least a half wavelength apart, the shielding reduction 

is minimal and can be considered zero for 

practical purposes. 

As the apertures are brought closer together (s d > t 

(t = material thickness) 

Apertures affect both the reflection and absorption 

terms. The reflection term is lowered as a 

result of an increase in the barrier impedance relative 

to the wave impedance. This increase in 

barrier impedance is caused by leakage inductance, 

which is related to the dimensions of the 

aperture and the spacing of the radiating circuits 

from the aperture. A good approximation of the 

net shielding is to assume 0 dB shielding at the 

cutoff frequency and a linear increase of 20 dB 

per decade in shielding as the frequency 

decreases. The maximum possible shielding 

effectiveness, of course, is equal to that calculated 

for a solid barrier without an aperture. 

However, this does not consider the effects of the 

noise source in close proximity to the aperture. As 

long as the potential EMI source is spaced at 

least as far away as the largest dimension of the 

aperture, this approximation will hold true. 

When a noise source is closer than the largest 

dimension of the aperture, a reduction in shielding 

can be expected. Deriving the shielding 

requirement in this situation can be very complicated. 

As an approximation, the effective cutoff 

where n = number of apertures 

s < λ/2 > d > t 

s = edge to edge hole spacing 

These relationships apply to knitted or woven wire 

screen material if the wires make good contact at 

each crossover or intersection. 

Nonmetallic Enclosures 

Many commercial electronic devices are packaged 

in enclosures of plastic or other nonconductive 

materials. If the devices must rely on enclosure 

shielding for EMC compliance, these enclosures 

must be treated with a conductive material 

to provide shielding. Metallizing techniques for 

this application include vacuum deposition, electroless 

plating, arc spray, and conductive spray 

‘paint’. The latter is the most frequently used 

technique which is really a paint-like slurry of 

metal particles in a carrier. These conformal coatings 

are loaded with very fine particles of a conductive 

material such as silver, nickel, copper and 

carbon. For example, Tecknit manufactures a 

highly conductive acrylic and polyurethane paints 

filled with silver particles. Surface resistivities as 

low as 50 milliohms per square are attainable for 

a one mil coating thickness. The lower the sur- 


10


Section 1: 



[SI Metric] 

11 

face resistivity of the conductive coating, the 

greater the shielding effectiveness. Shielding 

effectiveness levels of 60 dB to 100 dB can be 

achieved. 

Windows 

Often, large-area openings are required for viewing 

displays, status lamps and device operating 

status. When shielding of these large areas is 

required for EMC purposes, several options are 

available: (a) laminating a conductive screen 

between optically clear plastic or glass sheets; (b) 

casting a mesh within a plastic sheet; and (c) 

applying an optically clear conductive layer to a 

transparent substrate. 

Refer to Section E of the Tecknit EMI Shielding 

Products Catalog for application and performance 

data on EMI shielding windows. 

Seams 

In the design of seams, the goal should be to 

achieve complete conductive contact along the 

entire length of the seam. In cases where this is 

not practical, special attention must be given to: 

1. Seam Overlap: The two surfaces of the seam 

form a capacitor. Since capacitance is a function 

of area, seam overlap should be made as large as 

practical to provide sufficient capacitive coupling 

for the seam to function as an electrical short at 

high frequencies. As a good rule to follow, the 

minimum seam overlap to spacing-between-surfaces 

ratio should be 5 to 1. 

FIGURE 7 

SEAM OVERLAP AND SPACING 

2. Seam Contact Points: Along the entire length of 

every seam there should be firm electrical contact 

at intervals no greater than λ/20 for most commercial 

devices and λ/50 for microwave devices. 

This contact can be obtained by using pressure 

devices such as screws or fasteners, grounding 

pads, contact straps across the seam, or conductive 

gaskets. Tecknit manufactures foil tapes, 

thin elastomer gaskets, conductive caulks and 

various other products which can be used in this 

application. 

If the seam surfaces are conductive and mate 

tightly, an electrical short is provided. To ensure 

a tight seam design, conductive gasketing along 

the entire length of the seam may be used. 

Conductive gasketing should be considered in the 

following cases: 

1. Total enclosure shielding requirements exceed 

40dB. 

2. Enclosures with seam openings greater than 

λ/20. 

3. Threat/emission frequencies exceed 100 MHz. 

4. Machined mating surfaces are impractical. 

5. Dissimilar materials are used on the mating 

surfaces of the seam and the device is 

designed to operate in severe environments. 

6. Environmental (e.g., dust, vapor) seals are 

necessary. 

Tecknit manufactures a wide variety of conductive 

gaskets for a broad range of applications, see the 

Tecknit Catalog. 

When using gasketing materials to attain a satisfactory 

EMI shield, as well as proper environmental 

seal, be aware that gaskets are subject to both 

minimum and maximum pressure limits to 

achieve a proper electromagnetic seal. The 

greater the pressure applied to the gasketed joint, 

the better the apparent environmental and EMI 

seal. However, should the pressure exceed the 

maximum pressure limit of the gasket, permanent 

damage to the gasket can occur. This damage 

may decrease pressure across the seam and 

degrade both the environmental and EMI shielding 

characteristics. Wherever possible, use gasket 

compression stops or grooves to limit compression 

to the maximum recommended values. 

Penetrations 

Enclosure penetrations may be categorized as (a) 

those through which a conductor is passed, and 

(b) those through which a conductor does not 

pass. An example of the former is a cable interface 

port, and examples of the latter are air vents 

and holes for dielectric shafts. 

Generally, to maintain the shielding integrity of the 

enclosure at cable penetrations, electronic filters 

or shielded cables must be used. Tecknit manufactures 

wire mesh and foil tapes which can be 

used for cable shielding purposes. See Section A 

in the Tecknit Catalog. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


To maintain the shielding integrity of an enclosure 

with feedthroughs for non-conductive shafts or air 

vents, waveguide theory may be applied. A metal 

tube may be used for non-conductive shafts as 

shown in Figure 8. This tube may be treated as a 

waveguide to determine its ‘shielding’ characteristics. 

The attenuation (A) characteristics of an individual 

waveguide below the cutoff frequency (fc) 

is a function of the depth to width ratio (d/w). As 

the depth to width ratio increases, so does the 

shielding. 

For circular waveguides, the following relationships 

apply: 

f c = 1.76 x 1010/w cm = 6.92 x 109/w in 

A dB = 32 d/w 

For rectangular waveguides, the following relationships 

apply: 

f c = 1.5 x 1010/w cm = 5.9 x 109/w in 

A dB = 27.3 d/w 

As discussed above, air vents that attenuate electromagnetic 

energy can generally be designed 

using multiple small holes in a metallic enclosure. 

However, in some cases where adequate attenuation 

can not be achieved in this manner, for 

example, when the noise source is close to the air 

vent, a honeycomb waveguide design may be 

used as shown in Figure 8. These waveguide air 

vent panels are available from Tecknit. See 

Section F in the Tecknit Catalog. 

FILTERS 

Generally, to suppress power line and signal line 

emission, some form of filtering is required. Filter 

attenuation is highly dependent upon source and 

load impedances. Manufacturers’ data is generally 

published for 50 ohm source and load impedances 

while actual impedances are generally 

reactive and vary considerably over the frequency 

range of interest. While there are methods for 

determining the actual impedances, these values 

are usually unknown. Hence, the selection of filters 

through mathematical computation is usually 

impractical. 

An alternative approach is that of impedance mismatch. 

That is, if a filter mismatches its source 

and load impedances, minimum transfer of signal 

(EMI) power will occur. If the source impedance 

is high, the filter input impedance should be low, 

or shunt capacitive. If the source impedance is 

low, the filter input impedance should be high, or 

series reactive. The same mismatch should exist 

between the load impedance and the filter’s output 

impedance. 

Another consideration is whether the EMI is common 

mode or differential mode, where common 

mode refers to noise voltages on two conductors 

referenced to ground, and differential mode refers 

to a voltage present on one conductor referenced 

to the other. In many cases both types of EMI 

must be attenuated. 

Virtually all off-the-shelf power line filters are 

designed to handle common mode noise, and 

many provide both common and differential 

mode filtering. Without conducted emission test 

data, it is generally difficult to determine the interference 

mode of the equipment and thus the type 

of filter required. 

FIGURE 8 

WAVEGUIDES BEYOND CUTPFF 

FIGURE 9 

EXAMPLE OF FILTER TYPES 


12


Section 1: 



[SI Metric] 

Some knowledge of basic filter design is helpful in 

selecting which filter type to try first. Where common 

mode filtering is required, line-to-ground 

capacitors and common core inductors should 

be used. 

Where differential mode filtering is required, lineto- 

line capacitors and discrete series inductors 

should be used. Figure 9 illustrates examples of 

both filter types. Most filter manufacturers, given 

some knowledge of a particular device and the 

EMI problem, can assist in selecting a suitable filter. 

The only way to be sure that a filter will 

reduce EMI to compliant levels is to test the 

equipment for conducted emissions, and be prepared 

to try several different filters. This trial-anderror 

approach may be unscientific, but in most 

cases proves to be the fastest, most cost effective, 

and minimum risk approach. 

The installation of a filter is extremely critical. 

Filter case-to-frame ground connections must 

have low impedance over the frequency range of 

the filter, input- to-output leads must have maximum 

physical isolation, and, in the case of power 

line and I/O line filters, the filtered lines must be 

as close as possible to the enclosure entry point 

(see Figure 10). 

FIGURE 10 

FILTER INSTALLATION 

Connector pin filters and ferrite beads are also 

very effective, especially on I/O line and for high 

frequency (>100 MHz) attenuation. One must be 

cautious that the capacitor and ferrite impedances 

do not affect intended signal characteristics. 

BONDING AND GROUNDING 

In the preceding sections, references were made 

to the importance of good low impedance ground 

connections for shielding and filtering. Grounding 

is probably the most important, yet least understood, 

aspect of EMI control. Often, ‘ground’ connections 

are made without appropriate attention 

to the ground conductor impedance at the frequencies 

of interest. As a result, the performance 

of enclosure shielding, cable shielding or filtering 

may be degraded, and the erroneous conclusion 

made that the ‘shield’ or ‘filter’ design is incorrect. 

When we use the word "ground", we are generally 

speaking about a reference point. In most cases, 

the best place to begin is with the green safety 

wire of the AC power cable, assuming the device 

is not battery powered of course. Since safety 

organizations require that the safety ground be 

connected to the chassis, the green wire is generally 

attached to the chassis immediately upon 

entering the enclosure. This is good practice for 

EMI control as well since this ‘safety ground point’ 

will also serve as the primary point of reference 

for all other ground connections. The goal is to 

maintain a very low impedance path between this 

point and any other ground connection point in 

the device. 

Thus, ‘bonding’, or maintaining a low impedance 

connection between mating conductive parts, is 

an important part of a good ground scheme. This 

requires that mating parts of enclosures not be 

painted, the ground straps not be attached to 

painted surfaces, and, perhaps, in corrosive environments, 

special attention be given to the use of 

dissimilar metals to preclude the effects of galvanic 

action. The goal is to maintain, as close 

as practical, a single potential ‘safety ground’ 

system. 

Signal returns should generally be attached to 

safety ground at one point (single-point ground 

concept) to avoid ground loops. The term generally 

is important to note here since, in some 

cases, it might be found that a multi-point ground 

approach yields better results. Trial-and-error may 

be required. Printed circuit board design should 

also employ a singlepoint ground approach to 

13 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


maintain isolation of different circuit types as previously 

discussed. The best approach is to develop 

a ground diagram showing all ground connections, 

using different symbols for ‘safety’, ‘analog’, 

‘digital’, and ‘rf’ grounds. This will help to highlight 

potential problems such as ground loops and 

common ground paths for different circuit types. 

Figure 11 illustrates the concept described above. 

This is an ideal condition. However, in many 

cases it is necessary to connect returns from one 

PCB to another or one circuit type to another. 

This results in ground loops. To minimize the 

potential EMI threat, the following approaches 

can be taken: 

1. use balanced differential circuits when possible, 

2. minimized loop areas, and 

3. run hot and return leads next to each other. 

FIGURE 11 

EXAMPLE OF DEVICE GROUND DIAGRAM 


14


Section 2: 

Special Applications 


[SI Metric] 

15 

MILITARY EQUIPMENT EMC DESIGN 

Since about 1990, there has been a trend in the 

military to accept commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) 

equipment, especially in ‘noncritical’ equipment. 

In many military contracts, EMC requirements referencing 

FCC and IEC standards can be found. 

There are several reasons for this including cost 

reduction. 

However, where more stringent requirements are 

deemed necessary the most commonly used military 

standards for both emissions and immunity 

(more commonly referred to as susceptibility in 

the military) are MIL-STD-461D, Requirements for 

the Control of Electromagnetic Interference 

Emissions and Susceptibility and MIL-STD-462D, 

Measurement of Electromagnetic Interference 

Characteristics. As the titles indicate, one document 

sets forth emission limits and susceptibility 

criteria while the other defines the test methodology. 

As one might expect, the military emission limits 

are much lower and the susceptibility criteria 

more severe than those found in most commercial 

standards. Also, the frequency ranges are 

broader as referenced in the MIL-STD- 461D 

requirements. 

The basic EMC design principles set forth in this 

Design Guide for commercial products applies as 

well to military products. The primary areas that 

differ are generally in the design of the enclosures 

and line filters. Also, especially in large complex 

systems, EMC design analyses are required in the 

schematic design phase to guide the electrical 

and mechanical engineers. 

MODELING AND ANALYSIS 

In many cases a circuit or module will emit or be 

susceptible to EMI only on certain frequencies. 

For example: a radio transmitter operating at 10 

MHz might interfere with the normal operation of 

a digital electronic circuit located nearby, whereas, 

with a difference of as little as one percent in 

the transmission frequency, the problem might 

not exist. On the other hand, a particularly ‘noisy’ 

signal source might have several discrete emission 

frequencies, all within the response bandwidth 

of the susceptible circuit. 

To comprehend the multifrequency problem associated 

with electromagnetic emissions, it is helpful 

to understand frequency relationships associated 

with fundamental waveforms, such as the 

square wave. An ideal square wave consists of a 

signal switching two distinct voltage levels with 

FIGURE 12 

IDEALIZED SQUARE WAVE WITH ITS FOURIER COMPONENTS 

instantaneous transitions between levels. Figure 

12 illustrates an ideal square wave along with its 

frequency spectrum. Fourier theory states that a 

square wave spectrum can be expressed as an 

infinite sum of simple sine waves of decreasing 

amplitude whose frequency decreases as the odd 

multiple of the basic frequency of the square 

wave itself. This figure illustrates that there is a 

significant amount of energy still contained in the 

higher order harmonics when compared to the 

energy contained in the fundamental frequency. 

Figure 13 shows the same ideal square wave 

spectrum with amplitude converted to decibels 

and frequency on a logarithmic scale. This is 

commonly done to permit comparison with applicable 

limits which are formatted in this manner. 

The vertical lines represent the signal amplitude 

as a function of frequency and the curve drawn 

through the points of maximum amplitude represents 

the worst case limits. It is standard practice 

to ignore the discrete nature of emissions and 

deal exclusively with the curve shown connecting 

the points of maximum amplitude since it is difficult 

and time consuming to predict emissions one 

frequency at a time. Figure 13 shows that the 

emissions profile of an ideal square wave 

decreases at the rate of 20 dB per frequency 

decade. Actual square waves do not have instantaneous 

transitions to perfectly flat voltage levels 

as shown in the idealized case. They are more 

accurately modeled by a trapezoidal waveform. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


FIGURE 13 

AMPLITUDE OF IDEALIZED SQUARE WAVE IN dB REFERENCE TO A 

Figure 14 shows a trapezoidal wave with a finite 

rise time together with a frequency versus amplitude 

plot. The slope of the emissions shifts from 

20 dB per decade to 40 dB per decade as a 

function of the rise time/fall time of the waveform 

(1/+tr). As the rise time (tr) increases, the frequency 

at which the slope changes from 20 dB to 

40 dB per decade decreases. In addition, the 

emissions profiles are functions of the duty cycle 

of the signal. If the signal is symmetrical (50% 

duty cycle) the worst case emissions profile 

results. As the duty cycle decreases, the amplitude 

of the low frequency emissions also decreases. 

the amplitude of the low frequency emissions 

also decreases. Figure 14 shows the amplitude 

verses frequency plot for 50% and 20% duty 

cycle trapezoidal waveforms. 

After the major emission sources and the most 

susceptible devices in system have been identified 

and characterized, the entire EMC problem 

must be integrated into the total system EMC 

design plan. The noise acceptable from individual 

units or subsystems must be allocated on the 

basis of the total acceptable system noise. Each 

emitter circuit adds its noise to the system in a 

root mean square (rms) fashion. If all the noise 

emitters are of approximately equal strength, the 

total noise is equal to the average noise of the 

emitters times the square root of the number of 

emitters. If one emitter dominates the others, total 

noise would be approximately equal to the noise 

of the dominant emitter. Usually there are two 

or three dominant emitters of comparable 

magnitude. 

FIGURE 14 

TRAPEZOIDAL WAVEFORM AMPLITUDE VERSUS FREQUENCY 

Both the emitter noise level as well as the susceptor’s 

noise threshold must be considered. If the 

susceptor’s lowest signal threshold level can be 

made greater by at least two times the highest 

emitter (noise) level (for a 6dB safety margin), 

then the emitter and susceptor are considered to 

be compatible with each other. 

In addition to the interaction of the system with 

the external environment, interaction inside the 

system must also be considered, i.e., crosstalk 

must be controlled. In other cases, it may be necessary 

to characterize electromagnetic fields from 

high power antennas on ships and aircraft platforms, 

and how these fields affect on-board 

equipment. The more complex analytic problems 

require computer aided techniques. Many EMC 

analysis software packages are available for modeling 

these complex scenarios. Whether simple 

manual models or the more complex computer 

aided models are used, the characteristics of any 

EMI control devices or techniques must be 

included in the final analysis. For example, 

shielding attenuation levels and filter insertion 

loss levels. 


16


Section 2: 

Special Applications, cont 


[SI Metric] 

SPECIAL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 

When military equipment must operate in severe 

electromagnetic environments or mission critical 

scenarios, the EMC design moves to a much 

higher level. As mentioned above, the basic EMC 

design principles and approach for non-military 

equipment and illustrated in Figure 5 still apply, 

however, the level of design changes significantly. 

Let’s look at each design phase shown on Figure 

5 and the briefly review the ways the design 

might change for a severe military environment or 

mission critical application. 

Good Electrical and Mechanical Design 

The major impact on the basic design of the 

equipment is generally due to reliability, maintainability, 

and atmospheric and mechanical environmental 

constraints. Thus, ‘MIL’ parts, those meeting 

military standards are used PCB Design. 

Again PCB material, design and layout will be 

affected primarily by reliability, maintainability, 

and atmospheric and mechanical environmental 

constraints. However, when devices must operate 

in extremely high frequency regions, impedance 

discontinuities become particularly critical. For 

mission critical equipment, all aspects of good 

PCB EMC design become critical including the 

control of circuit emission, circuit susceptibility to 

external interference, coupling between circuits 

on the board, as well as circuits on the board and 

other nearby circuits. 

Tecknit offers a variety of shielding components 

especially suited for PCB shielding applications. 

These are very effective in minimizing chip and 

circuit radiation. For example, Tecknit Shielding 

Laminates are available in a variety of foil and 

substrate combinations, from simple die cut 

shapes to formed complex assemblies with folds, 

scores, and cooling holes. 

Internal Cable EMC Design 

shielding is often required, or as a minimum, the 

cables must be routed close to the metal enclosure 

surface. The latter enhances harness emission 

decoupling to ground. Tecknit EMC Shielding 

Tape is specially designed for harness shielding 

providing 60 dB of shielding at 10 MHz and 30 

dB of shielding at 10 GHz. 

Enclosure Shielding Design 

The area where EMC design criteria varies most 

between non-military and military equipment is in 

the enclosure shielding design. Therefore, this 

topic requires special attention. The reason for 

this is simply that the enclosure is the last line of 

defense for controlling radiated EMI, often the difference 

between meeting specification requirements 

and not meeting the requirements. Minor 

miscalculations in gasket pressure, aperture 

dimensions, and seam design, for example, may 

result in major EMC problems. Also, atmospheric 

and mechanical environmental factors must be 

integrated into the shielding design as discussed 

below. 

a. Environmental Seals The EMI gasket is often 

called upon to function as an environmental seal 

to provide protection from dust, moisture and 

vapors. Therefore, selection of the sealing elastomer 

is as important as the EMI gasket. To seal 

against dust and moisture, flat or strip EMI gaskets 

joined to a sponge or solid elastomer are 

adequate. Sponge elastomers, characterized by 

compressibility, are ideally suited for use in sheet 

metal enclosures having uneven joints. Required 

closure pressures are generally low, between 5 

and 15 psi. To avoid overcompressing sponge 

elastomers, compression stops are recommended. 

These stops can be designed into the enclosure 

or embedded in the elastomer. Both techniques 

are illustrated in Figure 15. Tecknit offers 

a wide variety of sponge elastomer gaskets, as 

well as other types of low closure force gaskets. 

17 

Internal cable design and layout is a real challenge 

in military equipment. For equipment 

designed to operate at millimeter wave and 

microwave frequencies, extremely high quality, 

rigid coaxial transmission lines must be used. In 

complex equipment in mission critical systems, 

containing large multi-wire cable harnesses, different 

circuit types ( i.e., rf, data, DC power, AC 

power) must be separated and the cable routing 

controlled to prevent interference coupling. To 

prevent or minimize radiation from harnesses, 

FIGURE 15 

GASKET COMPRESSION STOPS 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


The listing below presents the most important 

characteristics of the more common elastomers. 

Neoprene This elastomer is used commonly in 

EMI gaskets and will withstand temperatures 

ranging from -54°C to +100°C for sponge 

(closed cell) elastomers. Neoprene is lightly resistant 

to normal environmental conditions, moisture 

and to some hydrocarbons. It is the least expensive 

of the synthetic rubber materials and is best 

suited from a cost standpoint for commercial 

applications. 

Silicone This material has outstanding physical 

characteristics and will operate continuously at 

temperatures ranging from -62°C to +260°C for 

solid and - 75°C to +205°C for closed cell sponge 

elastomers. Even under the severest temperature 

extremes these materials remain flexible and are 

highly resistant to water and to swelling in the 

presence of hydrocarbons. 

Buna-n Butadiene-Acrylonitrile resists swelling in 

the presence of most oils, has moderate strength 

and heat resistance although it is not generally 

suited for low temperature applications. 

Natural Rubber This material has good resistance 

to acids and alkalies (when specially treated) and 

can be used to 160°C, is resilient and impervious 

to water. Rubber will crack in a highly oxidizing 

(ozone) atmosphere and tends to swell in the 

presence of oils. 

Fluorosilicone Has the same characteristics of silicone 

with improved resistance to petroleum oils, 

fuels and silicone oils. Since most seals used with 

EMI gaskets have elastomeric properties of 

stretch and compressibility, some guidelines are 

needed when specifying the dimensional tolerance 

of these materials. Figure 16 shows some of 

the common errors encountered in gasket design. 

FIGURE 16 

GASKET DESIGN ERRORS 

a.) Minimum gasket width should not be less than one half of the thickness (height). 

b.) Minimum distance from bolt hole (or compression stop) to nearest edge of sealing gasket should not 

be less than the thickness of the gasket material. When bolt holes must be closer, use U-shaped slots. 

c.) Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket thickness. 

d.) Tolerances should be conservative whenever possible. Refer to Tecknit Shielding Products Catalog for 

tolerances on rule die-cut gaskets and elastomer strips. 


18


Section 2: 



[SI Metric] 

Sealing against differential pressure between the 

enclosure interior and exterior is best accomplished 

using a gasket which is contained within 

a groove in the enclosure. This is also true for 

shielding extremely high frequencies. For these 

applications, the best known seal is the "O" ring. 

Tecknit offers seals of this type in either solid or 

hollow cross sections, and in various shapes. 

Unlike sponge elastomers, solid elastomers do 

not compress, they deflect. Since solid elastomers 

do not change volume under pressure, groove 

design must take into consideration seal deflection. 

As a rule of thumb, the groove should have 

a minimum cross sectional area at least equal to 

125% of that of the seal to accommodate deflection 

under worst case tolerance conditions of 

elastomer and groove. 

Normal deflection for solid rectangular seals 

ranges from 5 to 15%. The pressure required to 

deflect solid elastomer seals is a function of the 

elastomer hardness and the cross section shape. 

Typical pressures are as low as 20 psi for low 

compression, low durometer material to 150 psi 

for high compression, high durometer material. 

minimize the effects of minor pressure difference. 

The maximum recommended closure force (P max ) 

is based on two criteria: 

1. maximum compression set of 10% and/or 

2. avoidance of possible irreversible damage to 

the gasket material when pressure exceeds the 

recommended maximum. 

Higher closure pressures may be applied to most 

knitted wire mesh gaskets when used in Type 1 

joints, but the gaskets should be replaced when 

cover plates are removed, i.e., whenever the 

seam is opened. 

FIGURE 18 

COMPRESSION SET 

19 

FIGURE 17 

SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS VERSES CLOSURE FORCE 

(TYPICAL CHARACTERISTICS AT A GIVEN FREQUENCY) 

b. Closure Pressure Shielding effectiveness and 

closure pressure have a general relationship as 

shown in Figure 17. The minimum closure force 

(P min ) is the recommended applied force to establish 

good shielding effectiveness and to 

c. Compression Set Selection of a gasketing material 

for a seam which must be opened and closed 

is to a large extent determined by the compression 

set characteristics of the gasket material. 

Most resilient gasket materials will recover most of 

their original height after a sufficient length of 

time when subjected to moderate closing forces. 

The difference between the original height and 

the height after the compression force is removed 

is compression set. As the deflection pressure is 

increased, the compression set increases. See 

Figure 18. 

Another consideration for pressure seals is the 

chemical permeability of the elastomer compound. 

This is defined as the volume (cm3) of 

gas that will permeate in one second through a 

specimen of one cubic centimeter. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


Finally, leakage can be reduced by using conductive 

grease. Compatibility of the grease with the 

seal elastomer and the application should be 

checked. Tecknit manufactures a wide variety of 

“O” ring gaskets and conductive grease for a 

broad range of applications. 

d. Corrosion It is necessary to select shielding 

materials and finishes which inhibit corrosion, are 

compatible with the enclosure materials and are 

highly conductive. Corrosion occurs between dissimilar 

metals in the presence of an electrolyte. 

The rate of corrosion depends on the electrochemical 

potential between two metals and the 

conditions under which contact is made. 

Materials must be used which provide the least 

corrosion due to galvanic action when materials 

are in contact for an extended period of time with 

appropriate protective finish. Maximum galvanic 

activity occurs when dissimilar metals are 

exposed to salt atmosphere, fuels, chemicals and 

other liquids which may act as electrolytes. To 

minimize corrosion, all surfaces should be free of 

moisture. 

Therefore, EMI gasket material making contact 

with the enclosure material in a corrosive atmosphere 

must be selected or treated to ensure that 

materials in contact are compatible. Table 1 separates 

metals by electrochemical compatibility. The 

design goal should be to use metals in the same 

group. When this is not feasible, a protective finish 

must be used to retard corrosion. 

Table 1 

GROUPING OF METALS BY ELECTROCHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY 

GROUP I GROUP II GROUP III GROUP IV 

Magnesium Aluminum Cadmium Plating Brass 

Magnesium Alloys Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 

Aluminum Beryllium Iron Copper & Copper Alloys 

Aluminum Alloys Zinc & Zinc Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Nickel/Copper Alloys 

Beryllium Chromium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Monel 

Zinc & Zinc Plating Cadmium Plating Tin/Lead Solder Silver 

Chromium Plating Carbon Steel Lead Graphite 

Iron Brass Rhodium 

Nickel & Nickel Plating Stainless Steel Palladium 

Tin & Tin Plating Copper & Copper Alloys Titanium 

Tin/Lead Solder Nickel/Copper Alloys Platinum 

Lead Monel Gold 

When it is necessary for dissimilar metals to be 

used, the following practices should be applied to 

insure compatibility: 

1. Use a tin or cadmium plated washer between a 

steel screw in contact with aluminum. 

2. Use selective plating where it is essential to 

have reliable electrical contact. 

3. Design to ensure that the area of the cathodic 

metal (lower position in a group) is smaller 

than the area of the anodic metal (higher position 

in a group). 

e. Seam Design Generally, higher enclosure 

shielding effectiveness levels will be required for 

military equipment operating in severe electromagnetic 

environments or mission critical scenarios. 

Therefore, special attention must be given to 

seam design. A few special seam shielding features 

for achieving higher levels of shielding effectiveness 

are as follows: 


20


Section 2: 



[SI Metric] 

Grooves For Retaining Gaskets: A groove for retaining 

a gasket assembly provides several advantages: 

1. Can act as a compression stop. 

2. Prevents overcompression. 

3. Provides a fairly constant closure force under 

repeated opening and closing of the seam. 

4. Provides a moisture and pressure seal when 

properly designed. 

5. Cost effective in lowering assembly time and 

cost of gasketing material. 

6. Best overall sealing performance. 

for calculating fastener spacing (Refer to Figure 

20): 

C = [480 (a/b) E t 3 DH / 13 P min + 2P max ]1/4 

where 

a = width of cover plate flange at seam 

b = width of gasket 

C = fastener spacing 

E = modulus of elasticity of cover plate 

∆H = H1 - H2 

H1 = minimum gasket deflection 

H2 = maximum gasket deflection 

H = gasket height 

P min / P max = minimum/maximum 

gasket pressure 

t = thickness of cover plate 

FIGURE 19 

GROOVE DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 

21 

Solid elastomers are not compressible. They are 

easily deformed but do not change in volume as 

do sponge elastomers. Therefore, allowance for 

material flow must be considered in the groove 

design. If the groove cross section (volume), 

when the cover flange is fully closed, is insufficient 

to contain the fully deflected material, proper 

closure of the flange may be difficult. In addition, 

overstressing of the material may degrade 

electrical and physical properties of the shielding 

material. Figure 19 depicts the various conditions 

of groove design. 

Closely Spaced Fasteners: Fastener spacing 

design is a function of cover plate thickness, minimum- 

maximum pressures, gasket compressibility 

and material characteristics, and flange dimensions. 

This is reflected in the following equation 

FIGURE 20 

COVER PLATE AND GASKET DIMENSION 

Input/Output Filters 

Just as the enclosure shielding design is the last 

line of defense for radiated EMI control, I/O filtering 

is the last line of defense for controlling conducted 

EMI. Generally, higher filter insertion loss 

levels will be required for military equipment 

operating in severe electromagnetic environments 

or mission critical scenarios. This generally results 

in physically larger filters, which could conflict 

with size and weight constraints. To accommodate 

large filters it is often necessary to design the 

filter enclosure around other subassemblies within 

the equipment, resulting in filters with complex 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


shapes. Interface connectors are often unique. 

Therefore, all things considered, filters for military 

equipment will most likely be a custom design. 

To minimize cost and schedule impacts, the filter 

should be designed early in the equipment development 

cycle, as part of the EMC analysis and 

modeling effort. 

ARCHITECTURAL SHIELDING DESIGN 

Certain buildings, and large areas within buildings, 

must be designed to provide electromagnetic wave 

shielding. The purpose of this requirement is 

either: 

1. to protect sensitive electronic equipment operating 

inside the building (generally computer 

based equipment) from high level rf or radar 

signals outside the building, or 

2. to protect confidential or proprietary information 

being processed on computer equipment inside 

the building from interception by unauthorized 

persons outside the building through the detection 

and analysis of the electromagnetic waves 

emanating from the computer equipment. 

A few examples of the first condition are as follows: 

1. airline reservation centers located near airports, 

2. computer facilities located near military installations, 

and 

3. Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI) facilities 

located near a commercial radio broadcast station. 

The second scenario is generally associated 

with the following: 

1. government embassies, 

2. secure government computer facilities, 

3. stock and other financial organizations, and 

4. industrial computer facilities involved in classified 

government contracts. 

In both cases some level of electromagnetic shielding 

is required over a specified frequency spectrum. 

The owner, or user, of the building determines 

this shielding requirement based on an 

analysis of the potential problem. This analysis 

might include a site or computer equipment survey. 

When associated with a government installation, 

certain regulations and guidelines must 

also be followed to determine the shielding 

requirements. 

Once these requirements have been established, 

they are passed on to the architects and engineers 

who generally work with an engineering firm that 

specializes in shielding design, so that the proper 

shielding design approach is employed in the 

building plans and specifications. Tecknit can 

direct you to the appropriate design firms. 

Where unfinished material is appropriate, tin coated 

steel, galvanized steel, aluminum and copper 

are most frequently used. Basically, the entire 

building, or area in the building to be shielded, is 

“covered” with this metallic material; that is, the 

roof (or ceiling), walls and floor. In some cases, it 

is possible to make use of earth for completing a 

building shielding system. When shielding an 

entire building the shielding may be installed: a) 

outside the structural steel, b) as an integral part 

of the structure, or, c) inside, depending on the 

building design, materials selected, shielding 

requirements and cost. When shielding is required 

as part of the renovation of an existing building, 

shielding options are more limited. In the latter 

case, it is generally easier to apply to shielding on 

the exterior of the building. 

In general, the shielding material is covered with 

standard exterior or interior building finishes such 

as architectural panels, sheet rock, brick, and so 

forth. Finished exterior metal architectural panels 

may be used to achieve shielding where low leve 

requirements exit (< 30 dB). The obvious advantage 

is economic where the finish and shield material 

are the same. This applies as well to metal 

roofing. 

The shielding envelope must be continuous, free 

of openings which might allow a leak. This requirement 

poses some unique problems in the treatment 

of windows, doors, air vents, plumbing, electrical 

connections and other penetrations which 

are essential for the operation of the building. 

An important consideration is the method used in 

joining the metallic shielding panels. The seams 

must be tight, metal-to-metal connections, free of 

paint, dirt, rust or any other insulating material. 

The various techniques used for joining shielding 

panels include welding, soldering, mechanical fasteners 

with pressure plates, and conductive tape. 

Tecknit has many products in its Shielding 

Products Catalog that can be used in these, architectural 

shielding applications, including gaskets, 

windows, vents, conductive coatings and tapes, 

etc.. 


22

A. WIRE MESH 


[SI Metric] 

Section A: 

Knitted Wire Mesh 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

PRODUCT 

PAGE 

TECKNIT STRIPS (Knitted Wire Mesh Material) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A1 - A2 

CUSTOM STRIPS (Wire Mesh Knitted over Elastic Core) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A3 - A4 

EMC SHIELDING TAPE (Thin Strip of Knitted Wire Mesh) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A5 - A6 

TECKMESH TAPE (Shield and Seal Wire Mesh) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A7 - A8 

SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE (Die-Compressed Mesh Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A9 - A10 

CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE (Custom Mesh Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A11 - A12 

DUOSTRIPS AND DUOGASKETS (Knitted Wire Mesh with Elastomer Seal) . . . . . . . . . . .A13 - A16 

TECKSTRIP ® (Knitted Wire Mesh with Extruded Aluminum Strips or Frames) . . . . . . . . . . . . .A17 - A18 

DUOSIL ® (Extruded Strip of Wire Mesh and Silicone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A19 - A20 


A. WIRE MESH 

Tecknit Strips 

WIRE MESH GASKET MATERIAL 


[SI Metric] 

GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

TECKNIT STRIPS are resilient, conductive, knitted 

wire mesh strips used as gasket material to 

provide effective EMI shielding at the joints and 

seams of electronic enclosures. Any metal that 

can be produced in the form of wire can be fabricated 

by TECKNIT into one of the EMI shielding 

strips. TECKNIT STRIPS are produced in one of 

four basic cross sections: rectangular, round, 

round with fin and double core. The standard 

materials used are: Tin-Plated Phosphor Bronze 

(Sn/Ph/Bz), Tin-Coated Copper-Clad Steel 

(Sn/Cu/Fe), Silver-Plated Brass (Ag/Brass), Monel 

(a Nickel-Copper alloy) and Aluminum (Al). 

APPLICATION INFORMATION 

TECKNIT STRIPS are used to provide EMI shielding 

for electronic enclosures. Generally the rectangular 

strips are used on cast or machined 

enclosures while the round and fin types are used 

on sheet metal enclosures. TECKNIT STRIPS 

can be attached using TECKNIT conductive 

adhesives. (Refer to Conductive Adhesives ) They 

can also be riveted or spot-welded. Mesh strip 

does not provide a pressure or weather seal and 

should not be used in salt spray environments. To 

shield effectively, the mesh should be deflected 

15% (min.) to 30% of its height. 

EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE* 

TECKNIT STRIPS Shielding Effectiveness has 

been tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test 

Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified 

MIL-STD-285. Typical values are: 

H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 

MATERIALS 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 

dB dB dB dB 

Ag/Br 80+ 135+ 105 95 

Sn/Cu/Fe 80+ 130+ 105 95 

Sn/Ph/Bz 80+ 130+ 110 100 

Aluminum 60 130 90 80 

Monel 60+ 130 90 80 

*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture 

SPECIFICATIONS 

Wire Mesh Material Description 

- Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, 

per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700), 

tin-plated per ASTM B-33. 

(Code: 20-6XXXX). 

- Sn/Cu/Fe: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per 

ASTM B-520. (Code: 20-4XXXX). 

- Ag/Brass: .005 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per 

QQ-W-321, (ASTM-B-134) silver-plated (3% silver 

by weight). (Code: 20-3XXXX). 

- Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per 

QQ-N-281, or AMS-4730. (Code: 20-1XXXX). 

- Aluminum Alloy: .005 in. [0.127 mm] diameter, 

per SAE-AMS-4182 (except max. tensile 

strength is 75,000 psi). (Code: 20-2XXXX). 

ORDERING INFORMATION 

After selecting the TECKNIT standard material 

and the strip cross section desired, substitute the 

TECKNIT wire code number in place of the “X” to 

complete the Part Number as indicated on the 

following page. 

Example: The part number signifying a round with 

fin strip made of Sn/Cu/Fe wire (.063 in. dia. x 

.750 in. overall width) would be 20 - 4 2114. 

Wire Code 

Dimensions 

Reference 

A-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

ROUND CROSS SECTION 

ROUND WITH FIN 

DIAMETER PART DIAMETER PART 

in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] NUMBER 

.063 [1.60] 20-X1110t .250 [6.35] 20-X1103 

.094 [2.39] 20-X1111t .313 [7.95] 20-X1113 

.125 [3.18] 20-X1101 .375 [9.53] 20-X1114 

.156 [3.96] 20-X1112 .438 [11.13] 20-X1115 

t Tolerance is +.015-0. 

RECTANGULAR CROSS SECTION 

WIDTH HEIGHT PART WIDTH HEIGHT PART 

in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER in. [mm] in. [mm] NUMBER 

.063 [1.60] .063 [1.60] 20-X0105 .250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 20-X0118 

.094 [2.39] .094 [2.39] 20-X0107 .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 20-X0119 

.125 [3.18] .063 [1.60] 20-X0104 .313 [7.95] .063 [1.60] 20-X0120 

.125 [3.18] .094 [2.39] 20-X0110 .313 [7.95] .094 [2.39] 20-X0121 

.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 20-X0101 .313 [7.95] .125 [3.18] 20-X0122 

.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 20-X0102 .313 [7.95] .188 [4.78] 20-X0123 

.188 [4.78] .063 [1.60] 20-X0111 .313 [7.95] .250 [6.35] 20-X0124 

.188 [4.78] .094 [2.39] 20-X0112 .313 [7.95] .313 [7.95] 20-X0125 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 20-X0113 .375 [9.53] .063 [1.60] 20-X0126 

.188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 20-X0114 .375 [9.53] .094 [2.39] 20-X0127 

.250 [6.35] .094 [2.39] 20-X0116 .375 [9.53] .188 [4.78] 20-X0129 

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 20-X0117 .375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 20-X0130 

.375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] 20-X0131 

DIA. O/A PART DIA. O/A PART 


.063 [1.60] .375 [9.53] 20-X2111 .188 [4.78] .875 [22.23] 20-X2128 

.063 [1.60] .500 [12.70] 20-X2112 .250 [6.35] .500 [12.70] 20-X2129 

.063 [1.60] .625 [15.88] 20-X2113 .250 [6.35] .625 [15.88] 20-X2104 

.063 [1.60] .750 [19.05] 20-X2114 .250 [6.35] .750 [19.05] 20-X2105 

.094 [2.39] .375 [9.53] 20-X2115 .250 [6.35] .875 [22.23] 20-X2130 

.094 [2.39] .500 [12.70] 20-X2116 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2131 

.094 [2.39] .750 [19.05] 20-X2117 .313 [7.95] .625 [15.88] 20-X2132 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] 20-X2101 .313 [7.95] .750 [19.05] 20-X2133 

.125 [3.18] .438 [11.13] 20-X2118 .313 [7.95] .875 [22.23] 20-X2134 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 20-X2119 .375 [9.53] .625 [15.88] 20-X2135 

.125 {3.18] .563 [14.30] 20-X2120 .375 [9.53] .750 [19.05] 20-X2136 

.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 20-X2102 .375 [9.53] .875 [22.23] 20-X2137 

.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 20-X2121 .375 [9.53] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2138 

.156 [3.96] .500 [12.70] 20-X2122 .438 [11.13] .750 [19.05] 20-X2139 

.156 [3.96] .625 [15.88] 20-X2123 .438 [11.13] .875 [22.23] 20-X2140 

.156 [3.96] .750 [19.05] 20-X2124 .438 [11.13] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2141 

.188 [4.78] .438 [11.13] 20-X2125 .500 [12.70] .750 [19.05] 20-X2142 

.188 [4.78] .500 [12.70] 20-X2126 .500 [12.70] .875 [22.23] 20-X2143 

.188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 20-X2103 .500 [12.70] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X2144 

.188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 20-X2127 

DOUBLE CORE 

DIA. O/A PART DIA. O/A PART 


.063 [1.60] .500 [12.70] 20-X5103 .188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 20-X5112 

.063 [1.60] .625 [15.88] 20-X5104 .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 20-X5113 

.063 [1.60] .750 [19.05] 20-X5106 .188 [4.78] .875 [22.23] 20-X5114 

.063 [1.60] .875 [22.23] 20-X5107 .188 [4.78] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5115 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 20-X5108 .250 [6.35] .750 [19.05] 20-X5116 

.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 20-X5101 .250 [6.35] .875 [22.23] 20-X5117 

.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 20-X5109 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5118 

.125 [3.18] .875 [22.02] 20-X5115 .375 [9.53] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X519 

.125 [3.18] 1.000 [25.40] 20-X5111 .375 [9.53] 1.250 [31.75] 20-X5120 


A-2

A. WIRE MESH 

Custom Strips 

WIRE MESH OVER ELASTOMER CORE 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT Custom Strip combines the resiliency 

and conductivity of knitted wire mesh with excellent 

compression and deflection characteristics of 

sponge elastomer. TECKNIT Custom Strip consists 

of two covers of knitted wire mesh over an 

elatomer (core). Core materials can be either 

neoprene, silicone closed cell sponge or TECKNIT 

low-closure force elastomer tubing. The knitted 

wire mesh can be either Tin Plate Phosphor 

Bronze, Tin Coated Copper Clad Steel (Sn/Cu/Fe), 

or Monel. 


TECKNIT Custom Strip is intended for use in 

electronic enclosures exhibiting a wide range of 

seam unevenness. It is especially useful as an 

EMI shieldseal for doors and other access openings 

where lowclosure force and compression set 

are primary considerations. TECKNIT Custom 

Strip is also ideal for EMI shielding applications 

that demand frequent assembly and disassembly 

and whose environmental requirements are not 

critical factors. For more critical environmental 

sealing, refer to TECKNIT DUOSTRIP , DUOSIL ® , 

ELASTOMET ® , ELASTOFOAM , or CONSIL ® 

materials. 


Optimum EMI shielding is obtained with two (2) 

knitted covers deflected to 75% of original gasket 

height. The use of only one (1) knitted cover 

decreases shielding effectiveness 5-10 dB. More 

than two (2) covers do not improve shielding 

effectiveness significantly. See total shielding 

effectiveness data given below. 

TECKNIT CUSTOM STRIPS Shielding Effectiveness 

has been tested in accordance with TECKNIT 

Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified 

MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 110 95 

Monel 60 125 90 80 

Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95 



MATERIAL DESCRIPTION 

Wire Mesh: 





ASTM B-520. 

- Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter per 

QQ-N-281 or AMS-4730. 

Elastomer Core: 

- Neoprene sponge: per MIL-R-6130, Type II, 

Grade A, Condition medium (ASTM-D-6576). 

- Silicone sponge: per SAE-AMS-3195. 

- Silicone solid: per ZZ-R-765, Class 2, 

Grade 40 (Standard), Grade 50 (Hollow Cores) 

(AA-59588). 

PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

Temperature Range: 

- 24°F to 212°F [-30°C to 100°C] for Neoprene 

sponge. 

- 103°F to 401°F [-75°C to 205°C] for Silicone 

sponge. 

- 75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] for Silicone 

solid. 

A-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

TABLE 1-STANDARD FORMS AVAILABLE 

RECTANGULAR 

DOUBLE KNITTED COVER 

OVER SPONGE 

ELASTOMER DIMENSIONS NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE 

MIN. [MM] L X W Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel 

.125 X 188 [3.18 X4.78] 21-63915 21-43915 21-13915 21-63948 21-43948 21-13948 

.125 X250 [3.18 X6.35] 21-63916 21-43916 21-13916 21-63949 21-43949 21-13949 

.125 X.375 [3.18 X 9.53] 21-63917 21-43917 21-13917 21-63950 21-43950 21-13950 

.188 X .188 [4.78 X 4.78] 21-63918 21-43918 21-13918 21-63951 21-43951 21-13951 

.188 X .375 [4.78 X 9.53] 21-63920 21-43920 21-13920 21-63953 21-43953 21-13953 

ROUND DOUBLE KNITTED 

COVER OVER SPONGE 

ELASTOMER DIMENSIONS NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE 

Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel 

.063 [1.60] - - - - 21-00076 - 

.125 [3.18] 21-63900 21-43900 21-13900 21-63933 21-43933 21-13933 

.188 [4.78] 21-63901 21-43901 21-13901 21-63934 21-43934 21-13934 

.250 [6.35] 21-63902 21-43902 21-13902 21-63935 21-43935 21-13935 

SINGLE FIN 

DOUBLE KNITTED COVER 

OVER SPONGE 

ELASTOMER NEOPRENE SPONGE CORE SILICONE SPONGE CORE 

DIA. O.A. Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] 21-63907 21-43907 21-13907 21-63940 21-43940 21-13940 

.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] 21-63908 21-43908 21-13908 21-63941 21-43941 21-13941 

.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] 21-63909 21-43909 21-13909 21-63942 21-43942 21-13942 

.188 [4.78] .500 [12.70] 21-63910 21-43910 21-13910 21-63943 21-43943 21-13943 

.188 [4.78] .625 [15.88] 21-63911 21-43911 21-13911 21-63944 21-43944 21-13944 

.188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] 21-63912 21-43912 21-13912 21-63945 21-43945 21-13945 

.250 [6.35] .750 [19.05 ] 21-63913 21-43913 21-13913 21-63946 21-43946 21-13946 

.250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] 21-63914 21-43914 21-13914 21-63947 21-43947 21-13947 

ROUND DOUBLE KNITTED 

COVER OVER HOLLOW CORE 

.062 [1.58] 

CORE WALL 

THICKNESS 

"D" DOUBLE KNITTED COVER 

OVER HOLLOW CORE 

.093 [2.36] 

CORE WALL 

THICKNESS 

ELASTOMER DIAMETER 

SILICONE HOLLOW CORE 

DIA. O.A. Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel 

.500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] - 21-00070 21-00072 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] - 21-00071 21-00073 

ELASTOMER DIAMETER 

SILICONE SOLID HOLLOW CORE 

W H Sn/Ph/Bz Sn/Cu/Fe Monel 

.500 [12.70] .500 [12.70] - 21-00074 21-00075 

ELASTOMER TOLERANCES: ±.031 in. [0.79 mm] 

For TECKNIT OVERALL DIMENSIONS, add .031 

in. [0.79 mm] to Elastomer Dimension. Resulting 

dimensions are applicable to parts under a 4 oz. 

[113 g.] load using .75 in. [19.05 mm] anvils. 


To order available TECKNIT Custom Strip, specify 

TECKNIT Part Number and quantity required. For 

other types of custom strips or for those utilizing 

fiberglass, high-temperature ceramic fibers, elastomer 

tubing, or other specialized materials, contact 

your nearest TECKNIT area representative or 

factory. 


A-4

A. WIRE MESH 

EMI Shielding Tape 

THIN STRIP OF WIRE MESH 


[SI Metric] 


EMC SHIELDING TAPE is a double layered strip 

of knitted wire mesh providing effective EMI 

shielding for electrical and electronic cable 

assemblies. The knitted construction of EMI 

SHIELDING TAPE maximizes conformability and 

flexibility while minimizing bulk and weight. 

Standard EMC SHIELDING TAPE uses Sn/Cu/Fe 

knitted wire to provide greater physical strength 

and shielding effectiveness than may be achieved 

with other tape materials. 

TIN COATING 3% by weight offering 

low impedance contact and maximum 

corrosion resistance. 

COPPER CLADDING 40% 

by weight offering maximum 

conductivity. 

STEEL CORE 57% by weight offing 

maximum strength and permeability. 

Figure 1. Cross section of Sn/Cu/Fe wire. 


TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE is recommended 

for EMI shielding, grounding, and static discharge 

applications. It is particularly effective as a 

primary or supplementary shield for electronic 

cables and cable assemblies. The flexibility of 

EMC SHIELDING TAPE permits it to conform to 

irregular surfaces. EMC SHIELDING TAPE is useful 

in a broad range of temperatures and environments. 

EMI SHIELDING PERFORMANCE 

TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE Shielding 

Effectiveness has been tested in accordance with 

TECKNIT Test Method TSETS-01 and based upon 

modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values are given 

below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Sn/Cu/Fe 45 60 40 30 



Wire Mesh*: Sn/Cu/Fe, (tin coated copper clad 

steel see Figure 1) .0045 ± .0005 in. [0.114 ± 

0.012mm] diameter in accordance with ASTM 

B-520. 

Width: 1.00 in. [25.4 mm] nominal. 

Thickness: .02in. [0.45 mm] nominal. 

Weight: 8.0 oz. per 100 feet [745 grams per 

100 meters]. 


Corrosion Resistance: Excellent. 

Solderability: Excellent. 

*Special orders available in different widths and in such materials 

as Monel, Aluminum, Silver Plated Brass, Tin-Plated 

Phosphor Bronze. 

A-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

TAPE LENGTH VS. CABLE SIZE 

TECKNIT 

LENGTH OF 

PART NUMBERS 

EMC TAPE 

23-50225 25 ft. [7.6 m] per roll 

23-50200 100 ft. [30.5 m] per roll 

23-50233 1000 ft. [305 m] per spool 

23-50231 1500 ft. [457 m] per spool 

23-50228 2000 ft. [610 m] per spool 

23-50229 2500 ft. [762 m] per spool 

Note: For each termination and/or branch connection add 30 

in. [76 cm] of EMC tape to anticipated usage. 

Figure 2 

SHIELDING TAPE TERMINATION 

TECKNIT Two Part, Silver-filled, Conductive Epoxy 

(Part No. 72-08116), is recommended for cable 

shielding tape termination. The epoxy is rigid with 

a volume resistivity of 0.001 ohm-cm. EMC 

SHIELDING TAPE may also be terminated by 

means of soldering or clamping. 

METHODS OF APPLYING EMC SHIELDING TAPE 

TECKNIT EMC SHIELDING TAPE 

should be wrapped around the cable assembly. 

Wrap the main cable and terminate the tape 

before beginning to wrap the cable branch. Start 

and end all helical wrapping with a minimum of 

two overlapping circumferential wraps. At branch 

connections, start at least 4 in. [100 mm] before 

and after branch to assure adequate EMC 

SHIELDING TAPE coverage at the “V” section. 

Branch connections should not be designed to 

occur within 4 in. [100 mm] or each other. 

Recommended lead for most applications is 0.50 

in. [13 mm], although some additional shielding 

will be achieved when utilizing a 0.25 in. [6 mm] 

lead. The length of EMC SHIELDING TAPE 

required for each cable using these two types 

of lead wraps can be obtained by referring to 

Figure 2. 

WIRE TYPE / WIRE DIAMETER 

TECKNIT mesh stockings are available in any of 

our standard wires: 

WIRE TYPE 

WIRE DIAMETER 

Sn/Cu/Fe .0045" 

Monel .0045" 

Aluminum .005" 

Sn/Phosphor Bronze .0045" 

Ag/Brass .005" 

Stockings are available in widths from .250" to 10.0" 

Contact TECKNIT for price and availability. 


For 25 and 100 ft. [7.6 and 30.5 m] lengths, 

EMC SHIELDING TAPE is supplied in individual 

packages. Longer continuous lengths are supplied 

on spools. To order standard parts, specify 

the TECKNIT Part Number and the quantity or 

rolls or feet. For non-standard items contact your 

nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory 

location. 


A-6

A. WIRE MESH 

Teckmesh Tape 

SHIELD & SEAL WIRE MESH 


[SI Metric] 

A-7 


TECKMESH is a flexible EMC tape for shielding 

and sealing cables and harnesses. Constructed of 

knitted wire mesh for shielding and silicone elastomer 

for sealing, it is self-sealing and inseparable 

after 24 hours at room temperature. 

The shield is a double layer of knitted wire mesh. 

Standard wire material is tin coated copper clad 

steel (Sn/Cu/Fe) for optimum magnetic and electric 

field shielding. Minimum shielding in the 100 

kHz to 1 GHz spectrum is 40 dB. Other materials 

are available such as tin plated phosphor bronze 

for increased shielding in the 10 MHz to 10 GHz 

region. 

The seal is a silicone elastomer that fuses on contact 

with itself. No adhesives, clamps or special 

tools are required for cable or harness wrapping 

or curing. 

The combination of shielding and sealing materials 

provides uniform tension on the shielding 

mesh to ensure tight EMI control even under 

adverse conditions of cable twisting and bending. 

The tape seals against moisture, corrosive electrolytes, 

and noxious gases permitting extended 

life. It readily conforms to cable or harness surface 

permitting branching, extensions, repairs 

and the mounting of grounding tabs. It is 

extremely easy to use. 


TECKMESH is recommended for shielding, 

grounding, and static discharge applications. It is 

effective for most commercial applications for 

supplemental shielding of electrical and electronic 

cables and harnesses against radiating emissions 

under FCC or VDE regulations. As a primary 

shield, it provides more than an adequate shield 

when properly assembled for personal computers, 

communication devices and equipment controllers. 



Shield: 


per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700), tinplated 

per ASTM B-33. 

- Knitted wire mesh: 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] wide. 

- Standard (P/N 23-50300): Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated 

copper clad steel), .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia. per 

ASTM B-520. 

- Option (P/N 23-50303): Tin plated phosphor 

bronze, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] per ASTM B-105, 

alloy 30 (CDA C50700), plated per ASTM B-33. 

Seal: Silicone, 1.0 in. [25.4 mm] wide. 

- Width (overall): 1.50 in. [38.1 mm] nominal. 

- Length (of roll): 36 ft. [10.97 meters] nominal. 

- Thickness: Tape, .04 in. [1.0 mm] nominal. 50% 

overlap, .09 in. [2.2 mm] nominal. 

- Weight: 24.6 oz. per 100 ft. [2.3 kg per 100 

meters]. 


Shield: 

- Pull Strength: 50 lbs. [222 N]. 

- Elongation (max.): 100%. 

- Solderability: Excellent. 

Seal: 

- Hardness, Shore A Durometer: 50 (ASTM D-2240). 

- Room Temp. Cure: 24 hours. 

- Tensile Strength (min.) (ASTM D-412): 700 psi 

[4.8 MPa]. 

- Tear Strength (min.) (ASTM D-624): 85 lbf/in. 

[148 N/m]. 

- Bond Strength (min.) 24 hours at room temp.: 

2 lbs. [8.5 N]. 

- Dielectric Strength (min.): 400V/mil [15.7 kv/mm]. 

- Volume Resistivity (min.): 10 14 ohms/cm. 

- Temperature Range: -67°F to 390°F [-55°C to 

200°C] 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 


TECKMESH Shielding Tape has been tested for 

shielding effectiveness (SE) in accordance with 

TECKNIT Test Method TSET-01 based on a modified 

MIL-STD-285 test. The tests were performed 

using a 50% overlap which produces a 4 layer 

shield. Typical values are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Sn/Cu/Fe 45 60 40 30 

Sn/Ph/Bz -- 70 50 35 


To order, specify the TECKNIT part number and 

the quantity or rolls or feet. For assistance contact 

your nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory 

location. 

TECKNIT 

LENGTH 

PART NUMBERS 

23-50300 36 ft. roll 

23-50303 36 ft. roll 

METHOD OF APPLICATION 

The overall width of the shielding tape is 1.5 inches; 

one inch for the shield and one inch for the 

elastomer. The two sections of the tape are overlapped 

by .5 inch and bonded together: 

Figure 1. Cross Section 

Wrap tape around the cable starting at one end. 

Wrap the main cable before wrapping the branches. 

Secure the beginning wrap by using the sealing 

tape. Remove about 4 inches of the shielding 

mesh by clipping the tie points holding the mesh 

to the elastomer seal. The 4 inch long tab of 

mesh can be used as a grounding point or 

removed if the opposite end is to be grounded. 

The mesh shield can be soldered to a convenient 

ground or a spade lug attached to the mesh for 

grounding to a mounting screw. The free end of 

the sealing tape should be used to seal off the 

end of the shield to exclude moisture. 


A-8

A. WIRE MESH 

Seamless Knitted Wire 

DIE-COMPRESSED MESH GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE gaskets are utilized 

forhigh volume, custom engineered applications. 

Although most applications involve rings, gaskets 

can be produced in rectangular and special 

shapes, with holes or mounting recesses, corner 

radii and other special features. TECKNIT gaskets 

are formed by die-compressing a controlled 

amount of knitted wire mesh that contains no 

joints or splices. SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE 

MESH gaskets offer excellent EMI shielding characteristics, 

controlled density, good resiliency, low 

cost, and easy installation. They can be manufactured 

as small as 0.125 in. [3.18 mm] I.D. and 

0.250 in. [6.35 mm] O.D. Wall thickness and 

height are generally limited to 0.063 in. [1.59 

mm] minimum and 0.250 in. [6.35 mm] maximum. 


Unique SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets 

are used in EMI shielding applications that 

include cable TV, microwave ovens, waveguide 

flanges, connector and filter mountings. They 

have also been used for shaft seals, heat sinks, 

shock absorbers, and filters, and can be manufactured 

by hand-forming and joining for prototype 

requirements. (For applications requiring 

both EMI shielding and moisture sealing, see 

TECKNIT DUOGASKET.) 

MATERIAL RECOMMENDATIONS 

The four standard wire materials used to manufacture 

SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE gaskets are 

listed under TECKNIT specifications. For availability 

of SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets 

in other wire materials, contact TECKNIT. 



Wire Mesh*: 

- Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] 

diameter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA 

C50700), tin-plated per ASTM B-33. 


ASTM B-520. 


QQW-321 (ASTM B-520), silver-plated (3% 

silver by weight). 


QQN-281 or AMS-4730. 

* NOTE: Recommended volume density of wire is 14 to 20 

percent. 


TECKNIT SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE Shielding 




below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Ag/Br 80 135 105 95 

Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95 

Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 110 100 

Monel 60 130 90 80 

A-9 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets may 

also be made from wire of nonstandard materials 

and diameters. Maximum gasket size is limited to 

approximately 4 in. [102 mm] diameter. Contact 

your nearest TECKNIT representative or factory 

for design assistance. 

STANDARD TOLERANCES 

DIMENSIONS 

TOLERANCES 

in. [mm] 

in. [mm] 

I.D. 0.125-3.875 +0, -0.020 in. 

[3.175-98.4] [+0, -0.50 mm] 

O.D. 0.250-4.0 +0.020, -0 in. 

[6.35-101.6 ] [+0.50, -0 mm] 

HEIGHT* .063-.250 +0.020, -0 in. 

[1.6-6.35] [+0.50, -0 mm] 

*Dimensions applicable to parts under a 4 oz. [113g] load using .75 in 

[19.1 mm] anvils. 


When ordering round SEAMLESS KNITTED WIRE 

MESH gaskets, specify the I.D., O.D. and height. 

For gaskets of other shapes, provide a drawing 

specifying all critical dimensions (i.e., corner 

radii, hole dimensions, location of holes and 

density/weight requirement.) Before finalizing 

design, contact TECKNIT to determine whether 

existing tooling is available for your application. 


A-10

A. WIRE MESH 

Custom Knitted Wire 

CUSTOM MESH GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE MESH gaskets 

and assemblies are produced from many 

standard forms of knitted wire materials. These 

include TECKNIT STRIPS (rectangular, round, 

double core and round with fin) and TECKNIT 

CUSTOM STRIPS (double knit over sponge and 

hollow cross section elastomer core constructions). 

For standard materials and cross sections 

used in the manufacture of TECKNIT CUSTOM 

KNITTED WIRE gasket and assemblies, refer to 

pages listing TECKNIT STRIPS and TECKNIT 

CUSTOM STRIPS. 



and assemblies are effective in a variety of 

EMI shielding applications. They install easily and 

offer the design engineer many methods of 

attachment, such as rivets, clips, retaining strips, 

spot welds, side wall friction, and adhesives (see 

TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE systems). 


TECKNIT CUSTOM KNITTED WIRE Shielding 




below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Ag/Br 80+ 135+ 105 95 

Sn/Cu/Fe 80+ 130+ 105 95 

Sn/Ph/Bz 80+ 130+ 110 100 

Aluminum 60 130 90 80 

Monel 60+ 130 90 80 




Wire Mesh*: 



tin plated per ASTM B-33. 


ASTM B-520. 


QQW-321 (ASTM-B-134), silver plated (3% 



QQN-281, or AMS-4730. 

- Aluminum Alloy 5056: .005 in. [0.127 mm] 

diameter, per SAE AMS-4182 (except max. 

tensile strength is 75,000 psi). 

Elastomer 

- Neoprene sponge (closed cell): MIL-R-6130, 

Type II, Grade A, Condition medium. 

- Neoprene solid: MIL-R-6855, Class 2, Grade 40. 

- Silicone sponge (closed cell): AMS-3195. 

- Silicone solid: ZZ-R-765, Class 2, Grade 40 

(Standard), Grade 50 (For Hollow Cores). 


Temperature Range 

- Neoprene sponge: -24°F to 212°F [-30°C 

to 100°C] 

- Neoprene solid: -65°F to 212°F [-54°C 

to 100°C] 

- Silicone sponge: -103°F to 401°F [-75°C 

to 205°C] 

- Silicone solid: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] 

A-11 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

INSPECTION METHODS 


and assemblies conform to flange or groove 

mountings. Dimensional tolerances for gaskets 

and assemblies are usually greater than the tolerances 

of flanges and grooves. The inherent 

resiliency and conformability of the gaskets allow 

them to easily adapt to enclosure dimensions. 

Recommended inspection methods for knitted 

wire mesh gaskets employ the use of templates or 

samples of the flange or groove into which the 

gasket will be installed. 


It is recommended that TECKNIT CUSTOM KNIT- 

TED WIRE MESH gaskets and assemblies be 

designed using standard TECKNIT STRIP and 

CUSTOM STRIP cross sections listed on their 

respective pages in this catalog. Specify TECKNIT 

Part Number for cross section and material. 

Supply the remaining specifications for finished 

parts: overall dimensions, hole locations, mounting 

methods, and any other mechanical requirements. 

Holes and ends of knitted wire mesh may 

be finished to minimize fraying. This can be 

accomplished by utilizing finishing methods such 

as sewing, spot welding, grommetting, or similar 

methods. For assistance with your custom application, 

contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative 

or factory location. 

TOLERANCES 

CROSS SECTION DIMENSIONS 

Width and Height* 

.06 to .38 in. [1.6 to 9.5mm] ............ ±.031 in. [0.79mm] 

.38 in. [9.5mm] to .500 in. [12.7] ±.063 in. [1.60 mm] 

OVERALL DIMENSIONS 

Length and Width 

Up to 12 in. [305mm].....................±.063 in. [1.60mm] 

For additional 

6 in. [152.4 mm] ............................±.031 in. [0.79mm] 

Holes and Slots ..............................±.031 in. [0.79mm] 

*NOTE: Dimensions are measured with parts under 4 oz. [113g] load 

using .75 in. [19.1 mm] anvils. 


A-12

A. WIRE MESH 

Duostrips and Duogaskets 

WIRE MESH WITH ELASTOMER SEAL 


[SI Metric] 

A-13 

GENERAL DESCRIPTIONS 

TECKNIT DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS consist 

of knitted wire mesh strips combined with an 

elastomer. This combination provides electromagnetic 

shielding plus an environmental seal. The 

EMI shielding knitted wire mesh should be selected 

to provide optimum shielding effectiveness 

while assuring compatibility with the metals of the 

surface being gasketed. Most commonly 

employed metals are Tin-Plated Phosphor Bronze, 

Tin-Coated Copper-Clad Steel (Sn/ Cu/Fe) and 

Monel. Environmental sealing is achieved by 

using elastomers with solid or closed cell sponge 

neoprene or silicone. Optional elastomers include 

fluorosilicone, buna and butyl rubber. 


TECKNIT DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are 

used in applications requiring EMI shielding and 

environmental sealing. Optional pressure sensitive 

adhesive backing provides a convenient and 

effective means of mounting the gasket. 

DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are used to seal 

enclosure doors and lids, removable cover plates, 

and as interface gaskets for mounting shielding 

windows and air vent panels. 


TECKNIT TWIN DUOSTRIP Shielding 




below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Monel 65 135 100 90 


CLOSURE PRESSURES RECOMMENDED 

The many parameters in shielding/sealing gasket 

design, such as width, thickness and durometer, 

make it difficult to specify exact closing pressure 

criteria. A general rule, for both solid and sponge 

elastomers, closing pressures should be 69 kPa 

[10 psi] min. 



Wire Mesh: 





ASTM B-520. 


QQ-W-321, (ASTM-B-134) silver-plated (3% 



QQ-N-281, or AMS-4730. 

- Aluminum Alloy 5056: .005 in. [0.127 mm] 

diameter, per SAE AMS-4182 (except max. 


Elastomer: 

- Neoprene sponge: (closed cell), MIL-R-6130, 

Type II, Grade A, Condition medium. 

(ASTM-D-6576) 

- Neoprene solid: MIL-R-6855, Class 2, Grade 40. 

- Silicone sponge (closed cell): SAE AMS-3195. 

- Silicone solid: ZZ-R-765, Class 2, Grade 40 

(Standard), Grade 50 (Hollow Cores). 

(AA-59588) 



- Neoprene sponge: -24°F to 212°F [-31°C 

to 100°C] 

- Neoprene solid: -65°F to 212°F [-54°C to 100°C] 

- Silicone sponge: -103°F to 401°F [-75°C 

to 205°C] 

- Silicone solid: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

DUOSTRIPS 

Figure 1. 

CROSS SECTION NEOPRENE SPONGE SILICONE SPONGE 

DIMENSIONS in. [mm] PLAIN TECKSTIK ADH. PLAIN TECKSTIK-SIL. ADH. 

A B C D MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE 

.062 [1.57] .250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-13511 43-00213 43-16792 43-00252 43-13802 43-00120 43-00144 43-00165 

.062 [1.57] .375 [9.53] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-13446 43-00214 43-00003 43-00253 43-00063 43-00121 43-16796 43-00166 

.062 [1.57] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-00030 43-00215 43-16795 43-00000 43-13546 43-00122 43-00145 43-00167 

.062 [1.57] .625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] 43-00200 43-00216 43-00237 43-00254 43-13841 43-00123 43-00041 43-46711 

.093 [2.36] .250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13634 43-00217 43-16764 43-00255 43-00100 43-00124 43-00146 43-00168 

.093 [2.36] .375 [9.53] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-00201 43-00218 43-00238 43-46456 43-00101 43-00125 43-00147 43-00169 

.093 [2.36] .500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13613 43-00219 43-16797 43-46458 43-00102 43-00126 43-16799 43-00170 

.093 [2.36] .750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 43-13245 43-00220 43-00239 43-00256 43-00103 43-00127 43-00148 43-00171 

.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 43-13268 43-00221 43-00240 43-00258 43-00104 43-00128 43-00150 43-00173 

.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13334 43-00222 43-00241 43-46136 43-00105 43-00129 43-00021 43-00174 

.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-13261 43-00223 43-16136 43-00259 43-13635 43-00130 43-00151 43-00175 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13971 43-43971 43-16106 43-46102 43-13980 43-43980 43-16404 43-46406 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13746 43-00224 43-16108 43-46100 43-13842 43-00131 43-16408 43-46408 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-13262 43-00225 43-00242 43-00260 43-13794 43-00132 43-16431 43-46710 

.125 [3.18] .625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13972 43-43972 43-16110 43-46101 43-13981 43-43981 43-16410 43-46410 

.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-00202 43-43175 43-16112 43-00262 43-00107 43-43178 43-00040 43-00177 

.125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-00203 43-43162 43-00244 43-00263 43-00108 43-00134 43-00153 43-00178 

.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-00204 43-00227 43-00246 43-00265 43-00109 43-43161 43-00155 43-00180 

.187 [4.75] .375 [9.53] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13974 43-43974 43-16206 43-46206 43-13983 43-43983 43-16506 43-46506 

.187 [4.75] .500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13115 43-00228 43-16208 43-46208 43-00110 43-00135 43-16508 43-46508 

.187 [4.75] .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-13975 43-43975 43-16210 43-46210 43-13984 43-43984 43-16510 43-46510 

.187 [4.75] .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 43-00205 43-00229 43-00247 43-00266 43-00111 43-00136 43-00156 43-00181 

.187 [4.75] .750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 43-00206 43-00230 43-00248 43-00267 43-00112 43-00137 43-00157 43-00182 

.250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-00207 43-00231 43-16304 43-00020 43-00113 43-43142 43-00159 43-00184 

.250 [6.35] .375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-13977 43-43977 43-16306 43-46306 43-13986 43-43986 43-16606 43-46606 

.250 [6.35] .500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-00208 43-00232 43-16308 43-46308 43-00114 43-00138 43-16608 43-46608 

.250 [6.35] .625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 43-13978 43-43978 43-16310 43-46310 43-13987 43-43987 43-16610 43-46610 

TWIN MESH DUOSTRIP 

Figure 2. 

DIMENSIONS in. [mm] PLAIN TECKSTIK ADH. PLAIN TECKSTIK-SIL. ADH. 

A B C D MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE MONEL SN/CU/FE 

.125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13335 43-43123 43-16718 43-46131 43-00324 43-00331 43-00042 43-00344 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 43-13141 43-00306 43-16726 43-46137 43-00325 43-00332 43-00339 43-46138 

.125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] .250 [6.35] 43-00302 43-00309 43-00315 43-00320 43-00328 43-00335 43-00341 43-00347 

.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 43-00303 43-00310 43-00316 43-00321 43-13707 43-00336 43-00342 43-00348 


A-14

A. WIRE MESH 

Duostrips, Duogaskets Cont. 


[SI Metric] 

OPTIONAL CONSTRUCTIONS DUOSTRIP AND DUOGASKET TOLERANCES 

Figure 3. Twin Elastomer Duostrip 

Figure 4. Solid Elastomer Duostrip 

DUOGASKET DRAWING STANDARDS 

Figure 5. 

NOTES: 

1. Minimum sealing gasket with (B) is .125 in. 

[3.18 mm] but not less than gasket thickness (A). 

2. Minimum distance from bolt hole or compression 

stop to edge of sealing gasket is not less 

than thickness of gasket material nor less than 

.062 in. [1.57 mm]. 

3. If bolt holes must be closer than shown in 

Note 2, use U-shaped slots (S). 

4. Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket 

thickness nor less than .094 in. [2.39 mm] 

ELASTOMER CROSS SECTION TOLERANCES 

Dimensions Sponge Rubber Solid Rubber 

under .100 in. ± .016 in. ± .016 in. 

[2.54 mm] [.40 mm] [.40 mm] 

A . 100 in. to .200 in. ± .031 in. ± .016 in. 

[2.54 to 5.08 mm] [.79 mm] [.40 mm] 

.200 to .500 in. ± .047 in. ± .031 in. 

[5.08 to 12.7 mm] [1.19 mm] [.79 mm] 

under 1.00 in. ± .031 in. ± .031 in. 

[25.4 mm] [.79 mm] [.79 mm] 

B 1.00 to 2.00 in. ± .063 in. ± .063 in. 

[25.4 to 50.8 mm] [1.59 mm] [1.59 mm] 

WIRE MESH CROSS SECTION TOLERANCES 

Dimensions Gasket Height & Width Tolerance 

.062 to .187 in. + .016, - 0 in. 

[1.57 to 4.75 mm] [+ 0.41, - 0 mm] 

C,D 

.188 to .500 in. + .031, - 0 in. 

[4.78 to 9.53 mm] [+ 0.79, - 0 mm] 

E,F,G,H 

K,L,M,N 

DUOGASKET TOLERANCES 

Dimensions Sponge Rubber Solid Rubber 

under 6 in. ± .031 in. ± .016 in. 

[152.4 mm] [.79 mm] [.40 mm] 

each additional ± .005 in. ± .003 in. 

1 in. [25.4 mm] [.13 mm] [.08 mm] 

under 6 in. ± .016 in. ± .016 in. 

[152.4 mm] [.40 mm] [.40 mm] 

each additional ± .003 in. ± .003 in. 

1 in. [25.4 mm] [.08 mm] [.08 mm] 

P,S - ± .016 in. ± .016 in. 

[.40 mm] [.40 mm] 

NOTE: All tolerances are based on gasket thicknesses of .125" or less. For 

gaskets thicker than .125", contact factory for applicable tolerances. All 

parts available with tin-plated phosphor bronze mesh. 

DESIGN AND THICKNESS CONSIDERATIONS 

Most DUOSTRIP and DUOGASKET applications 

use sponge materials, however; any of the standard 

cross sections shown in Figures 1-3 are 

available using solid elastomers. For DUOSTRIPS 

and DUOGASKETS designed with solid elastomers, 

the thickness of the knitted wire mesh 

EMI gasket is always 0.031 in. [0.79 mm] thicker 

than the elastomer for optimum shielding and 

sealing (see Figure 5). With a sponge-elastomer, 

A-15 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

the knitted wire mesh EMI gasket thickness is 

generally the same as that of the elastomer (see 

Figure 1). 

The most common thickness specified for the 

elastomer portion of DUOSTRIPS and DUOGAS- 

KETS is 0.125 in. [3.18 mm] and should be 

specified whenever possible. Also available are 

0.062 in. [1.57 mm], 0.093 in. [2.36 mm], 0.187 

in. [4.75 mm] and 0.250 in. [6.35 mm] thick 

elastomer. 

COMPRESSION STOPS 

TECKNIT can provide disc or washer-type compression 

stops on sponge or solid elastomer 

DUOSTRIP and DUOGASKETS to minimize overcompressing 

and bowing of flanges between bolt 

locations. TECKNIT stops are fabricated from 

standard tubing materials in either aluminum or 

stainless steel. 

Figure 6. Compression Stop Design 

ADHESIVE BACK GASKETS AND STRIPS 

DUOSTRIPS and DUOGASKETS are available with 

TECKSTIK, a pressure-sensitive adhesive backing 

on the elastomer portion of the gaskets, which 

holds them in place temporarily for installation. 

TECKSTIK shelf life is one year when stored at or 

below 73°F [23°C]. 

DUOSTRIPS - SPECIAL LENGTHS AND 

FINISHED ENDS 

Standard DUOSTRIPS are supplied in 25 ft. ± 1 

in. [7.60 ± 0.03 m] rolls. DUOSTRIPS can also 

be cut to specific lengths with square or miter-cut 

ends, or strips with finished EMI gasket ends. 

DUOGASKETS-SIZES AVAILABLE 

The sealing portion of the DUOGASKETS is diecut 

from sheet elastomer. One-piece, jointless sealing 

gaskets are available up to 36 in. x 36 in. [914 

mm x 914 mm]. Larger gaskets are normally 

spliced using one of the splicing methods shown 

in Figure 7. These techniques should be considered 

if a jointless design results in a large waste 

of elastomer. In preparing drawings, indicate 

whether or not elastomer splices are permitted. 

Molded sealing gaskets are also available to suit 

special flange configurations. The elastomer portion 

of the gasket may be molded for high volume, 

custom applications. 

STANDARD ±.005 in. [± 0.13 mm] 

O.D. .062 .093 .125 .188 .250 .375 

[1.57] [2.36] [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] 

I.D. - - - .93 .125 .250 

- - - [2.36] [3.18] [6.35] 

MATERIAL T DIMENSION in.[mm] TOLERANCES in.[mm] 

.040 - .090 ±.006 

Aluminum [1.02 - 2.29] [0.15] 

.090 - .130 ±.008 

[2.29 - 3.30] [0.20] 

Stainless Steel .130 - .190 ±.010 

[3.30 - 4.83] [0.25] 

Selected from std. gauge sheets, rod and tubing materials only. 

Figure 7. Four basic splicing techniques. 


To order a standard 25 ft. ± 1 in. [7.60 m ± 0.03 

m] roll of DUOSTRIP, specify dimensions and part 

number. For any DUOSTRIP variation, supply a 

sketch and indicate special elastomer requirements 

and EMI gasketing. For design assistance, 




A-16

A. WIRE MESH 

Teckstrip® 

WIRE MESH WITH ALUMINUM STRIP 


[SI Metric] 


TECKSTRIP is a combination of resilient EMI 

shielding mesh crimped in a solid aluminum 

mounting strip. A jaw-type construction of the aluminum 

extrusion ensures secure fastening of EMI 

shielding mesh. In addition, the aluminum extrusion 

provides a positive compression stop, minimizing 

compression set of the EMI shielding 

mesh. TECKSTRIP can be supplied as ready-tomount 

frames or in custom or bulk lengths. 


TECKSTRIP greatly simplifies shielding gasket 

installation. TECKSTRIP can be attached directly 

to the enclosure to be shielded by spot welding, 

bolting, riveting, or similar fastening techniques. 

The aluminum frame permits accurate positioning, 

is easy and economical to install, and when 

attached to sheet metal enclosures, provides 

rigidity and enhances structural strength. 




dB dB dB dB 

Sn/Ph/Bz 80 130 100 100 

Monel 60 130 90 80 

Sn/Cu/Fe 80 130 105 95 

*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm aperature. 

FABRICATED STRIPS AND FRAMES 

TECKSTRIP may be supplied as a finished frame 

assembly manufactured to custom specifications. 

Individual prefabricated strips may also be utilized 

to construct a custom, TECKSTRIP frame. 

These prefabricated sections may be supplied 

with holes, slots, and countersinks. Custom frame 

constructions are also available to meet customer 

requirements. See Figures 1 and 2 for frame and 

strip dimensioning and the table following Figure 

2 for standard tolerances. 



TECKSTRIP Extrusion: Aluminum alloy 6063-T6 per 

QQ-A-200/9 (ASTM-B-221) (Chromate conversion 

coating per MIL-C-5541 Class 1A optional). 

Wire Mesh: 

- Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter 



- Sn/Cu/Fe (Tin Coated, Copper Clad Steel): .0045 

in. [0.114 mm], diameter per ASTM B-520. 

- Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter per QQN- 

281 or AMS-4730. 

Elastomer Core (when specified): Neoprene sponge 

per MIL-R-6130, Type II, Grade A, Condition 

Medium (ASTM-D-6576). 

Silicone sponge per SAE-AMS-3195. 



-24°F to 212°F [-30°C to 100°C] for Neoprene 

sponge. 

-103°F to 401°F [-75°C to 205°C] for Silicone 

sponge. 

A-17 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

EXTRUSION STYLE 

Table 1. 

EXTRUSION SELECTION in. [mm] 

Extrusion Bulk Strip 

W T Style Code (A) 

.375 in. [9.53 mm] .093 in. [2.36 mm] 165 0 

.375 in. [9.53 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 153 1 

.437 in. [11.10 mm] .093 in. [2.36 mm] 169 2 

.437 in. [11.10 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 178 3 

.500 in. [12.70 mm] .125 in. [31.8 mm] 160 4 

.625 in. [15.88 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 174 5 

.750 in. [19.05 mm] .125 in. [3.18 mm] 150 6 

1,000 in. [25.40 mm]* .125 in. [3.18 mm] 155 7 

251 8 

EXTRUSION STYLE 251 

384 9 

Figure 1. Frame dimensions (Mesh not shown) 

BULK AND FINISHED LENGTHS 

TECKSTRIP can be supplied in standard bulk 

lengths of 5 ft. [1.5 m], 7.5 ft. [2.25 m], or 15 ft. 

[4.5 m]. Ends are rough cut to a tolerance of 

±1.0 in. [2.5 cm] in bulk lengths. Finished mesh 

ends can be supplied to any desired length up to 

15 ft. [4.5 m] at nominal additional cost. 

EXTRUSION STYLE 384 

EMI GASKETING MATERIAL Table 2. 

EMI GASKET EMI GASKET MESH STRIP MESH STRIP GASKET SHAPE WIRE TYPE 

DIM. in. [mm] DESCRIPTION MATERIAL NUMBER CODE B CODE C 

.188+.031-0 

[4.78+0.79-0] 

Rubber 

Dimensions* 

.188±.031 

[4.78±0.79] 

Rubber 

Dimensions* 

.188±.031 

[4.78±0.79] 

Solid Monel 12150 0 

TECKNIT Strip Sn/Cu/Fe 42250 1 1 

Sn/Ph/Bz 62250 2 

Strip with Monel 12152 0 

Neoprene Sn/Cu/Fe 42252 2 1 

Sponge Core Sn/Ph/Bz 62252 2 

Custom Strip Monel 13452 0 

with Silicone Sn/Cu/Fe 43252 3 1 

Sponge Core Sn/Ph/Bz 63252 2 

Figure 2. Finished strip dimensions 

FINISHED STRIP AND FRAME TOLERANCES in. [mm] 

0-12 12-24 24-36 36-48 

DIM [0-305] [305-610] [610-915] [915-1220] 

A,B,G ±.015[±0.38] ±.031[±0.79] ±.047[±1.19] ±.060[±1.52] 

C,D,E,F ±.015[±0.38] ±.020[±0.51] ±.031[±0.79] 

G 

Over 48 in. [1220 mm], check with TECKNIT Engineers. 


Select TECKSTRIP by extrusion style and EMI 

gasketing material by mesh strip number. Provide 

a sketch of all fabrication details. Part numbers 

will be assigned by TECKNIT when the part 

description is complete. For bulk material, order 

by part number. Part numbers are constructed 

as follows. 

BULK STRIP DESIGNATION 

*Overall dimensions: Add .031 in. [0.79 mm] to rubber dimension. Resulting dimensions are applicable 

to parts under a 4 oz. [113g] load using .750 in. [19.05 mm] anvils. 

Table 3. 

BULK STRIP LENGTH FINISH LENGTH CODE (D) 

5 Feet No Finish 0 

Chromate 1 

7.5 Feet No Finish 2 

Chromate 3 

15 Feet No Finish 4 

Chromate 5 

For assistance and for other selected extrusion 

crosssections and EMI gasket materials contact 


factory location. 


A-18

A. WIRE MESH 

Duosil® 

COMPOSITE WIRE MESH AND SILICONE OR FLUOROSILICONE RUBBER STRIP 


[SI Metric] 


DUOSIL is a composite material which provides 

an effective EMI shield and an optimum environmental 

seal. It is produced by employing a 

patented process and state-of-the-art elastomer 

extrusion technology. This process accomplishes 

the fusion of specially shaped silicone or fluorosilicone 

rubber to a knitted wire mesh shielding 

strip. During manufacture, a controlled amount of 

elastomer is permitted to penetrate the porous 

boundary face of the shielding strip. Following 

curing, the result is an inseparable composite 

combining the high reliability of both materials 

into a single rugged structure. 


DUOSIL was initially developed as a radiation and 

environmental seal for outdoor, all-weather commercial 

electronic VHF and UHF equipment. 

Proven to be an ideal shield and seal in these 

severe commercial environments, DUOSIL has 

also been used with great effectiveness in 

demanding military applications. DUOSIL EMI 

shielding gasket material is ideally suited for 

installation into the narrow grooves in cast enclosures. 

Its small cross section composite saves 

space and weight without sacrificing shielding or 

sealing effectiveness. 


TECKNIT DUOSIL Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method TSETS-01, based upon modified MIL- 

STD-285. Typical values are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Monel 60 130 90 80 

Sn/Ph/Bz 90 135 105 95 

*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm aperature. 



Shielding Wire Mesh 

- Monel: per QQ-N-281, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] 

diameter or AMS 4730 




Sealing Elastomer 

- Silicone rubber: per ZZ - R - 765 Class 2, 

Grade 50 (AA-59588). 

- Fluorosilicone rubber: ref MIL-R-25988B, Class I, 

Grade 40, Type II (SAE-AMS-R-25988). 


Silicone Fluorosilicone 

Hardness, Shore 

A Durometer 50 ± 7 40 ± 5 

ASTM D-2240 

Temperature -80°F to 500°F -67°F to 257°F 

Range [-62°C to 260°C] [-55°C to 125°C] 

Brittle Point 

ASTM D-746 -100°F [-73°C] -81°F [-63°C] 

Composite Peel 

Strength (min.) 3 lbf/in. [525 N/m] 3 lbf/in. [525 N/m] 

Color Gray Blue 

A-19 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

A. WIRE MESH 

DUOSIL DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS 

Standard cross-sections are listed below. In addition, 

DUOSIL can be manufactured for custom 

designed cross-sections. Custom designed crosssections 

become cost effective as the result of the 

elimination of costly conventional mesh to elastomer 

bonding techniques. 

Contact TECKNIT factory personnel for custom 

design assistance and/or application information 

concerning DUOSIL. 

STANDARD DUOSIL - CROSS SECTIONS AND 

GROOVE DESIGN DATA 

Figure 2. Compression Deflection data. 


When ordering DUOSIL, specify reuqired length 

and TECKNIT Part Number. For assistance, contact 



STANDARD SILICONE ELASTOMER 

DUOSIL DIMENSIONS 

Part Gasket Dimensions Groove Dimensions 

Number inches [mm] inches [mm] 

A B C D E F 

80-10008 .070 .098 .035 .035 .088 .088 

[1.77] [2.48] [0.88] [0.88] [2.23] [2.23] 

80-09863 .093 .125 .046 .046 .113 .110 

[2.36] [3.18] [1.17] [1.17] [2.87] [2.79] 

80-00013 .125 .062 .062 .062 .056 .163 

[3.18] [1.57] [1.57] [1.57] [1.42]* [4.14] 

80-00007 .125 .175 .062 .062 .158 .135 

[3.18] [4.45] [1.57] [1.57] [4.01] [3.43] 

80-09864 .156 .156 .062 .093 .141 .174 

[3.96] [3.96] [1.57] [2.36] [3.58] [4.42] 

80-00250 .180 .165 .090 .090 .150 .185 

[4.57] [4.19] [2.28] [2.28] [3.80] [4.69] 

80-09869 .188 .188 .093 .093 .169 .192 

[4.78] [4.78] [2.36] [2.36] [4.29] [488] 

*Groove (E) tolerance + 0 - .002 [0.05] 


A-20

B. METAL FIBERS AND SCREENS 


[SI Metric] 

Section B: 

Metal Fibers and Screens 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

DUOLASTIC (Woven Wire Impregnated with Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B1 - B2 

TECKFELT (Thin Gasket Sheets of Sintered Metal Fiber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B3 - B4 

TECKSPAN (Expanded Metal with Optional Elastomer Filler) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B5 - B6 



Duolastic 

WIRE MESH GASKET MATERIAL 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT DUOLASTIC* material consists of a 

woven aluminum wire screen impregnated with 

neoprene or silicone elastomer. DUOLASTIC provides 

both EMI shielding and environmental sealing. 

The aluminum wire screen provides electrical 

contact between mating surfaces, while the elastomer 

material fills the gaps between the individual 

wires of the screen to ensure a fluid tight seal. 


TECKNIT DUOLASTIC is the thinnest TECKNIT 

gasket material available. Parts are manufactured 

from sheets 0.016 or 0.020 in. [0.41 or 0.51 

mm] thick. The physical properties of DUOLAS- 

TIC allow gaskets of intricate shapes to be manufactured. 

DUOLASTIC should be used in applications 

where space limitations require a gasket of 

minimum thickness. 


When properly installed, DUOLASTIC will provide 

a total E-Field shielding effectiveness of 75 to 100 

dB, out to 1 GHz. 



- Wire Screen: Aluminum alloy 5056 per 

SAE-AMS-4182. 

- Sealing Elastomer: Neoprene per 

SAE-AMS-3222 or Silicone per AMS 3302D. 



-40°F to 212°F [-40°C to 100°C] for Neoprene. 

-75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] for Silicone. 

Recommended Closing Force: 100 psi [690 kPa]. 

CABLE CONNECTOR GASKET 

(Mounting Flange Type) 

TECKNIT offers many EMI materials which can be 

formed into cable Connector Gaskets. DUOLAS- 

TIC is the thinnest gasket material available for 

applications where space limitations require a 

gasket of minimum thickness and has proven to 

be a very reliable EMI material in such applications. 

Refer to TECKNIT Standard Cable 

Connector Gaskets. 

B-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


HOLES VS. SLOTS 

PARTS NUMBERS 

MATERIAL THICKNESS SEALING 

NUMBER in. [mm] MATERIAL 

42-80000 .020 ± .004 [0.51 ± 0.10] Neoprene 

42-60000 .020 ± .004 [0.51 ± 0.10] Silicone 

42-80500 .016 ± .004 [0.41 ± 0.10] Neoprene 

42-60500 .016 ± .004 [0.41 ± 0.10] Silicone 

TOLERANCES 

DUOLASTIC gaskets less than 10 in. can be cut 

to ± .015 in.; greater than 10 in. but less than 

20 in.: ± .030 in.; for gaskets 20 in. and greater: 

± .040 in. 


DUOLASTIC gaskets can be fabricated in virtually 

any shape or size. Wall thickness should be not 

less than .075 in. [1.91 mm] to avoid breakout. 

DUOLASTIC materials are also available in bulk 

form 8 in. [203 mm] wide and up to 50 ft. [15.24 

m] in length. When ordering DUOLASTIC, specify 

all gasket dimensions and TECKNIT part number. 

For assistance, contact the TECKNIT area representative 

or factory nearest you. 

“D” Subminiature Connector Gaskets 

ALUMINUM WOVEN WIRE SCREEN IMPREGNATED WITH ELASTOMER 

DUOLASTIC is also used to manufacture “D” 

subminiature connector gaskets. The woven 

aluminum wire screen is provided with either 

neoprene or silicone elastomer to meet individual 

design requirements where effective electrical 

contact between mating surfaces is essential. In 

addition, the elastomer material fills in between 

the individual wires of the screen affording environmental 

protection. 

* See section H: EMI Connector Gaskets for additional information 

GASKET DIMENSIONS 

PART MOUNTING NUMBER OF A B C D E F 

NUMBER METHOD CONNECTOR PINS ± .020 ± .005 ± .010 ± .010 ± .020 ± .005 

42-X1700 Front Mounting 9 1.313 .984 .782 .450 .750 .140 

42-X1701 Rear Mounting 1.313 .984 .665 .370 .750 .140 

42-X1702 Front Mounting 15 1.641 1.312 1.110 .450 .750 .140 

42-X1703 Rear Mounting 1.641 1.312 .993 .370 .750 .140 


42-X1705 Rear Mounting 2.188 1.852 1.533 .370 .750 .140 





NOTE: When ordering .020 Silicone Filled Duolastic, replace the “X” in the Part Number with a “6”. 

When ordering .020 Neoprene Filled Duolastic, replace the “X” in the Part Number with an “8”. 


B-2


Teckfelt 

SINTERED METAL FIBER GASKET MATERIAL 


[SI Metric] 


TECKFELT is a sintered metal fiber felt structure 

produced in sheet form. It can be filled with 

silicone elastomer for applications requiring an 

environmental or fluid seal. TECKFELT can 

also be supplied unfilled when EMI is the sole 

consideration. 


The randomly arranged compacted metal fibers 

characteristic of TECKFELT provide a highly conductive 

path between mating surfaces. This 

makes TECKFELT an ideal material for EMI or 

EMP shielding, grounding, and static discharge 

applications, especially in corrosive environments. 

SEALING PROPERTIES 

TECKFELT elastomer impregnated gaskets have 

been compared to other types of thin, dual-purpose 

gaskets and are proven to have the lowest 

air leak rate and best sealing properties of all thin 

EMI gasket materials. 


TECKNIT TECKFELT Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified 




Metals: Corrosion resistant steel. 

- Fiber Diameter: 0.0004 to 0.004 in. [0.01 to 

0.1 mm] mean diameter range. 

- Density: 1.5 g/cm3 (unfilled). 

Filler (when specified): Commercial Grade 

Silicone elastomer 

Temperature Range (with filler): -75°F to 392°F 

[-60°C to 200°C]. 



dB dB dB dB 

Teckfelt 70 130 85 70 


B-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKFELT SHEETS 

Standard sheet size is 12 in.x 15 in. [305x380mm]. 

MATERIAL TYPE SHEET THICKNESS* PART NUMBER 

Unfilled .031 in. [0.79 mm] 45-09810 

.063 in. [1.59 mm] 45-09812 

Filled .031 in. [0.79 mm] 45-09811 

.063 in. [1.59 mm] 45-09813 


When ordering TECKFELT Gaskets, specify gasket 

dimensions and TECKNIT part number. To order 

CUSTOM TECKFELT or for other assistance, contact 



*Sheet thickness tolerance ±.005 in. [0.13 mm] 

CUSTOM TECKFELT GASKETS 

TECKFELT gaskets can be manufactured in a 

wide range of shapes and sizes. 

When designing custom TECKFELT gaskets, it is 

important to maintain a minimum wall thickness 

of 0.090 in. [2.29 mm] between the outside edge 

of the gasket and the edge of any internal opening, 

such as at mounting holes, to avoid break out 

of thin gasket sections. For standard TECKFELT 

connector flange gaskets, see EMI Connector 

information. 


TOLERANCES 

TECKFELT gaskets less than 10 inches can be 

cut to ± .015 inches. For each additional 5 inches 

add an additional ± .015 inches to tolerance. 

CUSTOM TECKFELT SHEETS 

Sheets thicker than standard sheet size can be 

manufactured by bonding two or more standard 

TECKFELT sheets using a silicone adhesive. 


B-4


Teckspan 

EXPANDED METAL GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKSPAN materials are manufactured from 

sheets of aluminum or monel expanded metal to 

produce a conductive material with over 200 contact 

points per square inch of gasket surface. The 

small openings of the expanded metal can be 

filled with a silicone elastomer which effectively 

provides an environmental seal in addition to an 

EMI shield. Where EMI shielding only is required, 

metal gaskets may be easily stamped from the 

unfilled sheets of TECKSPAN. 


TECKSPAN is one of the TECKNIT family of thin 

EMI shielding materials. TECKSPAN can be used 

in shielding electronic enclosures where size limitations 

necessitate the use of thin gasket materials 

and where closure pressures are 50 psi or 

greater. When filled with a silicone elastomer, 

TECKSPAN provides good fluid sealing properties 

at moderate flange pressures. The many expanded 

metal contact points of both filled and unfilled 

TECKSPAN also provide a low impedance contact 

surface. 


TECKNIT TECKSPAN Shielding Effectiveness has 


Methods TSETS-01 and based upon modified 

MIL-STD- 285. Typical values for a 5" square size 

are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

Monel 60 125 85 50 

Aluminum 50 85 70 40 



Expanded Metal 

- Monel: per QQ-N-281. 

- Aluminum alloy: QQ-A-250/2 (ASTM-B-209). 

- Openings: Diamond shaped, .100 in. x .100 in. 

[2.54 mm x 2.54 mm] approximately. 

- Contact Points: 200-250 per in.2 [31-39 

per cm2]. 

Sealing Elastomer 

- Silicone rubber: per ZZ-R-765 (AA-59588), 

Class 2b, Grade 50, Color gray. 

- Fluorosilicone Rubber: per MIL-R-25988B 

Class 1 Grade 40. (SAE-AMS-25988) 


Temperature: -75°F to 500°F [-60°C to 260°C] 

Recommended Closing Force: 50 psi [345 kPa] 

minimum. 

B-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


CABLE CONNECTOR GASKETS 

(Mounting Flange Type) 

TECKNIT has many EMI shielding materials that 

can be used for manufacturing cable connector 

gaskets. TECKSPAN has proven to be a very reliable 

EMI material for such applications. Refer to 

TECKNIT Standard EMI Connector Gaskets data. 

STANDARD BULK SHEET 

THICKNESS METAL ELASTOMER PART 

±.004 in. [±.10mm] EMI SHIELD SEAL NUMBER 

.020 [0.51] Monel Silicone 48-09862* 

.020 [0.51] Aluminum Silicone 48-09863* 

.020 [0.51] Monel Fluorosilicone 48-01094** 

.032 [0.81] Monel None 48-00476 

.032 [0.81] Aluminum None 48-00481 

.032 [0.81] Monel Silicone 48-09860 

.032 [0.81] Aluminum Silicone 48-09866 

TOLERANCES 

TECKSPAN gaskets less than 10 inches can be 

cut to ± .015 inches. For each additional 5 inches 

add an additional ± .015 inches to tolerance. 


TECKSPAN gaskets are available in many shapes 

and sizes. TECKSPAN gaskets can be fabricated 

to minimum tolerances of .015 in. [± 0.38 mm]. 

Wall thickness should not be less than .125 in. 

[3.18 mm] to avoid “breakout”. All materials, 

except where noted, are available in bulk form- 

7.50 in. [190 mm] maximum width and from 10 

ft. [3.05 m] to 50 ft. [15.25 m] maximum lengths. 

Use TECKNIT Part Numbers for specifying materials. 

For specification assistance, contact your 


location. 

*Not stocked 

**Standard Width 11.50 in. 

NOTE: Except where noted, all materials are available 7.50" wide. 



B-6

C. ORIENTED WIRES 


[SI Metric] 

Section C: 

Oriented Wires 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

ELASTOMET ® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Rubber) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C1 - C5 

ELASTOFOAM ® (Oriented Array of Wires in Silicone Sponge) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .C6 - C8 



Elastomet® 

ORIENTED WIRES IN SOLID SILICONE RUBBER 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT ELASTOMET is a patented composite 

gasket material consisting of scores of individual 

fine wires embedded and bonded in a solid silicone 

or fluorosilicone elastomer. 

FEATURES 

- Effective broadband shielding and environmental 

sealing at moderate closure forces. 

- Low contact resistance. 

- Electrochemically compatible with most metals 

and alloys. 

- Wide operating temperature range. 

- Available in sheets, strips, and stamped gaskets. 

- All wires oriented perpendicular to mating 

surfaces. 

- Convoluted wires acting like individual springs 

permit superior gasket rebound. 

- Superior moisture resistance: absence of 

connections between wires prevents moisture 

channeling or “wicking.” 

- In accordance with DESC drawing No. 90046. 

- Meets salt spray test per ASTM B117-03. 


ELASTOMET is recommended for use in military, 

industrial, and commercial applications requiring 

EMI suppression, grounding, or static discharge 

in conjunction with the following design criteria; 

environmental sealing, medium to high closure 

forces, and absence of loose wire fragments 

which could cause electrical or mechanical damage 

to equipment. For applications with severe 

joint uneveness, low closure forces, and where 

greater compressibility is required, use ELASTO- 

FOAM ® shielding material. Refer to ELASTOFOAM 

page for information. 

COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION CURVE 



dB dB dB dB 

Monel 75 130+ 110 100 

Phosphor Bronze 80 130+ 115 100 



Wire 

- Standard: Monel, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia., 

per QQ-N-281. 

- Special: Aluminum Alloy 5056, .005 in. [0.127 

mm] dia., per SAE-AMS-4182 (except max. 


Phosphor Bronze, .0045 in. [0.114 mm] dia. 

per ASTM B 105, Alloy 30 (CDA C50700). 

Elastomer 

- Standard: Solid Silicone Rubber per ZZ-R-765, 

Class 3A, Grade 30. (30 + 5, - 10 Shore A 

Durometer) (AA-59588). 

- Color: Gray. 

- Special: Fluorosilicone* per MIL-R-25988B 

Class 1 Grade 40, Type II (SAE-AMS-R-25988). 

- Color: Light Blue. 

Wire Population: 960/1in. 2 [150 cm 2 ] ±15%.** 

C-1 


TECKNIT ELASTOMET Shielding Effectiveness 


Test Method TSETS-01, based upon modified 

MIL-STD- 285. Typical values are given below. 



-65°F to 392°F [-55°C to 200°C]. 

Recommended Closure Force: 50 psi to 100 psi. 

Recommended Compression: 5% min. 

*Fluorosilicone available only with phosphor bronze wire. 

** Minimum of 4 wires required in cross-section for effective shielding. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD SHEETS (Table 1.) 

Standard ELASTOMET sheets are Monel wire in 

solid silicone, 3 in. [76 mm], 6 in. [152 mm], 

and 9 in. [229 mm] wide by 3 ft. [0.9 m] long. 

Custom widths will be formed by bonding 

together sheets. 

Table 1. Standard Sheets 

Height Width Part No. Height Width Part No. 

in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel 

3 [76] 82-55312 

** 3 [76] 82-55303 .125[3.18] 6 [152] 82-55612 

.030[0.76] 6 [152] 82-55603 9 [229] 82-55912 

3 [76] 82-55304 3 [76] 82-55315 

.045[1.14] 6 [152] 82-55604 .156 [3.96] 6 [152] 82-55615 

** 9 [229] 82-55904 9 [229] 82-55915 

3 [76] 82-55306 3 [76] 82-55318 

.062[1.57] 6 [152] 82-55606 .187 [4.75] 6 [152] 82-55618 

9 [229] 82-55906 9 [229] 82-55918 

3 [76] 82-55309 3 [76] 82-55325 

.093[2.36] 6 [152] 82-55609 .250 [6.35] 6 [152] 82-55625 

9 [229] 82-55909 9 [229] 82-55925 

Change third digit of part number from -5 to -4 to specify “custom 

ALUMINUM ELASTOMET”. 

Change the third digit of part number -5 to -B to specify “custom 

PHOSPHOR BRONZE ELASTOMET”. 

Change third digit of part number -5 to -F to specify “custom PHOSPHOR 

BRONZE FLUOROSILICONE ELASTOMET”. 

Change fourth digit from -5 to -6 to specify “PRESSURE SENSITIVE 

ADHESIVE BACKING“. 

** Not available with Phosphor Bronze Wire or Fluorosilicone Elastomer. 

STANDARD ELASTOMET STRIPS (Table 2.) 

Standard strips are nominally 11 ft. [3.4 m] in 

length. Bonded continuous lengths are available 

on special orders. Custom strips are available with 

aluminum and with Phosphor Bronze wires. 

Pressure sensitive adhesive backing is available 

for Monel, aluminum, and phosphor bronze 

strips. Contact TECKNIT for thicknesses greater 

than .500 in. [12.70 mm]. 

Table: 2 - Standard Elastomer Strips 

Width Height Part No. Width Height Part No. 

in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel in. [mm] in. [mm] Monel 

.093 [2.36] **.030 [.076] 82-12651 .500 [12.70] **.030 [0.76] 82-12665 

.093 [2.36] .062 [1.57] 82-12628 .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 82-12281 

.093 [2.36] .093 [2.36] 82-12021 .500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] 82-12286 

.093 [2.36] .125 [3.18] 82-12026 .500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] 82-12291 

.093 [2.36] .156 [3.96] 82-12629 .500 [12.70] .156 [3.96] 82-12296 

- - - .500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] 82-12301 

.125 [3.18] **.030 [0.76] 82-12655 .500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] 82-12306 

.125 [3.18] .062 [1.57] 82-12041 - - - 

.125 [3.18] .093 [2.36] 82-12046 - - - 

.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 82-12051 - - - 

.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 82-12056 .625 [15.88] **.030 [0.76] 82-12667 

.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 82-12061 .625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 82-12336 

- - - .625 [15.88] .093 [2.36] 82-12341 

.187 [4.75] **.030 [0.76] 82-12657 .625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 82-12346 

.187 [4.75] .062 [1.57] 82-12086 .625 [15.88] .156 [3.96] 82-12351 

.187 [4.75] .093 [2.36] 82-12091 .625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 82-12356 

.187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 82-12096 .625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 82-12361 

.187 [4.75] .156 [3.96] 82-12101 .625 [15.88] .375 [9.53] 82-12371 

.187 [4.75] .187 [4.75] 82-12106 - - - 

- - - - - - 

- - - - - - 

- - - - - - 

.250 [6.35] **.030 [0.76] 82-12659 .750 [19.05] **.030 [0.76] 82-12669 

.250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] 82-12126 .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 82-12391 

.250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] 82-12131 .750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] 82-12396 

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 82-12136 .750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 82-12401 

.250 [6.35] .156 [3.96] 82-12141 .750 [19.05] .156 [3.96] 82-12406 

.250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] 82-12146 .750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 82-12411 

.250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 82-12151 .750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 82-12416 

- - - .750 [19.05] .375 [9.53] 82-12426 

- - - .750 [19.05] .500 [12.70] 82-12431 

- - - - - - 

.375 [9.53] **.030 [0.76] 82-12663 1.000 [25.40] **.030[0.76] 82-12671 

.375 [9.53] .062 [1.57] 82-12226 1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 82-12446 

.375 [9.53] .093 [2.36] 82-12231 1.000 [25.40] .093 [2.36] 82-12451 

.375 [9.53] .125 [3.18] 82-12236 1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 82-12456 

.375 [9.53] .156 [3.96] 82-12241 1.000 [25.40] .156 [3.96] 82-12461 

.375 [9.53] .187 [4.75] 82-12246 1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 82-12466 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 82-12251 1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 82-12471 

.375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] 82-12261 1.000 [25.40] .375 [9.53] 82-12481 

- - - 1.000 [25.40] .500 [12.70] 82-12486 

Change third digit of part number from -1 to -2 to specify “custom ALUMINUM ELASTOMET”. 

Change the third digit of part number -1 to -B to specify “custom PHOSPHOR BRONZE 

ELASTOMET”. 

Change third digit of part number -1 to -F to specify “custom PHOSPHOR BRONZE 

FLUOROSILICONE ELASTOMET”. 

Change fourth digit from -2 to -3 to specify “PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING”. 

Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is restricted to strips and gaskets having a 

minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm]. 

** Not available with Phosphor Bronze Wire or Fluorosilicone Elastomer. 

Figure 1. 


C-2


Elastomet, Cont. 


[SI Metric] 

TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS (Table 3.) 

TWIN ELASTOMET is a variation of the standard 

ELASTOMET strip in that the oriented wires 

occupy only a portion of the total strip width. 

See Figure below. 

TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS are available standard 

with Monel or custom with phosphor bronze or 

aluminum wires. Minimum custom width (W) is 

.375 in. [9.5 mm]. Width and height tolerances 

are the same as those specified for ELASTOMET 

strips. Contact TECKNIT offices for minimum 

order requirements for TWIN ELASTOMET. 

Figure 2. 

Table 4. 

SHEET & STRIP CROSS-SECTION TOLERANCES 

Dimension Height Width 

in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] 

.030 to .092 + .010 - .005 N/A 

[.76 to 2.36] [+ .25 - .13] - 

.093 to .250 ± .010 ± .016 

[2.36 to 6.36] [± .25] [± .40] 

.251 to .750 ± .010 ± .031 

[6.37 to 19.05] [± .25] [± .79] 

over .750 [over 19.05] ± .015 [± .38] ± .047 [± 1.19] 

3 [76] N/A ± .13 [± 3.2] 

6 [152] N/A ± .25 [± 6.4] 

9 [229] N/A ± .38 [± 9.7] 

36 [91.4] N/A ± 1.00 [± 2.54] 

SPECIFYING DIE-CUT GASKETS 

Table 3. 

STANDARD TWIN ELASTOMET STRIPS 

W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Part Number * 

.625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 82-12972 

.625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 82-12911 

.625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 82-12936 

.625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 82-12956 

.750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 82-12973 

.750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 82-12916 

.750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 82-12941 

.750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 82-12961 

1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 82-12974 

1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 82-12921 

1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 82-12946 

1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 82-12966 

* Change fourth digit from 2 to 3 to specify pressure sensitive adhesive 

backing. 

PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE 

ELASTOMET can be furnished with an acrylic 

pressure-sensitive adhesive applied to the mounting 

surface. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive 

is restricted to strips and gaskets having a 

minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 

mm]. Shelf life is one year from date of receipt 

when stored at or below room temperature 

(23°C). 

FABRICATED GASKETS TOLERANCES 

The following tolerances and notes refer to the 

dimensions illustrated in Figure 3. 

Figure 3. 

CUSTOM FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES 

Symbol Dimension Tolerances 

in. [mm] 

in. [mm] 

up to 6 [152] ± .016 [± .40] 

A Each Additional ± .003 [± .08] 

1 in. [25.4] 

1 in. [up to 25.4] ± .016 [± .40] 

B 1 in. [over 25.4] ± .031 [± .79] 

W, H See Tolerance For Strips 

C-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178



For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT 

Part Number and quantity required. For nonstandard 

items contact your TECKNIT area representative 


NOTES: 

1. Bolt holes closer to the gasket edge than the gasket thickness must be 

u-shaped slots, or see note 3. 

2. Distance from compression stop to edge of sealing gasket must not be 

less than gasket thickness. 

3. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness can be with 

edge protrusion. 

4. Hole diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, nor less than 

.093 inches diameter. 

Elasto-Bond ® Adhesive 


ELASTO-BOND is a ready to use one component 

non-conductive silicone rubber based adhesive 

sealant. The adhesive system is an RTV that 

cures by reacting with moisture in the air. The 

compound is ready to use and does not require 

additional preparation or mixing. 


ELASTO-BOND adhesive sealant is recommended 

wherever a flexible bond is required between a 

metal surface and an ELASTOMET ® or ELASTO- 

FOAM ® gasket. To ensure optimum performance 

the bond thickness should not exceed .005 to 

.010 in. Depending on the degree of adhesion 

required, gaskets can be spot bonded or continuously 

bonded. 



Part Number: 72-00177 

Resin: Silicone RTV 

Uncured Consistency: Nonslumping Paste 

Cured Condition: Flexible 


Temperature Range: -76°F to 399°F 

[-60°C to 204°C] 

Peel Strength (min.): ASTM D-1002 60 psi 

[.414 MPa] 

Color: Grey 

Shelf Life (unopened container): 6 mos. min. 

(when stored at 21°C) 

Recommended Cure: 72 hours at room 

temperature and 50% RH 

Full Cure: 7 Days 

Clean Up Solvent: Denatured Alcohol 

Packaging**: Tube 1.5 oz. [43 g] 

**Primer supplied in separate vial. 

SURFACE PREPARATION 

Metal surfaces should be lightly abraded with 

Scotch Brite or an equivalent, degreased with 

1,1,1 trichloroethane and then wiped with acetone 

or MEK before applying primer. Gaskets 

should be cleaned with isopropanol before applying 

adhesive. 


C-4


Elastomet, Cont. 


[SI Metric] 

TECKNIT ELASTOMET ® 

Tecknit Elastomer is a patented composite gasket material consisting of scores of individual fine wires 

embedded in and bonded in a solid silicone elastomer. 

TECKNIT ELASTOMET SAMPLE 

Tecknit Elastomet’s patented chemical bonding 

wire loss. 

COMPETITVE SAMPLE 

C-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


Elastofoam® 

ORIENTED WIRES IN SOFT SILICONE SPONGE 


ELASTOFOAM is a patented, composite EMI 

shielding and environmental sealing gasket material 

consisting of scores of individual fine wires 

embedded and bonded in a soft closed cell silicone 

sponge elastomer. The material is characterized 

by outstanding compressibility, recovery and 

wire retention. 

FEATURES 

- All wires oriented perpendicular to mating 

surfaces. 

- Effective broadband shielding and 

environmental sealing at low closure forces. 

- Convoluted wires acting like individual springs 

permit superior gasket rebound. 

- Wires chemically bonded to elastomer-will not 

fall out. 

- Low compression set. 

- Accommodates a broad range of surface 

irregularities. 

- Good moisture resistance: closed cell sponge 

plus absence of connections between wires pre 

vents moisture channeling or “wicking.” 

- Compatible with most metals and alloys. 

- Wide operating temperature range. 

- Meets salt spray test per ASTM B117-03. 

- In Accordance with DESC drawing No. 90046. 


ELASTOFOAM is recommended for use in military, 

industrial, and commercial application 

requiring EMI suppression, grounding, or static 

discharge in conjunction with the following design 

criteria: low closure forces, severe joint uneveness, 

environmental sealing, repeated opening 

and closing of access doors and panels, and 

absence of wire fragments which could cause 

electrical or mechanical damage to equipment. 

For applications requiring medium to high 

closure forces, use ELASTOMET. Refer to the 

ELASTOMET page. 

COMPRESSION/DEFECTION CURVE 

SPECIFICATION 


Wire 

- Standard: 

- Monel, .0020 in. [0.05 mm] dia. per QQ-N-281. 

- Special: 

- Aluminum alloy, 5056, .0050 in. [0.127mm] per 

SAE-AMS-4182 (except max. tensile strength is 

75,000 psi). 

- Phosphor Bronze, .0020 in. [0.05 mm] dia. per 

ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (C50700) 

Wire Population 

650/in. 2 [100/cm2] ± 15% 

Elastomer 

- Closed cell silicone sponge: per SAE-AMS-3195, 

except density is .028 lb./in.3 [0.78 g/cm3] 

- Color: Gray 


Temperature Range: -65°F to 338°F [-55°C to 

170°C]. 

Recommended Closure Force: 10 PSI to 40 PSI 

Recommended Compression: 10% min. 


C-6


Elastofoam, Cont. 


[SI Metric] 

C-7 

STANDARD STRIPS 

Strips are available in standard widths from .125 

to 1.000 in. [3.18 to 25.40 mm]. Standard strip 

length is 11 ft. [3.4 m]. Bonded continuous 

lengths are available on special order. 

TWIN ELASTOFOAM (Monel Wire Only) 

TWIN ELASTOFOAM is a variation of the standard 

ELASTOFOAM Strip in that the oriented wires 

occupy only a portion of the total strip width. See 

Figure 1. 

STANDARD STRIPS 

Figure 1. 

W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Rec. Groove TECKNIT 

Depth Part No.** 

.125 [3.18] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12653 

.125 [3.18] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12047 

.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12052 

.125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12057 

.125 [3.18] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12062 

.187 [4.75] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12087 

.187 [4.75] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12092 

.187 [4.75] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12097 

.187 [4.75] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12102 

.187 [4.75] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12107 

.187 [4.75] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12112 

.250 [6.35] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12127 

.250 [6.35] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12132 

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12137 

.250 [6.35] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12142 

.250 [6.35] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12147 

.250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12152 

.375 [9.52] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12227 

.375 [9.52] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12232 

.375 [9.52] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12237 

.375 [9.52] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12242 

.375 [9.52] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12247 

.375 [9.52] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12252 

.375 [9.52] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12262 

.500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12282 

.500 [12.70] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12287 

.500 [12.70] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12292 

.500 [12.70] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12297 

RECOMMENDED GROOVE DEPTH in. [mm] 

1 .047 [1.19] + 0 - .003 [+ 0 - 0.08] 

2 .075 [1.91] + 0 - .003 [+ 0 - 0.08] 

3 .099 [2.51] ± .004 [± 0.10] 

4 .125 [3.18] ± .005 [± 0.13] 

5 .150 [3.81] ± .006 [± 0.15] 

6 .200 [5.08] ± .006 [± 0.15] 

7 .300 [7.62] ± .006 [± 0.15] 

8 .400 [10.16] ± .006 [± 0.15] 


TECKNIT ELASTOFOAM Shielding Effectiveness 






dB dB dB dB 

Monel 60 130 105 95 

STRIP CROSS-SECTIONAL TOLERANCES 

DIMENSION HEIGHT (H) WIDTH (W) 

in. [mm ] in. [mm] in. [mm] 

.062 to .092 [1.57 to 2.34] +.010 [.25], -.005 [.13] ±.015 [.38] 

.093 to .125 [3.26 to 3.18] ±.010 [.25] ±.015 [.38] 

.126 to .250 [3.2 to 6.35] ±.010 [.25] ±.031 [.787] 

.251 to .750 [6.37 to 19.05] ±.010 [.25] ±.047 [1.19] 

.751 to 1.00 [19.08 to 25.4] ±.015 [.381] ±.062 [1.57] 

W in. [mm] H in. [mm] Rec. Groove TECKNIT 

Depth Part No.** 

.500 [12.70] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12302 

.500 [12.70] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12307 

.500 [12.70] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12317 

.500 [12.70] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12322 

.625 [15.88] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12337 

.625 [15.88] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12342 

.625 [15.88] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12347 

.625 [15.88] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12352 

.625 [15.88] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12357 

.625 [15.88] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12362 

.625 [15.88] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12372 

.750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12392 

.750 [19.05] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12397 

.750 [19.05] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12402 

.750 [19.05] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12407 

.750 [19.05] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12412 

.750 [19.05] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12417 

.750 [19.05] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12427 

.750 [19.05] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12432 

1.000 [25.40] .062 [1.57] 1 88-12447 

1.000 [25.40] .093 [2.36] 2 88-12452 

1.000 [25.40] .125 [3.18] 3 88-12457 

1.000 [25.40] .156 [3.96] 4 88-12462 

1.000 [25.40] .187 [4.75] 5 88-12467 

1.000 [25.40] .250 [6.35] 6 88-12472 

1.000 [25.40] .375 [9.52] 7 88-12482 

1.000 [25.40] .500 [12.70] 8 88-12487 

NOTES: ** 1. To specify ALUMINUM ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the third digit of the part number from -1 to -2. Contact factory for availability. 

2. To specify TWIN ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the THIRD digit of the part number from -1 to -3. Minimum available width is .375 in. [9.53 mm] 

3. To specify PHOSPHOR BRONZE ELASTOFOAM STRIP, change the THIRD digit of the part number from -1 to -7. Contact factory for availability. 

4. To specify PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE BACKING, change the FOURTH digit from -2 to -3. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive is restricted to 

strips and gaskets having minimum cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm]. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD DIE-CUT GASKETS 

FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES 

The following tolerances and notes refer to the 

dimensions illustrated in Figure 2. 

CUSTOM FABRICATED GASKET TOLERANCES 

SYMBOL DIMENSION TOLERANCES 

in. [mm] 

in.[mm] 

0 - 6 in. [0 - 152] ± .020 [.508] 

A Each additional 1 in. [25.4] ± .007 [.178] 

0 - .250 in. [0 - 6.3] ± .020 [.508] 

B .251 - 6 in. [6.4 - 152] ± .031 [.787] 

Each additional 1 in. [25.4] ± .005 [.127] 

H,W 

See tolerances 

for strips 

Notes: 

1. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness must be 

u-shaped slots, or see note 3. 





4. Hole diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, not less than 

.125 in diameter. 

PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE 

ELASTOFOAM can be furnished with an acrylic 

pressure-sensitive adhesive applied to the mounting 

surface. Use of the pressure-sensitive adhesive 

is restricted to strips and gaskets having minimum 

cross-section width of .250 in. [6.35 mm]. 

Shelf life is one year from date of receipt when 

stored at or below room temperature (23°C). 


To order standard parts specify the TECKNIT Part 

Number and the quantity in feet. For assistance 

with nonstandard strips or assembled gaskets, 




C-8

D. CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 

Section D: 

Conductive Elastomer 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

ELASTOMER SHIELDING DESIGN GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D1 -D11 

CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D13 -D14 

CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES (Sheets, Rule Die Cut and Molded Gaskets) . . . . . . . . .D15 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D16 

VULCON (Molded-In Place Conductive Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D17 - D20 

TECKFIP ® GASKETING ( Formed-In Place Conductive Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D21 - D24 

CONSIL ® - E (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D25 - D26 

CONSIL ® - II (Conductive Silver/Silicone Elastomers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D27 - D28 

CONSIL ® - R (Pure Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D29 - D30 

SC-CONSIL ® (Carbon-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D31 - D32 

CONSIL ® - C (Silver-Copper Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D33 - D34 

CONSIL ® - N (Silver-Nickel Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D35 - D36 

CONSIL ® - A (Silver-Aluminum Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D37 - D38 

CONSIL ® - V (Extruded Silver-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D39 - D40 

NC-CONSIL ® (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Elastomer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .D41 - D42 




[SI Metric] 

D-1 

Elastomer Shielding Design Guide 

This Elastomer Shielding Design Guide describes 

design techniques by which the gasket can be incorporated 

into an enclosure. These techniques cover: 

a. Seam Design 

b. Gasket Design 

c. Groove Design 

d. Fastener Spacing 

Seam Design 

The primary function of an EMI seam gasket is to minimize 

the coupling efficiency of a seam. The reflection 

and absorption functions of the EMI gasket are to a 

large extent masked by metal cover plates and fasteners 

which provide the major contribution towards the 

restoration of the enclosure integrity. This fact does not 

diminish the important role of the EMI gasket in the 

enclosure design nor the adequate design of the enclosure 

to minimize enclosure discontinuities. 

In the design of a shielding enclosure, the impedance 

between the mating seam surfaces should be as nearly 

equal to the enclosure material as possible to permit 

uniform current flow throughout the enclosure. Any significant 

difference in seam impedance, including that 

introduced by the gasket materials, can produce 

nonuniform current flow resulting in the generation of 

EMI voltages. These voltages can then be sources of 

radiated energy both into or out of the enclosure. To 

provide effective shielding, the seam design should 

incorporate the following features: 

a. Mating surfaces should be as flat as economically 

possible. 

b. Flange width should be at least five (5) times the 

maximum expected separation between mating surfaces. 

c. Mating surfaces requiring dissimilar materials should 

be selected from one of the electrochemical groups 

shown in Table 6-3. 

d. Mating surfaces should be cleaned to remove all dirt 

and oxide films just prior to assembly of the enclosure 

parts. 

e. Protective coatings having conductivity much less 

than half that of the mating surfaces should be avoided 

or the coating removed in the area of mating surfaces. 

f. Surfaces requiring a protective coating should be plated 

with tin, nickel, zinc or cadmium. 

g. Fasteners should be tightened from the middle of the 

longest seam toward the ends to minimize buckling. 

h. Bonded surfaces should be held under pressure during 

adhesive curing to minimize surface oxidation. 

i. Edges of exposed seams should be sealed with a 

suitable protective compound (caulk) and preferably 

one which is conductive to prevent the intrusion of 

moisture. Even with these precautions in the manufacturing, 

preparation and assembly of enclosure 

parts, mating surfaces are seldom perfect. 

Gasket Design 

In EMI shielding, many mechanical and electrical 

design considerations are interdependent. One of the 

more important ones is joint uneveness. Joint uneveness 

refers to the degree of mismatch between mating 

seam surfaces. It results when the mating surfaces 

make contact at irregular intervals due to surface 

roughness or to bowing of cover plates because of 

improper material selection, thinness of the cover plate, 

too few fasteners, excessive bolt tightening, or improper 

gasket selection. Ideally, gaskets should make firm, 

continuous and uniform contact with seam surfaces. 

Performance of any shielding product can be degraded 

by improper application. Joint uneveness is an excellent 

example of a mechanical restraint which can have 

an adverse effect on the electrical performance of a 

gasket. 

Figure 7-1 depicts an enlarged cross sectional view of 

an enclosure seam. Figure 7-la shows the seam without 

gasketing material joining only at the irregular high 

spots between the surfaces. In fact, if the cover plate 

were weightless and zero pressure applied between 

parts by fasteners, the enclosure and cover plate would 

only make contact at the three highest points. As pressure 

is applied, the irregular high spots become flattened 

resulting in more surface area and more points 

coming in contact to support the plate. Basically it is 

the function of a resilient gasket which bridges these 

gaps but at a much lower closing pressure. The ideal 

gasket will bridge irregularities within its compressiondeflection 

capabilities without losing its properties of 

resiliency, stability or conductivity. 

Figure 7-1, Seam Joint Uneveness 

The maximum joint uneveness is the dimension of the 

maximum separation between the flanges of the seam 

when the two surfaces are just touching. This separation 

is designated as h as shown in Figure 7-1a. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


With a gasket in place, the maximum spacing (h1) 

between mating surfaces occurs at the minimum gasket 

compression. Conversely, the minimum spacing 

(h2) occurs at the maximum gasket compression. The 

difference between the maximum (h1) and the minimum 

(h2) spacing is h. The gasket under these 

extreme conditions undergoes its severest mechanical 

test at the maximum deflection and severest electrical 

test at the minimum deflection. 

There are, therefore, four important properties of an 

EMI gasket which must be considered before it is 

incorporated into an enclosure. These properties are 

compression (or deflection), compression set, shielding 

effectiveness and environmental seal. Compression, the 

reduction in volume of a gasket under pressure, is usually 

applied to sponge materials or products that are 

formed with hollow cores. Deflection, the reduction of a 

dimension due to pressure without necessarily resulting 

in a change in volume, is applicable to all materials 

including solid elastomers. Since these terms have 

been used interchangeably, the term compression is 

used here. Compression set is the permanent loss of 

the original height of a gasket after being compressed. 

It is important therefore to understand the various types 

of joints in order to determine which gasket properties 

are most important to a particular design. 

Types of Joints: There are traditionally three types of 

joints classified by usage: 

Type I Permanently mounted cover plates or assemblies. 

Generally compression set is not of concern in 

these applications even though high pressures may be 

encountered. For applications requiring an environmental 

seal in addition to an EMI seal under high closing 

forces, an elastomerfilled flat gaskets such as 

TECKNIT Duolastic Teckfelt or Teckspan are most 

applicable. 

Type II Access cover plate with high joint uneveness 

which is opened frequently but always closes on the 

same portion of the gasket. A hinged door is an example 

of a Type II joint. Most of the elastomeric gaskets 

are suitable for this type of application where the closure 

pressures are under 100 psi. In the lowest closure 

pressures, the hollow-shaped elastomers are most suitable. 

TECKNIT extruded conductive elastomer materials 

would meet these requirements for low closure 

force with low compression set. These gaskets need 

only be replaced as the result of wear and aging or 

whenever the gaskets are removed. 

Type III Removable cover plate with a symmetrical 

mounting pattern which is replaceable but not necessarily 

in the original orientation. Gaskets for this type of 

application are removable and reusable. Gasket materials 

which exhibit low closure force and low compression 

set would be suitable in most applications. 

Environmental Seals 

In many applications, it is desirable to incorporate an 

environmental seal (fluid or gas) such as neoprene or 

silicone solid or closed cell sponge elastomer. As a general 

rule, the degree of seal effectiveness is a function 

of the gasket deformation or percent compression. 

These seals must: 

a. Be impervious to the fluid(s) or gas(es) being 

excluded. 

b. Be compatible with the environment (including pressure, 

temperature and vibration) while retaining the 

original characteristics of resiliency, cohesion and 

softness (compressibility). 

c. Conform uniformly to mating surface irregularities. 

There are elastomeric materials besides neoprene and 

silicone which are suitable environmental seals. The 

listing below presents the most important characteristics 

of the more common elastomers. 

a. Neoprene This elastomer is used commonly in EMI 

gaskets and will withstand temperatures ranging 

from 

—54°C to +100°C for solid and —32°C to +100°C 

for sponge (closed cell) elastomers. Neoprene is 

lightly resistant to normal environmental conditions, 

moisture and to some hydrocarbons. It is the least 

expensive of the synthetic rubber materials, and is 

best suited from a cost standpoint for commercial 

applications. 

b. Silicone This material has outstanding physical characteristics 

and will operate continuously at temperatures 

ranging from —62°C to +260°C for solid and 

—75°C to +205°C for closed cell sponge elastomers. 

Even under the severest temperature extremes these 

materials remain flexible and are highly resistant to 

water and to swelling in the presence of hydrocarbons. 

c. Buna-n Butadiene-Acrylonitrile resists swelling in the 

presence of most oils, has moderate strength and 

heat resistance although it is not generally suited for 

low temperature applications. 

d. Natural Rubber This material has good resistance to 

acids and alkalies (when specially treated) and can 

be used to 160°C, is resilient and impervious to 

water. Rubber will crack in a highly oxidizing (ozone) 

atmosphere and tends to swell in the presence of 

oils. 

Since most seals used with EMI gaskets have elastomeric 

properties of stretch and compressibility, some 

guidelines are needed when specifying the dimensional 

tolerance of these materials: Figure 7-2 shows some of 

the common errors encountered in gasket design. 


D-2



COMMON ERRORS IN GASKET DESIGN 


[SI Metric] 

Detail Why faulty Suggested remedy 

Projection or ear” 

Bolt holes close to edge 

Causes breakage in stripping and assembling 

Notch instead of hole 

Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket 

thickness, diameters, length, width, etc. 

Transference of fillets, radii, etc., from 

mating metal parts to gasket 

Results in perfectly usable parts being rejected 

at incoming inspection. Requires time and limits. 

Increases cost of parts and tooling. Delays 

deliveries. 

Unless part is molded, such features mean 

extra operations and higher cost. 

Most gasket materials are compressible. Many 

are affected by humidity changes. Try standard 

or commercial tolerances before concluding 

that special accuracy is required. 

Most gasket stocks will conform to mating 

parts without preshaping. Be sure radii, 

chamfers, etc., are functional, not merely 

copied from metal members 

Thin walls, delicate cross section in relation 

to overall size. 

High scrap loss; stretching or distortion in 

shipment or use. Restricts choice to high 

tensile strength materials. 

Have the gasket in mind during early design 

stages. 

Large gaskets made in sections with beveled 

joints 

Extra operations to skive. Extra operations to 

glue. Difficult to obtain smooth, even joints 

without steps or transverse grooves. 

Die-cut dovetail joint 

D-3 

a. Minimum gasket width should not be less than 

one half of the thickness (height). 

b. Minimum distance from bolt hole (or compression 

stop) to nearest edge of sealing gasket 

should not be less than the thickness of the 

gasket material. When bolt holes must be closer, 

use U-shaped slots. 

c. Minimum hole diameter not less than gasket 

thickness. 

d. Tolerances should be conservative whenever 

possible. Standard tolerances for die-rule cut 

gaskets (Table 7-1) should not be closer than: 

Figure 7-1, Gasket Tolerances 

SolId elastomer: 

Tolerances 

Up to 150mm (6.0”): ± 0.4mm (0.016”) 

Over 150mm (6.0”): ± 0.8mm (0.032”) 

Holes: ± 0.4mm (0.016) 

Sponge elastomer: 

Tolerances 

Up to 100mm (4.0”): ± 0.8mm (0.032”) 

Over 100mm (4.0”): ± 1.6mm (0.063”) 

Holes: ± 0.8mm (0.032’) 

Figure 7-2, Gasket Design Errors 

e. Cross section tolerances (Table 7-2) of elastomer 

strips should be: 

(1) WIdth Dimensions Tolerance 

Solid 

Sponge 

Up to 3.2mm (0.125”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”) 

32 to 6.4mm (0.125”-0.250”) ± 0.4mm (0.016”) ± 0.8mm (0.032”) 

6.4 to 19mm (0.250”-0.750”) ± 0.8mm (0.032”) ±1.2mm (0.047”) 

Over 19mm (0.7509) ± 1.2 mm (0.047”) ± 1.6mm(0.063”) 

(2) Height Dimensions Tolerance 

Solid 

Sponge 

Up to 19mm (0.750”): ± 0.25mm (0.010”) ± 025mm (0.010”) 

Note: Check specific product data sheet specification for tolerance 

limitations. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


Closure Pressure 

Shielding effectiveness and closure pressure have 

a general relationship as shown in Figure 7-3. 

The minimum closure force (Pmin) is the recommended 

applied force to establish good shielding 

effectiveness and to minimize the effects of minor 

pressure difference. The maximum recommended 

closure force (Pmx) is based on two criteria: 

(1) maximum compression set of 10% and/or (2) 

avoidance of possible irreversible damage to the 

gasket material when pressure exceeds the recommended 

maximum. Higher closure pressures 

may be applied to most knitted wire mesh gaskets 

when used in Type I joints, but the gaskets should 

be replaced when cover plates are removed, i.e., 

whenever the seam is opened. 

Figure 7-4, Compression Set 

General Compression/Deflection Curves 

Compression/deflection curves can be used to 

determine the following gasket characteristics: 

1. Gasket height needed to compensate for joint 

uneveness. 

2. Gasket closing pressure needed to assure good 

shielding. 

3. Gasket compression set as a function of 

applied pressure. 

Figure 7-3, Shielding Effectiveness Versus Closure Force 

(Typical characteristics at a given frequency) 

Compression Set 

Selection of a gasketing material for a seam which 

must be opened and closed is to a large extent 

determined by the compression set characteristics 

of the gasket material. Most resilient gasket 

materials will recover most of their original height 

after a sufficient length of time when subjected to 

moderate closing forces. The difference between 

the original height and the height after the compression 

force is removed is compression set. As 

the deflection pressure is increased, the compression 

set increases (See Figure 7-4). 

The data presented is representative of the general 

characteristics of the materials depicted. 

Variation in the values presented can be expected 

as a result of manufacturing tolerances, density of 

material, variation in hardness (durometer) and 

variations in cross sections. Figures 7-5 through 

Figure 7-8 cover knitted wire mesh, oriented 

wires in solid elastomer, oriented wires in a 

sponge elastomer and a medium durometer (45) 

elastomer Minimum gasket height can be calculated 

from the data presented for rectangular 

cross sections. 

Example, Figure 7-5 knitted wire mesh gasket 

shows a minimum recommended closing pressure 

of 138 kPa (20 psi) and a maximum recommended 

closing pressure of 414 kPa (60 psi). 

Below 138 kPa (20 psi), a significant falloff in 

shielding effectiveness can be expected while 

above 414 kPa (60 psi) high compression iet may 

result. Using these minimum (Pmjn) and maximum 

(Pmax) pressure values and extending them 

to the compression/deflection curve, minimum 

and maximum compression values (percentage of 

original gasket height H) can be determined. In 

the case of the knitted wire mesh, the minimum 

recommended deflection is 80% of the original 


D-4



[SI Metric] 


height (or 0.8H), and the maximum recommended 

deflection is 60% (or 0.6H). The difference in 

gasket height then is: 

h = 0.8H - 0.6H = 0.2H 

Using this value with the known or anticipated 

joint uneveness, the minimum gasket height can 

be calculated. For purposes of this example, 

assume joint uneveness (h) is 0.06”. 

h = h 1 — h 2 = 0.06” 

For minimum gasket height, the maximum compression 

difference (h) must equal the maximum 

joint uneveness (h), H = h. Substituting 

for H (0.2H) and for h (006”) 

0.2H = 0.06” 

H min = 0.06 = 0.30” 

0.2 

This value is the minimum gasket height which 

will accommodate the required pressure range, 

shielding effectiveness, compression set and joint 

uneveness when using a knitted wire mesh gasket. 

Any gasket with a height greater than 0.30” 

should be suitable for the depicted example. 

Figure 7-5, KnItted Wire Mesh Gasket 

Figure 7-6, OrIented Wires in Solid Elastomer 

Figure 7-7, Oriented Wires in Sponge Elastomer 

D-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


Figure 7-9, Compression Stops 

Figure 7-8, Conductive Solid Elastomer (CONSIL) 

Compression Stops 

In order to avoid damage to the gasket or excessive 

bowing of the cover plate from gasket overcompression, 

discs or washer type compression 

stops can be provided as an integral part of the 

gasket assembly. Compression stops are stamped 

out from standard gauge sheet or Cut to thickness 

from rod or tubing. Materials commonly 

used are aluminum and stainless steel. For 

sponge elastomers, such as DUOSTRIPS/DUO- 

GASKETS or ELASTOFOAM, compression stops 

should be cut to a maximum of 80% of the elastomer 

thickness and a minimum of 65%. For 

solid elastomers, such as ELASTOMET or CONSIL 

materials the compression stops should be 90% 

to 95% of the gasket height. 

Some typical compression stop assemblies are 

shown in Figure 7-9. Another form of compression 

stop is to confine the gasket by means of a 

groove such that the cover plate flange mates 

with enclosure flange, thereby effecting a compression 

stop. 

Groove Design 

A groove for retaining a gasket assembly provides 

several advantages: 

1. Can act as a compression stop. 

2. Prevents overcompression. 

3. Provides a fairly constant closure force under 

repeated opening and closing of the seam. 

4. Provides a moisture and pressure seal when 

properly designed. 

5. Cost effective in lowering assembly time and 

cost of gasketing material. 

6. Best overall EMI sealing performance. 

Solid elastomers are not compressible. They are 

easily deformed but do not change in volume as 

do sponge elastomers. Therefore, allowance for 

material flow must be considered in the groove 

design. If the groove cross section (volume), 

when the cover flange is fully closed, is insufficient 

to contain the fully deflected material, proper 

closure of the flange may be difficult. In addition, 

overstressing of the material may degrade 

electrical and physical properties of the shielding 

material. Figure 7-10 depicts the various conditions 

of groove design. 


D-6



[SI Metric] 


The design of the rectangular groove is relatively 

simple. The critical dimension is dimension “C”, 

the depth of the groove as shown in Figure 7-11. 

Groove design must also take into account the 

dimensional tolerances of the groove and the 

elastomer gasket. For small gasket cross sections 

up to 2.5 mm (0.10”), the best tolerances are 

obtained from extruded materials. Table 7-2 lists 

typical standard tolerances for strip and molded 

products and Table 7-3 (below) lists typical tolerances 

for extruded products such as CONSIL-E 

and SC-CONSIL. 

GROOVE DESIGNS 

Figure 7-10, Groove Design Considerations 

Figure 7-11 shows the design for two different 

grooves. Figure 7-11a depicts a typical rectangular 

groove, while Figure 7-11b shows a design 

which can mechanically retain circular cross 

section (cords) gaskets by side friction. 

UNRETAINED- 

GASKET GROOVE 

(MOST CROSS SECTIONS) 

Figure 7-11, Groove Designs 

RETAINED- 

GASKET GROOVE 

Table 7-3, Extruded Product Tolerances 

DIMENSIONS 

TOLERANCES 

Under 2.5 mm (0.10”): ± 0.13 mm (0.005”) 

2.5 to 5.1 mm (0.10” to 0.20”): ± 0.25 mm (0.010”) 

5.1 to 7.6 mm (0.20” to 0.30”): ± 0.38 mm (0.015”) 

Over 7.6 mm (0.30”): ± 0.51 mm (0.020”) 

Use the following steps to calculate the “C” and 

“D” groove dimensions: 

1. Determine the maximum useful compression 

as a percentage of the original gasket height. 

This value should be the maximum compression 

which will not result in permanent damage 

to the gasket shielding or sealing properties 

(refer to Figures 7-5 through 7-8 for typical 

properties and to specific data sheets where 

applicable). 

2. Determine the minimum useful compression 

value from Figures 7-5 through 7-8. 

3. Calculate the maximum cross section of the 

gasket by adding the plus tolerance to the 

nominal value. Table 7-4 provides form-factors 

for three common cross sections. 

Table 7-4 Gasket Configuration 

Maximum Minimum Maximum Cross 

Height Height Form Section Area 

Shape (H max) (H mm) Factor (S max) 

Rectangular 

(H x W) (H + toI)* (H - tol) 1 (H + tol)(W + tol) 

Round (dia) (dia + tol) (dia - tol) 0.785 0.785 (dia + tol) 2 

“D” Shape 

(A) (A + tol) (A - tol) 0.893 0.893 (A + tol)2 

tol = tolerance = one half of the total allowable tolerance around the 

nominal value. 

D-7 

After determining the maximum and minimum 

gasket height and the maximum cross section area 

of the gasket (see Table 7-4), the C-dimension can 

be calculated from 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


the following relationships: 

C min = minimun groove depth 

C max = maximum groove depth 

C nom = nominal groove depth (average) 

C 01 = maximum compression as a fraction of 

original height 

C 02 = minimum compression as a fraction of 

original height and 

C min = (C 01 ) (H max ), 

where H max = nominal height (H o ) of gasket 

before compression plus the upper tolerance (H o 

+ tol). 

C max = (C 02 ) (H min ), 

where H min = nominal height (H o ) of gasket 

before compression minus the lower tolerance 

(H o - tol). 

C nom = C min + C max 

2 

The D-dimension (groove width) can be calculated 

from: 

D min = S max , 

C’ min 

where S max , maximum cross sectional area of 

gasket (reference Table 7-4, and: 

C’ min = C nom — lower tolerance 

D nom = D min + lower tol + allowance 

D max = D nom + upper tol, 

where the upper tolerance is the value of the 

positive tolerance, and: 

D nom = nominal value of the groove width 

D max = maximum value of the groove width 

Allowance = an added value to account for the 

use of adhesives and for groove 

design features such as inside radii. 

EXAMPLE, calculate the groove dimensions for a 

0.125” diameter round cross section solid elastomer 

gasket with a diameter tolerance of plus 

and minus 0.010”. Determine first C min and 

C max from a 70% maximum compression (C 01 ) 

and a 90% minimum compression (C 02 ): 

C min = (C 01 ) (H max )=(0.7) (0.125+0.010)=0.0945” 

C max = (C 02 ) (H min )=(0.9) (0.125-0.010)=0.1035” 

C nom = 0.0945+0.1035=0.099±0.0045 

2 

The tolerance on the C-dimension is critical in 

maintaining the compression range within the 

limits specified, especially for the smaller cross 

sections. A maximum tolerance for the C-dimension 

for this size gasket should be limited to ± 

0.0045. 

It is sometimes desirable to specify a unilateral 

(one directional) tolerance which is permitted to 

vary in only one direction from the nominal or 

design size. Unilateral tolerances should be used 

in the design of the groove depth where it is 

important to ensure that the design favors either 

the high compression or low compression forces. 

A negative (minus) unilateral tolerance tends to 

favor slightly higher compression forces while a 

positive (plus) unilateral tolerance tends to favor 

slightly lower compression forces. 

In the groove example, since the tolerance is 

tight, it is desirable to use a unilateral tolerance 

for the depth dimension to ensure that the gasket 

is not overcompressed. Using a unilaterial tolerance 

of + 0.006”, which should favor the lower 

compression forces, the C-dimension would be 

expressed as 0.096,” + 0.006/—0.000 and the 

C min would equal 0.096”, the C max would equal 

0.102, well within the mm/max dimensions 

calculated. 

The groove width (D) can now be calculated 

using the groove width equations above and Table 

7-4. For the above example: 

D min =S max =(.785) (.125 + .010) 2 = 0.149” 

C’ min (0.096 - 0.000) 

D min =D min + lower tolerance+ allowance 

=0.149 .006+.010=0.165” 

where tolerance for the width dimension is 

±0.006”, see Table 7-6. 

Tables 7-5 (rectangular strips), Table 7-6 (round 

strips) and Table 7-7 (“0” shape strips) provide 

suggested values for “C” and “D” groove dimensions 

with suggested tolerances which will maintain 

the gasket within the suggested compression 

range of 70% to 90% of original height. 

Table 7-5, Groove Dimensions 

Rectangular Gasket 

C 01 = .7 (max compresson) 

C 02 = .9 (min compression) 

Strip 

Groove Dimension (Inch) 

H (inches) W (inchs) C ± tol D ± 006” 

.030 ± .005 .125 ± .010 

± .002 

.022 - .000 .231 

.060 ± .005 .125 ± .010 

+ .004 

.045 

- .000 

.211 

.093 ± .005 .188 ± .010 .071 + .006 

- .000 

.289 

.125 ± 010 .250 ± 015 .096 + .006 

- .000 

.389 

.188 ± .010 

.250 ± 015 

.375 ± .020 

.500 ± .020 

.150 ± .006 

.199 ± .006 

.559 

.730 

Relerence TECKNIT Data Sheet D-810 


D-8



[SI Metric] 



Round Gasket 



Groove Dimensions (inch) 

Diameter Depth Width 

(inch) C ± tol D ± .006 

.062 ± .005 .046 

+ .006 

- .000 

.093 

+ .006 

.093 ± .005 .071 - .000 

.122 

.103 ± .005 .087 

+ .006 

.135 

.125 ± .010 .096 - .000 

.165 

.188 ± .010 .150 ± .006 

.230 

.250 ± .015 .199 ± .006 

.302 

.375 ± .020 .298 ± .006 

.436 


Figure 7-12, Bowed Cover Plate 

D-9 


“D” SHAPE Gasket 



Groove Dimensions (inch) 

A Depth Width 

(inch) C ± tol D ± .006 

.062 ± .005 .046 

+ .006 

- .000 

.103 

.093 ± .005 .071 

+ .006 

- .000 

.137 

.125 ± .010 .096 

+ .006 

- .000 

.186 

.188 ± .010 .146 

+ .006 

- .000 

.256 

.250 ± .015 .199 

+ .006 

- .000 

.336 

.375 ± .020 .295 

+ .006 

- .000 

.488 


Fastener Spacing 

Fasteners are normally required between cover 

plate and enclosure to provide enough closing 

force along the seam length to insure adequate 

contact pressure and to compensate for joint 

uneveness. Fastener spacing, cover plate thickness, 

minimum-maximum pressures, gasket compressibility 

and material characteristics are important 

parameters in the cover plate design. 

Maximum gasket deflection occurs at the fastener 

locations where the maximum compressive force 

is applied. Frequently the closure forces required 

to compress a resilient gasket is sufficient to 

cause bowing of the cover plate. The amount of 

bowing depends on several interrelated factors. 

Figure 7-12 shows the result of high fastener 

pressure on cover plate bowing. The bowing can 

be severe enough that insufficient pressure is 

applied at the mid section of the gasket resulting 

in little or no shielding or even the development of 

a slit gap. These effects can be minimized by 

proper spacing, proper cover plate thickness and 

proper selection of gasket materials. The basic 

equation for bolt spacing (reference Figure 7-13) 

is given as: 

C = 

480 (a/b) E t 3 H 

13P min + 2P max 

1/4 

Figure 7-13, Cover Plate arid Gasket Dimension 

where a=width of cover plate flange at seam 

b=width of gasket 

C=bolt spacing 

E=modulus of elasticity of cover plate 

H=H 1 -H 2 

H 1 =minimum gasket deflection 

H 2 = maximum gasket deflection 

H=gasket height 

P min /P max = minimum/maximum gasket pressure 

t=thickness of cover plate 

The equation can be tremendously simplified by 

making two assumptions which can be shown to 

have only slight affect on the result or which can 

be used to provide a close approximation for bolt 

spacing. These assumptions are: 

1. Width of gasket equals width of cover plate 

flange (a=b). This condition is the limiting condition 

since the cover plate flange dimension 

(a) is always equal to or greater than the gasket 

width (b). For a gasket width equal to one 

half of the flange width, the bolt spacing correction 

is less than 1.19 times the value 

obtained for a=b or (a/b=1). The actual correction 

factor is the fourth root of the a/b ratio or 

(a/b)1/4. Using (a=b) actually provides a safety 

factor over any other relationship between (a) 

and (b). 

2. Maximum pressure (P max) equals three times the 

minImum pressure (P min ) For almost all resilient 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


gaskets, P max is usually greater than twice P min 

Using the ratio P max /P min = 3, bolt spacing is 

reduced by less than 7% for P max to P min ratio 

of 6. Actual correction factors for other values of 

P max to P min ratios and P min are given in Table 

7-8. 

Table 7-8 

Correction Factors For Bolt Spacing 

(Reference FIgures 7-14 and 7-15) 

P max /P min Correction 

P max /P min 

Correction Factor 

2 1.02 

3 1.00 

4 .98 

5 .95 

6 .94 

Figure 7-14, Bolt Spacing - Aluminum Cover Plate 

P min Correction 

P min 

Correction Factor 

10 1.19 

20 1.00 

30 .90 

40 .84 

50 .80 

Incorporating these two assumptions into the 

basic equation, the bolt spacing is: 

1/4 where a/b = 1 

Et 3 H 

C = 2.242 

P 

P max /P min = 3 

min 

and for P min = 20 psi, typical of elastomeric gaskets, 

C = 59.62 t 3 H 

C = 78.46 t 3 H 

1/4 

1/4 

, aluminum plate (E = 10 7 psi) 

, steel plate (E = 3 x 10 7 psi) 

Figures 7-14 and 7-15 show sets of curves representing 

deflection as a percentage of gasket 

height (H) for aluminum and steel plates 

respectively. The H value is the difference 

between the maximum and the minimum gasket 

height under compression (reference Figures 7-5 

through 7-8). Knowing the cover plate thickness 

and the gasket differential (H), the bolt spacing 

can be easily determined. Since the P min for 

both figures has been selected as 20 psi, a correction 

factor is provided for P min values from 10 

through 50 psi (see Table 7-8). 

FIgure 7-15, Bolt Spacing - Steel Cover Plate 

EXAMPLE, assume a design which uses a steel 

cover plate thickness of .125” with an anticipated 

gasket variation of .010” (H) under a minimum 

pressure (P min ) of 20 psi and a maximum pressure 

(P max ) of 60 psi. Figure 7-15 shows a bolt 

spacing for steel at the stated pressure range of 

20 to 60 psi to be 5.2 inches. For the same conditions 

using an aluminum plate, the bolt spacing 

is 4.0 inches (see Figure 7-14). The charts can 

also be used in reverse. For example, when it is 

desired to limit the number of fasteners for easier 

disassembly or removal of a cover plate. Select 

the desired bolt spacing and gasket differential 

(H) to determine the required cover plate flange 

thickness. 


D-10



[SI Metric] 


EXAMPLE, assume a 10 inch bolt spacing is desirable 

and a maximum gasket differential (H) of 

0.03” is anticipated. The questions which need to 

be answered are (1) what is the necessary thickness 

of the cover plate flange and (2) what gasket 

materials are most suited for that application. 

Referring to Figure 7-14 (aluminum), draw an 

imaginery line from the point at the bottom of the 

chart which represents a 10 inch bolt spacing to 

the point representing H0.03” at the intersect of 

the 10 inch bolt spacing line and H=.03”, draw 

an imaginery horizontal line to the left scal (coordinate) 

to find the minimum thickness of the 

cover plate flange (t). In this case, t=.3 inch. The 

larger the H values for the specific compression 

conditions established by the pressure range of 

20 to 60 psi, the softer and more resilient are the 

gaskets needed to satisfy the large variations in 

joint uneveness caused by flange bowing. 

D-11 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178



D-12


CONSIL SILICONE ELASTOMER PRODUCT CHART 

Material Grade 

Elastomer 

Filler 

Temperature 

Specific Gravity 

ASTM-D-297 

Hardness Shore A ASTM-D-2240 

Tensile Strength, Min. 

ASTM-D-412 

Elongation, Min.-ASTM-D-412 

Tear Strength, Min. 

ASTM-D-624 

Forms 

1- extruded, 2- molded, 3- injection molded 

Volume Resistivity- ohm-cm max. 

Shielding Effectiveness 

1GHz (E-field) dB 

Flammability Rating 

Recommended Adhesive 

Tecknit Consil Silicone Elastomer Product Chart 

SC Consil 

FR861/ 

FR862 

SC Consil 

860/861 

862/864 

Consil A 

895 

Consil A 

897 

Consil NC 

750/751 

770 

Consil NC 

FR750/ 

FR751 

Consil E 

811/815 

Consil II 

841/842 

Consil R 

855 

Consil R 

856/857 

Consil N 

891 

Consil C 

871/874 

Consil C 

873 

Consil C 

875 

Commercial MIL-G-83528 MIL-G-83528 Commercial MIL-G-83528 Commercial MIL-G-83528 

Type B / Type D / Type A Type C 

Comm. Comm. 

Silicone Fluoro- Silicone Fluorosilicone 

silicone 

Carbon Silver plated Aluminum Nickel coated Graphite Silver plated Glass Pure Silver Silver plated Silver plated Copper particles 

particles particles Nickel 

particles 

-60ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -60ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -60ºF to -67ºF to -67ºF to -49ºF to -67ºF to 

351ºF 351ºF 350ºF 350ºF 350ºF 350ºF 351ºF 351ºF 392ºF 351ºF 257ºF 257ºF 257ºF 257ºF 

[-51ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC [-55ºC [-51ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-51ºC to [-55ºC to [-55ºC to [-45ºC to [-55ºC to 

177ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 160ºC] 160ºC] 177ºC] 177ºC] 200ºC] 177ºC] 125ºC] 125ºC] / 125ºC] 125ºC] 

-55ºF to 

125ºF 

[-48ºC to 

52ºC] 

1.16 ±0.03 1.28 ±0.03 / 2.0 ±13% 2.0 ±13% 2.0 ±13% 2.1 / 2.0 1.86 ±0.25 1.80 ±0.25 / 3.5 ±13% 1.7 / 2.5 4.0 ±13% 3.5 / 3.7 3.5 ±13% 4.0 ±13% 

1.2 ±0.03 ±13% 1.86 ±0.25 ±0.25 ±13% 

+10 / -5 70 ±5 65 ±7 70 ±7 55 ±7/70 ±7 60 ±10 60 ±5 47 ±7/70 ±7 65 ±5 40 ±5/50 ±5 75 ±7 65 ±7 85 ±7 75 ±7 

650 psi 500 psi / 200 psi 180 psi 150 psi 150 psi 50 psi 100 psi / 300 psi 100 psi 200 psi 200 psi 400 psi 180 psi 

650 psi 120 psi 

100 % 100 % 100% 60% 100% 100% 50% 120% 200% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 

50 ppi 50 ppi / 30 ppi 35 ppi 50 ppi / 50 ppi 35 ppi / 45 ppi 40 ppi 25 ppi / 30 ppi 25 ppi 40 ppi 35 ppi 

60 ppi 40 ppi 20 ppi 44 ppi 

2/1 1/2/1/3 1 & 2 2/1/1 2/1 1 2 & 3 2 1 & 2 2 1 & 2 

15/24 3-24 0.008 0.012 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.01 0.002 0.015/0.006 0.005 0.004 0.005 0.01 

55 65 110 100 100 90 100 100 120 100 110 115 115 

UL94 V0 NONE UL94 V0 NONE 

Teckbond NC Teckbond A Teckbond NC CON/RTV-II Cond. Adhesive 72-00002 CON/RTV-Ni Teckbond C 

or CON/RTV-II 

D-13 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


ENGINEER’S ELASTOMER 

DESIGN REFERENCE CHART 

Suggested Remedies in Gasket Design 

Fault Why Faulty Suggested Remedy 

Causes breakage in 

stripping and assembly. 

Bolt holes close to edge. 

Use ‘ear’ or ‘notch’. 

Metalworking tolerances applied to gasket. 

Results in rejection of perfectly 

good parts. Requires time and 

correspondence to reach acceptable 

level. Costly and slow. 

Most gasket materials are 

compressible and affected 

by humidity. Use commercial tolerances 

in preference to special tolerances. 

Transference of fillets and radii 

from metal parts to gasket. 

Unless molded part, this 

results in unnecessary costs. 

Most gasket stock will conform 

without shaping. Ensure features 

are functional, not copied 

from metalwork. 

Thin walls in relation to size. High scrap, distortion during ship or Have gasket in mind early 

in use. High tensile materials only. 

in design process. 

Large gaskets with bevel joints. Extra ops. Smooth joint difficult. Die-cut dovetails. 

Recommended Deflection 

of Silver Filled Elastomers 

The deflection of conductive 

elastomer gaskets should never 

exceed the maximum 

7-10% of thickness 

} 

18-20% of diameter 

12-15% of height 

Approx. 50% but not 

more than 100% of 

void width 


D-14


CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER TOLERANCES 

SHEETS, RULE DIE CUT AND MOLDED GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 

RULE DIE CUT AND MOLDED GASKETS 

The following tolerances refer to the dimensions 

illustrated in Figure 1. 

CUSTOM FABRICATED CONDUCTIVE 

ELASTOMER TOLERANCES 

SYMBOL DIMENSION TOLERANCE 

A, B, V, W up to 6 in. [152] ± .016 [.40] 

H each additional ± .003 [.08] 

1 in. [25.4] 

E, R up to 1 in. [25.4] ± .016 [.40] 

over 1 in. [25.4] ± .031 [.79] 

T 

See Tolerance 

For Sheets 

CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER SHEET TOLERANCES 

THICKNESS 

TOLERANCE 

.020 to .032 [.51 to .81] ± .005 [.13] 

.033 to .045 [.84 to .14] ± .007 [.18] 

.046 to .062 [1.17 to 1.57] ± .008 [.20] 

.063 to .090 [1.60 to 2.39] ± .010 [.25] 

.091 to .125 [2.41 to 3.17] ± .012[.30] 

over .126 [3.17] ± .015 [.38] 

LENGTH & WIDTH TOLERANCE 

up to 12 x 18 [305 x 457] ± .125 [3.18] 

NOTE: The above tolerances are based on gasket thickness of .125 or 

less. For gaskets thicker than .125, contact factory for applicable 

tolerances. 

TOLERANCES 

MOLDED X-SECTIONS 


T, W, D, A under .101 [2.56] ± .005 [0.127] 

OD, ID, L .101 - .250 [2.56 - 6.35] ± .010 [2.56 ] 

.251 - .499 [6.37 - 12.67] ± .015 [.381] 

.500 - .999 [12.7 - 25.37] ± .020 [.508] 

1.0 [25.4] and over ± .031 [0.787] 

OVERALL DIMENSION-MOLDED PARTS 

SIZE (INCHES) 

FIXED 

Above 

Incl. 

0 - .40 (0 - 10) ± .006 

.40 - .63 (102 - 16) ± .008 

.63 - 1.00 (16 - 25) ± .010 

1.00 - 1.60 (25 - 40) ± .013 

1.60 - 2.50 (40 - 63) ± .016 

2.50 - 4.00 (63 - 100) ± .020 

4.00 - 6.30 (100 - 160) ± .025 

6.30 & over multiply by .004 

EXTRUDED X-SECTIONS 


T, W, D, A under .201 [5.10] ± .005 [0.127] 

OD, ID, L .201 - .350 [5.10 - 8.89] ± .008 [0.203] 

.351 - .499 [8.915 - 12.674] ± .010 [0.254] 

.500 [12.7] and over ± .015 [0.381] 

NOTES: 

1. Bolt holes closer to gasket edge than gasket thickness must be 

Ushaped slots, or see note 3. 





4. Holes diameter must not be less than gasket thickness, nor less than 

.125" in diameter. 

D-15 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE TRANSFER TAPE 

ACRYLIC PRESSURE SENSITIVE ADHESIVE 


Tecknit conductive adhesive transfer tape is an 

economical and convenient product for use with 

Tecknit CONSIL conductive elastomers. 

FEATURES 

- Eliminates messy solvents. 

- Easy to apply. 

- No mixing or clean up. 

- Instant tack for immediate bonding. 

- No cure time. 

STANDARD PART NUMBER DESIGNATION 

WIDTH 

PART NUMBER 

0.187 inch 03-00000 

0.250 inch 03-00001 

0.500 inch 03-00002 

1.000 inch 03-00003 


To ensure the maximum adhesive bond strength 

and best electrical conductivity, surfaces to be 

bonded should be free of grease, oils, and dirt. 

Recommended surface cleaning solvents are 

denatured alcohol and water. Allow to dry before 

applying tape. 



Adhesive 

Liner 

0.002 inch acrylic adhesive 

transfer tap with 

silver-plated conductive particles 

0.0035 inch silicone treated 

low release paper liner 


Release Value 

Adhesion 

Resistance 

15 gram/inch width 

40 ounce/inch width 

to stainless steel after 

1 hour at room temperature 

0.01 ohm/square inch, maximum 

Relative High Temperature Operation Range 

Long Term 158°F 

(Days, Weeks) 

[70°C] 

Short Term 248°F 

(Minutes, Hours) 

[120°C] 

Temperature Resistance -30°F to 225°F 

[-1°C to 107°C] 

Shelf Life 

12 months at room temperature 

and 50% relative humidity 


Tecknit conductive adhesive transfer tape is available 

in standard widths of .187", .250", .500" and 

1.0" in 10 yard long rolls. Widths up to 27" and 

different lengths are available by special order. 

For assistance, contact your nearest Tecknit 

representative. 


D-16


Vulcon 

MOLDED-IN PLACE CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMERS 


[SI Metric] 

CORROSION 

Corrosion can threaten the long-term performance 

of even the best EMI gaskets. In salt spray 

environments, the “quick-fix” has been to coat 

the outer flange area with an inert grease or RTV 

to provide an environmental seal. Both grease 

and RTV are messy and must be re-applied 

whenever the seal is broken. VULCON is the solution 

to these shortcomings. Figure 1 shows how 

VULCON uses the same concept of preventing 

exposure of the EMI gasket, but does so by being 

molded in place around the entire periphery of 

the enclosure cover, totally surrounding bolt 

holes. Alongside the nonconductive seal (towards 

the inside of enclosure), is the EMI seal. Each 

time the enclosure is resealed after servicing, the 

EMI seal is automatically protected without 

depending on the re-application of a protective 

lubricant or RTV. MIL-G- 83528 references this 

type of twin seal as the best method for prevention 

of EMI gasket corrosion. Silicone or fluorosilicone 

both provide excellent environmental seals 

and can be vulcanized directly to the enclosure 

cover. 

OLD SOLUTION Figure 1a. 

Grease or RTV (1) applied around flange perimeter 

to protect EMI gasket (2). 

VULCON "TWIN SEAL" Figure 1b. 

TOP VIEW OF VULCON "TWIN SEAL". 

TOLERANCE BUILDUP 

Figure 1c. 

As with any gasketing material, proper compression 

of an elastomer is crucial to its performance. 

Factors affecting the percent compression are: 

- Tolerance of gasket thickness. 

- Tolerance of flange surfaces. 

- Fastener spacing. 

- Deflection characteristics of flange materials. 

In Figure 2, the critical dimension is the height of 

the gasket above the flange surface (A). If the 

gasket is too high, excessive closure force will 

be required. If the gasket is too low an effective 

environmental/ EMI seal will not be achieved. 

Differences between standard tolerances vs. 

VULCON tolerances are shown in Figure 2a 

and 2b. 

Grease or RTV (1) applied around flange perimeter 

to protect EMI gasket (2). 

D-17 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


VULCON is the solution when proper gasket compression 

must be guaranteed: 

- VULCON reduces standard gasket cross section 

tolerances to precision machined tolerances 

(±.003). 

- VULCON precisely positions the top surface of 

the gasket to the flange surface (Figure 2b). 

- VULCON controls the exact position of the 

gasket along the flange surface. By doing so, 

repeated closures can be made without the 

possibility of gasket being pinched by fastener. 

TECKNIT can vulcanize to a customer supplied 

frame, flange, or enclosure cover. TECKNIT also 

has in-house CNC capabilities to provide both the 

vulcanized elastomer and metalwork as one finished 

part. 

STANDARD GASKET IN GROOVE 

Figure 2a. 

Groove Depth .100" ± .005" 

Elastomer Height .125" ± .008" 

“A” Dimension .025" ± .013" 

Gasket Compression 10% to 29% 

INSTALLATION/GASKET POSITIONING 

Conductive elastomer EMI gaskets are predominantly 

used in defense related electronic systems. 

Field servicing of these systems must be considered 

throughout the design cycle, taking into 

account “real world” considerations: 

- Equipment must be capable of being dismantled 

and re-assembled in the field quickly, with a 

minimum of spare parts and under adverse 

conditions. 

- Electronic “boxes” have to be serviced without 

their removal from the overall system (jet aircraft, 

shipboard control room etc.). Situations 

where the gasket has to be reinstalled in the 

vertical position can easily occur. 

- EMI gasket must be in place for the equipment 

to function properly in an environment potentially 

saturated with electronic noise (radars, communications 

systems, jamming). Any opportunity 

for error in the installation of the EMI gasket 

(overstretching, replacing with nonconductive 

material, or omitting a gasket altogether) must 

be eliminated. 

VULCON is the solution for the fastest, easiest 

and most reliable way to establish a guaranteed 

seal after field service, VULCON requires no 

adhesives, no tricky positioning or alignment of 

gasket, no special tools, and no messy tubes of 

grease or RTV. VULCON eliminates the chance of 

an environmental and/or EMI seal not being in 

place whenever the enclosure cover is installed. 

VULCON SOLUTION 

Figure 2b. 

“A” Dimension .013" ± .003" 

Gasket Compression 10% to 17% 

(.096" gasket height) 


D-18


Vulcon cont. 


[SI Metric] 

CUSTOM REQUIREMENTS 

VULCON is inherently a custom process. No standard, 

“off the shelf” products exist for VULCON - 

each part is optimized to meet the specific 

requirements of the application. 

A variety of elastomers are offered, providing a 

broad range of physical and electrical properties. 

Table 1 lists the more common ones used. (For 

other elastomers, contact your nearest TECKNIT 

representative or call TECKNIT directly. 

Cross sections are also custom designed for each 

application. Textured surfaces such as ribs aid in 

reducing closure pressure and improve sealing. 

Some of the more popular cross sections are 

shown in Figures 3a-e. 

RIBBED Figure 3a. D-SHAPED Figure 3b. 

MOST COMMON ELASTOMERS FOR VULCON 

MIL-G-83528 

TYPE 

Silicone Nonconductive - 

Fluorosilicone Nonconductive - 

CONSIL-C* Conductive A 

(Silicone) (Silver-Copper) 

CONSIL-CF* Conductive C 

(Fluoro) (Silver-Copper) 

CONSIL-A* Conductive B 

(Silicone) (Silver-Aluminum) 

CONSIL-RHT Conductive,high temp - 

(Silicone) (Pure Silver) 

* Commercial type materials also available. 

RECTANGLE Figure 3c. TRIANGLE Figure 3d. 

TRIANGLE WITH DIFFERENT DUROMETER Figure 3e. 

ON TOP AND BOTTOM 


Contact your factory to discuss your application. 

D-19 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


VULCON patterns on an enclosure cover can 

have many variations. Figures 4a - d show just 

some of TECKNIT’s capabilities. 

VULCON is the most versatile and adaptable 

gasketing concept available today. 

VULCON SINGLE GASKET VULCANIZED 

TO PLATE Figure 4a. 

VULCON "TWIN SEAL" IN GROOVE Figure 4c. 

Makes excellent environmental and EMI Seal for 

harsh environment. 

VULCON SINGLE GASKET IN GROOVE 

Allows for metal flanges to meet. Figure 4b. 

VULCON "TWIN SEAL" WITH 

COMPRESSION STOPS Figure 4d. 


D-20


Teckfip Gaskets 

FORMED-IN-PLACE CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 

D-21 


TECKFIP (FORM-IN-PLACE) gasketing is a custom 

process where a highly conductive silicone based 

gasket is dispensed on a part where an EMI shield 

is required. The materials range from a pure silver 

filled resin to silver/copper, silver/aluminum, silver/glass 

and our new tungsten/carbide filled 

resins that all cure to form a flexible EMI shields 

and environmental seals. They are precisely 

applied in a programmed pattern and are ideal 

solutions meeting the requirements and cost 

demands of commercial applications. 

TECKFIP compounds are ideal for applications 

requiring a quick full cure gasket that meets wide 

temperature range demands. Most TECKFIP compounds 

adhere best to Aluminum (with chromate 

conversion per MIL-C-5441 Class 1A or 3A) or 

Zinc. 

TECKFIP compounds have a Shore A hardness 

ranging from a soft 50 durometer to a firmer 70 

durometer. Our soft 50 Shore A durometer material 

is ideal for lightweight fragile plastic or metal 

parts. It cures at room temperature as required by 

plastic applications and its low compression set 

helps the gasket withstand repeated assembly and 

compression. In addition, TECKFIP low durometer 

compounds adhere to most materials and are 

compatible with conductively coated plastics such 

as ABS, PVC, etc. The compounds can also be 

applied to bare metals sufaces such as aluminum, 

magnesium, steel,nickel, copper, silver chromated 

and nickel and other plated surfaces. Fast curing 

allows faster handling and shipping of finished 

parts. 

TECKFIP FEATURES AND BENEFITS 

• Excellent EMI shielding performance. 

• Direct application of gasket to component part 

reduces assembly and handling. 

• Able to be applied to enclosure walls and partitions 

in widths as small as .020 inches. 

• Low compression set. 

• Eliminates costly tooling resulting in faster turnaround 

and design changes. 

• Minimizes material cost in comparison to die cut 

or molded gasket equivalency. 

• Room temperature curing (ideal for shielded 

plastic components). 

• Soft and compressible. 

• Gaskets can be handled quickly after applying. 



FIP-C: Ag/Cu 

This compound is an all round high performance 

compound, and is very similar to a Consil C molded 

or extruded elastomer. It has been traditionally 

used for telecommunications base station shielding. 

This material has excellent adhesive strength, 

and the electrical conductivity remains stable 

even under long term mechanical loads such as 

vibration or periodic loading and temperature 

fluctuations. 

This compound has long been established as the 

market leader in conductive Form-in-Place applications 

with the reliability and durability needed in 

the telecommunications marketplace. It is available 

in two forms, moisture cure (FIP-C) and heat 

cure (HC FIP-C). 

FIP-C SP: Ag/Cu - small particle 

This is the small particle version of the FIP-C compound. 

It was specifically designed for mobile cell 

phone applications, which require a high degree of 

EMI shielding. While the compound has been optimized 

for its overall shielding effectiveness, high 

cycling applications are not recommended for this 

material. This compound is ideally designed for 

projects that will not get opened and closed frequently, 

such as mobile phones. 

FIP-E: Ag/glass 

This is Tecknit’s commercial grade FIP compound 

designed for moderate shielding performance. The 

Ag/glass particles are very smooth which leads to 

very low compression set value. The material 

is also available as a heat cured compound (HC 

FIP-E). 

FIP-E SP: Ag/glass – small particle 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


FIP Comparison Reference 

FIP-X FIP-R FIP-N/FIP-N (LD) FIP-E FIP-E (SP) FIP-C FIP-C (SP) FIP-A HC FIP-C HC FIP-E 

Specifications: 

Metal Filler: tungsten carbide pure silver silver/nickel silver/glass silver/glass silver/copper silver/copper Silver Aluminium silver/copper silver/glass 

Small Particle Small Particle Heat Cure Heat Cure 

Color: dark gray pale yellow pale yellow ivory ivory beige beige silver/tan grey ivory 

Shore A hardness: 65 +/- 8 50 +/-7 60 +/-7/48+/-7 55 +/- 2 70+/-10 50 +/- 5 55 +/-5 60 +/-7 50 +/- 5 70+/-10 

Specific Gravity +/- 15% : 1.74 2.7 3.5 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.11 3.5 2.6 1.8 

Temp Range: -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C -55 to +125C 

Tack Free Time:


Teckfip Gaskets cont. 


[SI Metric] 

This is the small particle version of the Ag/glass 

(FIP E) compound that was specifically designed 

for the mobile cell phone applications. It should be 

noted that this compound offers the lowest compression 

set value of all the compounds, making it 

ideally suited to applications where by the gasket 

is frequently compressed and uncompressed. 

FIP-X: Al/WC 

FIP-X is Tecknit’s newest compound and features 

a conductive powder that is a unique particle combining 

tungsten carbide and aluminum. The premium 

advantage of this compound is its ability to 

be non-corrosive even in the most hostile of external 

environments. The compound has been 

exhaustively tested for hostile environments and 

easily exceeds the requirements of the ASTM 

B117 test specification. Tecknit also offers a 

flame-retardant version of this compound which 

has achieved the UL94-V0 rating. 

FIP-A: Al/Cu 

This compound is ideally suited to corrosion-concerned 

applications where the gasket is applied to 

an aluminum casting. The corrosion resistance is 

enhanced due to the galvanic compatibility 

between the casting and the conductive 

Aluminum/Copper particle used. The compression 

set performance is good and this compound offers 

a very stable EMI shielding performance even 

under large mechanical stress. The electrical conductivity 

performance and EMI shielding is very 

similar to the high performing FIP-C elastomer 

gasket. 

FIP-N: Al/Ni 

This compound is similar in performance to FIP-A 

elastomer and hence offers a good non-corrosive 

EMI shield in harsh conditions. This material is 

one of our more cost effective FIP compounds 

FIP-R: Ag 

This compound is based on a very rugged pure 

silver particle. By using silver as the conductive 

medium, this compound offers great performance 

in terms of heat aged electrical conductive stability 

and prolonged mechanical vibration. In addition to 

this, the electrical conductivity performance is the 

highest of all Tecknit FIP compounds. 

"A" Dimension Height: .020" [.51] - .125" [3.18] 

"B" Dimension Width: "A" +10% (Ref.) 

Profile Tolerance : ±10% 

Minimum Flange Width: .030" [.762] 

Outside Radius: 

1/2 "B" Width Dimension 

Inside Radius: 

Sharp 

Maximum Overall Size: 28" x 19" x 4" 

[711.2] x [482.6] x [101.6] 

Recommended Compression: 25% of Gasket Height "A" 

Gasket Path: 

Can be comprised of any 

geometric shape connected 

together (ie. line, arc, 

circle, ellipse). 


1.Teckfip can be applied to your part at any of 

our growing number of global application sites. 

Tecknit currently has sites in the US, UK, 

Spain, Mexico and China. Contact a Tecknit 

representative or our application support group 

to discuss your application. 

2.Teckfip compound can be applied in easy to 

use containers for gasket application at a customers 

site. The compounds are compatible 

with several application machines. Contact our 

application support group to confirm application 

machine compatibly. 

TECKFIP DESIGN GUIDELINES 

D-23 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKFIP FORCE/DEFLECTION 


D-24


Consil®-E 

EXTRUDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-E is a continuously extruded silicone 

elastomer filled with silver-plated inert particles. 

It is a medium hardness material providing high 

electrical conductivity and moisture sealing. 

CONSIL-E is available in a variety of standard 

cross-sections: rectangular, round, “D” shape, 

“U” channels, “P” shapes and various thin wall 

constructions. Custom crosssections are available 

per customer specifications. CONSIL-E is 

designed to provide reliable cost effective shielding 

and is especially ideal for a wide range 

of commercial and telecommunications EMI 

applications. 


CONSIL-E is intended primarily for groove and 

flange mounting applications. In order to assure 

electrical conductivity and sealing reliability, recommended 

design compression is 7%-15% of 

original height for rectangular strips, 12%-30% 

for solid round and “D” shapes, and 20%-60% 

for tubing and “P” shapes. For small cross sections 

refer to the force vs. deflection graph on 

page D-10. The hollow shapes are designed for 

low closure pressure applications. Excessive 

deflection is not recommended since it can result 

in permanent compression set and degradation of 

electrical conductivity. 

BONDING AND SPLICING 

TECKNIT two part RTV Conductive Silicone 

Adhesive (Part Number 72-00036) is recommended 

for splicing, joining, and bonding 

CONSIL-E gaskets to enclosures. The material 

provides a flexible bond and resilient seal. 


TECKNIT CONSIL-E Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL- 

STD-285. Typical values are based on a 5" x 5" 

Aperture. 



Consil-E Compound No. 811 815 

Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone 

Conductive Filler Type Silver-plated glass particles 

Color Tan Tan 

Form Available 

Extruded X-Sections 


Specific Gravity 1.86 ± .25 2.10 ± .25 

ASTM D-792 

Volume Res. 0.03 ohm-cm 0.03 ohm-cm 

(Max.) 

Hardness (Shore A) 70 ± 15 60 ± 7 

ASTM D-2240 

Tensile Strength 50 psi 50 psi 

(Min.) ASTM D-412 [345 kPa] [345 kPa] 

Elongation to break 50% 50% 

(Min.) ASTM D-412 

Tear Strength (Min.) 35 ppi 20 ppi 

ASTM D-624 

Temperature Range -60°F to +350°F -60°F to +350°F 

[-55°C to +177°C] [-55°C to +177°C] 


Extruded materials are available in continuous 

lengths. For cross sections not listed above or 

custom specification requirements, contact your 


location. 



dB dB dB dB 

811 65 130+ 100+ 90+ 

815 65 130+ 100+ 90+ 

D-25 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PART NUMBERS AND CROSS SECTIONS 

HOLLOW SQUARE 

Thickness Diameter Compound Part 

& Width 

Number 

.133 [3.37] .078 [1.98] 815 81-50010 

STANDARD TUBING 

OD ID Compound Part Number 

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 811 81-20009 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 811 81-20010 

.040 [1.01] .020 [.050] 815 81-50000 

.060 [1.52] 040 [1.01] 815 81-50001 

STANDARD RECTANGULAR 

Width - W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 [0.76] 811 81-20023 81-20024 81-20025 81-20026 81-20027 

.062 [1.57] 811 81-20028 81-20029 81-20030 81-20031 81-20032 

.093 [2.35] 811 81-20033 81-20034 81-20035 81-20036 81-20037 

.125 [3.18] 811 81-20038 81-20039 81-20040 81-20041 81-20042 

.188 [4.78] 811 - 81-20044 81-20045 81-20046 81-20047 

.250 [6.35] 811 - - 81-20050 81-20051 81-20052 

STANDARD “U” SHAPES 

STANDARD ROUND 

Diameter Compound Part Diameter Compound Part 

Number 

Number 

.062 [1.57] 811 81-20000 .188 [4.78] 811 81-20006 

.070 [1.78] 811 81-20001 .250 [6.53] 811 81-20007 

.093 [2.36] 811 81-20002 .375 [9.53] 811 81-20008 

.103 [2.62] 811 81-20003 - - - 

.125 [3.18] 811 81-20004 .040 [1.01] 815 81-50005 

.139 [3.53] 811 81-20005 - - - 

A B C D Com- Part 

pound Number 

.062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 811 81-20012 

.125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 811 81-20013 

HOLLOW "D" SHAPE 

COMPRESSION AND DEFLECTION DATA 

COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION CURVE, CONSIL-E 811 

OH IH OW IW Compound Part 

Number 

.120 [3.04] .080 [2.03] .150 [3.81] .110 [2.79] 815 81-50015 

STANDARD “D” SHAPE 

FORCE vs. DEFLECTION 

Groove Dimensions 

A Compound Part C D 

Number +.006 in. +.006 in. 

[0.15 mm] -0 [0.15 mm] 

.062 [1.59] 811 81-20014 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65] 

.093 [2.36] 811 81-20015 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50] 

.125 [3.18] 811 81-20016 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75] 

.188 [4.78] 811 81-20017 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50] 

.250 [6.35] 811 81-20018 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55] 

.375 [9.35] 811 81-20019 .295 [7.49] .488 [12.40] 

STANDARD “P” SHAPES 

D ID L T Com- Part 

pound Number 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 811 81-20020 

.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 811 81-20021 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 811 81-20022 


D-26


Consil®-II 

MOLDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-II is a molded silicone elastomer filled 

with silver-coated inert particles. It provides high 

electrical conductivity, broadband shielding and 

moisture sealing. 

CONSIL-II is designed to provide reliable cost 

effective shielding for a wide range of EMI 

applications. 

CONSIL-II is manufactured in sheets, molded 

parts, strips, and die cut flat gaskets. 


CONSIL-II should be used where there is a need 

for high broadband shielding combined with 

excellent moisture sealing properties. 

In order to assure electrical conductivity and sealing 

reliability, recommended design compression 

is 7%- 15% of original height for sheets and rectangular 

strips, and 12%-30% for “O” and “D” 

shapes. 

ADHERING AND JOINING 

TECKNIT CON/RTV-II (Part Number 72-00036) is 

a two component, electrically conductive, silver 

silicone adhesive sealant of medium viscosity. It is 

recommended for splicing, joining, and bonding 

CONSIL- II gaskets to enclosures. The material 



TECKNIT CONSIL-II Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method 

TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL-STD- 

285. Typical shielding effectiveness values are 

based on a 5" square aperture. 



Consil-II - Compound No. 841 842 

Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone 

Conductive Filler 

Silver Plated Glass Particles 

Color Tan Tan 

Form Available Molded Sheets Molded Sheets 

& Strips & Strips 


Specific Gravity 1.80 1.86 

ASTM D-792 ± .25 ± .25 

Volume Resistivity 0.01 0.01 

(Max.) ohm-cm ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 47 70 

ASTM D-2240 ± 10 ± 10 

Tensile Strength (Min.) 100 psi 120 psi 

ASTM D-412 [690 kPa] [830 kPa] 

Elongation to break (Min.) 120% 120% 

ASTM D-412 

Tear Strength (Min.) 35 ppi 45 ppi 

ASTM D-624 [7.88 kN/m] [7.88 kN/m] 

Temperature Range -60°F to 351°F -60°F to 351°F 

[-51°C to 177°C] [-51°C to 177°C] 

TECKNIT CONSIL-II Shielding Effectiveness has 

been tested in accordance with the test method 

described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-G-83528. 

Typical values are shown. 



dB dB dB dB 

841 75 130 100+ 90 

842 75 130 100+ 90 

D-27 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD SHEETS 

Length x Width 

Thickness Compound 12 x 12 12 x 18 

[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 [0.51] 841 84-30140 - 

842 84-30150 - 

.032 [0.76] 841 84-30170 84-30180 

842 84-30175 84-30185 

.040 [1.02] 841 84-30171 84-30181 

842 84-30176 84-30186 

.062 [1.52] 841 84-30172 84-30182 

842 84-30177 84-30187 

.093 [2.36] 841 84-30178 84-30183 

842 84-30178 84-30188 

.125 [3.18] 841 84-30174 84-30184 

842 84-30179 84-30189 


STANDARD LENGTH=18 in. [457 mm] 

Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 841 84-70100 84-70101 84-70102 84-70103 84-70104 

[0.76] 842 84-70105 84-70106 84-70107 84-70108 84-70109 

.062 841 84-70110 84-70111 84-70112 84-70113 84-70114 

[1.52] 842 84-70115 84-70116 84-70117 84-70118 84-70119 

.093 841 84-70120 84-70121 84-70122 84-70123 84-70124 

[2.36] 842 84-70125 84-70126 84-70127 84-70128 84-70129 

.125 841 84-70130 84-70131 84-70132 84-70133 84-70134 

[3.18] 842 84-70135 84-70136 84-70137 84-70138 84-70139 

.188 841 - 84-70141 84-70142 84-70143 84-70144 

[4.78] 842 - 84-70146 84-70147 84-70148 84-70149 

.250 841 - - 84-70152 84-70153 84-70154 

[6.35] 842 - - 84-70157 84-70158 84-70159 



STANDARD LENGTH = 24 in. [610 mm] 

Diameter Com- Part Diameter Com- Part 

pound Number pound Number 

.062 841 84-70020 .125 841 84-70022 

[1.57] 842 84-70000 [3.18] 842 84-70002 

.070 841 84-70021 .139 841 84-70025 

[1.78] 842 84-70001 [3.53] 842 84-70005 

093 841 84-70023 .188 841 84-70026 

[2.36] 842 84-70003 [4.78] 842 84-70006 

.103 841 84-70024 .250 841 84-70027 

[2.62] 842 84-70004 [6.35] 842 84-70007 

STANDARD “D” SHAPES 



A Com- Part C D 

pound Number +.006 -0 [0.15] ±.066 [0.15] 

.062 841 84-70070 .046 .103 

[1.59] 842 84-70071 [1.17] [2.65] 

.093 841 84-70072 .071 .137 

[2.38] 842 84-70073 [1.80] [3.50] 

.125 841 84-70074 .096 .188 

[3.18] 842 84-70075 [2.44] [4.75] 

.188 841 84-70076 .146 .256 

[4.78] 842 84-70077 [3.17] [6.50] 

.250 841 84-70078 .199 .336 

[6.35] 842 84-70079 [5.05] [8.55] 

SPECIAL “U” SHAPES 



pound Number 

.062 .188 .250 .250 841 84-70010 

[1.57] [4.78] [6.35] [6.35] 842 84-70011 

.125 .375 .312 .500 841 84-70012 

[3.18] [9.53] [7.92] [12.70] 842 84-70013 

.188 .375 .375 .500 841 84-70014 

[4.78] [9.53] [9.53] [12.70] 842 84-70015 

.093 .312 .218 .421 841 84-70016* 

[2.63] [7.92] [5.54] [10.69] 842 84-70017* 


For cross-sections not listed above and custom design 

applications and molded parts, contact your 

nearest TECKNIT area representative or factory location. 


D-28


Consil®-R 

PURE SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-R is a pure silver filled elastomer available 

in a variety of durometers and compounds. 

CONSIL-RHT 855 is a pure silver-filled silicone 

elastomer ideal for applications where high temperature 

is a concern. 

CONSIL-R 856 offers the lowest durometer available 

for pure silver-filled elastomers. CONSIL-R 

857 provides similar properties as 856, with a 

high durometer. 


To assure electrical conductivity and sealing reliability, 

the recommended design compression for 

sheets and rectangular strips is 7%-15% of original 

height and 12%-30% for round and “D” 

shapes. 

CONSIL-R is designed for use in low to moderate 

pressure applications. For compression and 

deflection data, see Figure 1. CONSIL-R is fungus 

inert thereby making it suitable for applications 

where micro-organism growth is a consideration. 

CONSIL-RHT 855 silicone is used throughout 

industry for seals, gaskets, electrical connectors, 

electromagnetic shields and other applications 

subjected to severe operating conditions. 


TECKNIT CONSIL-R shielding effectiveness has 





COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 

dB dB dB dB 

856, 857 70+ 130+ 100+ 90 

855 70 120+ 120 100 



CONSIL-R Compound No. 855 856 857 

Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone Silicone 


Pure Silver 

Color Red- Silver- Silver- 

Brown Tan Tan 


Molded, Sheets & Strips 


Specific Gravity 3.5 1.7 2.5 

ASTM D-792 ±13% ±.25% ±.25% 

Volume Resistivity 0.002 0.015 0.006 

(Max.) ohm-cm ohm-cm ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 65 ± 5 40 ± 5 50 ± 5 

ASTM D-2240 

Tensil Strength 300 psi 100 psi 100 psi 

(Min.) ASTM D-412 [2.07 kPa] [690 kPa] [690 kPa] 

Elongation to Break 200% 100% 100% 

(Min) ASTM D-412 

Tear Strength 40 ppi 25 ppi 35 ppi 

(Min.) ASTM D-412 [7 kN/m] [4.38 kN/m] [7.7 kN/m] 

Temperature Range -67°F to -60°F to -60°F to 

392°F 351°F 351°F 

[-55°C to [-51°C to [-51°C to 

200°C] 177°C] 177°C] 

D-29 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


To order catalog parts made from Compound 855; 

use the same Part No. as Compound 856 except 

the third digit changes from “1” to “A”. Example: 

Compound 856 standard “D” Part No. 85-10512 

changes to No. 85-A0512 for Compound 855. 




[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.032 [0.76] 856 85-10130 85-10030 

857 85-10131 85-10031 

.040 [1.02] 856 85-10140 85-10040 

857 85-10141 85-10041 

.062 [1.52] 856 85-10160 85-10060 

857 85-10161 85-10061 

.093 [2.36] 856 85-10190 85-10090 

857 85-10191 85-10091 

.125 [3.18] 856 85-10110 85-10010 

857 85-10111 85-10011 

STANDARD STRIPS RECTANGULAR 

STANDARD LENGTH=18 in. [457 mm] 

Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

032 856 85-10400 85-10401 85-10402 85-10403 85-10404 

[0.76] 857 85-10405 85-10406 85-10407 85-10408 85-10409 

.062 856 85-10415 85-10416 85-10417 85-10418 85-10419 

[1.52] 857 85-10420 85-10421 85-10422 85-10423 85-10424 

.093 856 85-10430 85-10431 85-10432 85-10433 85-10434 

[2.36] 857 85-10435 85-10436 85-10437 85-10438 85-10439 

.125 856 85-10445 85-10446 85-10447 85-10448 85-10449 

[3.18] 857 85-10450 85-10451 85-10452 85-10453 85-10454 

.188 856 - 85-10461 85-10462 85-10463 85-10464 

[4.78] 857 - 85-10466 85-10467 85-10468 85-10469 

.250 856 - - 85-10477 85-10478 85-10479 

[6.35] 857 - - 85-10482 85-10483 85-10484 




Dia. Com- Part Dia. Com- Part 

in. (mm) pound Number in. (mm) pound Number 

.062 856 85-10550 .125 856 85-10553 

[1.57] 857 85-10551 [3.18] 857 85-10554 

.070 856 85-10563 .139 856 85-10572 

[1.78] 857 85-10564 [3.53] 857 85-10573 

.093 856 85-10566 .188 856 85-10590 

[2.36] 857 85-10567 [4.78] 857 85-10591 

.103 856 85-10569 .250 856 85-10593 

[2.62] 857 85-10570 [6.35] 857 85-10594 





pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

.062 856 85-10500 .046 .103 

[1.57] 857 85-10501 [1.17] [2.65] 

.093 856 85-10503 .071 .137 

[2.36] 857 85-10504 [1.80] [3.50] 

.125 856 85-10506 .096 .186 

[3.18] 857 85-10507 [2.44] [4.75] 

.188 856 85-10509 .146 .256 

[4.78] 857 85-10510 [3.71] [6.60] 

.250 856 85-10512 .199 .336 

[6.35] 857 85-10513 [5.05] [8.55] 


For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT 

Part Number and quantity required. For cross 

sections not listed above and custom design 

applications, contact your nearest TECKNIT area 

representative or factory location. 


D-30


SC-Consil® 

CARBON-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER UL94 V-0 RATING AVAILABLE 


[SI Metric] 


SC-CONSIL is a silicone elastomer filled with carbon 

particles. It provides superior shielding and a 

reliable environmental seal. The combination of 

carbon particles and silicone allows SC-CONSIL to 

maintain its physical and electrical properties over 

an extremely wide temperature range. SC-CONSIL 

is manufactured in sheets, molded and continuously 

extruded strips, and in die-cut gaskets. 

There is a range of SC-CONSIL compounds available. 

Standard SC-CONSIL material has a volume 

resistivity of 8 ohm-cm for compression and injection 

molded parts and 24 ohm-cm for extruded 

parts. A special low volume resistivity compound 

is available for extruded parts at 3 ohm-cm. 

Flame Retardent UL94 V-O compounds for both 

extruded and molded parts are available. 


SC-CONSIL provides excellent voltage handling 

capabilities for grounding, lower current densities, 

and is ideal for static discharge and corona applications. 

Various extruded shapes designed for 

groove and flange mounting, such as tubes and 

P-shapes, provide maximum deflection at low to 

medium closure pressures. SC-CONSIL also provides 

a good environmental seal under moderate 

closing forces. 

Recommended design compression is 5%-10% 

of original height for sheets and rectangular 

strips, 15%-20% for solid “O” and “D” shapes, 

and 20%-30% for thin tubing. 


Tecknit Consil shielding effectiveness has been 

tested in accordance with the test method 





dB dB dB dB 

860 93 77 68 88 

861 94 73 59 85 

862 91 76 65 83 

864 91 76 67 89 

FR861 93 72 56 88 

FR862 93 72 56 88 



Compound 860 861 862 864 FR861 FR862 

Binder Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone Silicone 

Filler 

Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon Carbon 

Color Black Black Black Black Black Black 

Form* (1) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1) 

Flammability - - - - UL94 VO** 

Form Available - - - - UL Yellow Card 

No. E-48923S 


Specific Gravity 1.28 1.20 1.27 1.20 1.25 1.25 

ASTM D-792 ± .03 ± .03 ± .25 ± .25 ± .03 ± .03 

Volume Res. 3 ohm 8 ohm 24 ohm 8 ohm 15 ohm 24 ohm 

(Max.) -cm -cm -cm -cm -cm -cm 

Hardness 70 ±5 70 ±5 70 ±5 70 ±5 65±10/5 65±10/5 

(Shore A) ASTM D-2240 

Tensile Strength 500 psi 650 psi 500 psi 500 psi 650 psi 650 psi 


Elongation To 

Break (Min.) 75% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 

ASTM D-412 

Tear Strength 

(Min.) 50 ppi 50 ppi 60 ppi 60 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi 

ASTM D-624 

Temp. Range 

-60°F to 351°F[-51°C to 177°C] 

*(1) Extruded Strips, (2) Molded Sheets & Strips, (3) Injected Molded Parts. 

**UL Yellow Card No. E48923S 

D-31 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 [0.51] 861 86-10198 - 

.032 [0.76] 861 86-10015 86-10016 

.047 [1.19] 861 86-10011 86-10012 

.062 [1.57] 861 86-10021 86-10022 

.093 [2.36] 861 86-10031 86-10032 

.125 [3.18] 861 86-10041 86-10042 

.188 [4.78] 861 86-10061 86-10062 

.250 [6.35] 861 86-10068 86-10069 



in. (mm) pound Number in. (mm) pound Number 

.047 [1.19] 862 86-10000 .125 [3.18] 862 86-10003 

.062 [1.52] 862 86-10001 .139 [3.53] 862 86-10008 

.070 [1.78] 862 86-10006 .188 [4.78] 862 86-10004 

.093 [2.36] 862 86-10002 .250 [6.35] 862 86-10005 

.103 [2.62] 862 86-10007 - - - 


STANDARD ENCLOSURE DOOR GASKETS 




pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

.062 [1.59] 862 86-10090 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65] 

.093 [2.38] 862 86-10091 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50] 

.125 [3.18] 862 86-10092 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75] 

.188 [4.78] 862 86-10093 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50] 

.250 [6.35] 862 86-10094 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55] 



.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 862 86-10080 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10082 

.500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] 862 86-10134 

STANDARD THIN WALL TUBING 


.062 [1.52] .032 [0.76] 862 86-10135 

.075 [1.91] .040 [1.02] 862 86-10136 

.093 [2.29] .062 [1.52] 862 86-10137 

.125 [3.18] .093 [2.29] 862 86-10138 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 862 86-10139 

.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 862 86-10140 



Number 

0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 862 86-10684 


pound Number 

.032 [0.76] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] 862 86-10142 

.062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 862 86-10143 

.062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10075 

.093 [2.36] .156 [3.96] .128 [3.25] .250 [6.35] 862 86-10144 

.093 [2.36] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 862 86-10418 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 862 86-10076 

.188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] .500 [12.70] 862 86-10077 



pound Number 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 862 86-10192 

.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 862 86-10193 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 862 86-10194 



All sheeting thicknesses are available in continuous 

strip form up to 3 in. [76 mm] wide. SC- 

CONSIL extruded materials are available in continuous 

length from 25 ft. [7.62 m] min. to 50 ft. 

[15 m] max. For cross sections not lised above 

and custom design applications, contact your 


location. To order parts made from compound 

860, please contact TECKNIT. To order catalog 

parts made from FR 861 or FR 862, change the 

third digit of the part number to the letter "F". 


D-32


Consil®-C 

SILVER-COPPER FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-C is a silicone or fluorosilicone elastomer 

filled with silver-plated copper particles designed 

to achieve maximum electrical conductivity. CON- 

SIL-C provides one of the highest shielding effectiveness 

of any conductive elastomer material, in 

addition to offering excellent moisture sealing for 

all enclosure joints and seams. CONSIL-C is available 

in sheets and die-cut or molded gaskets. It 

can also be extruded into standard rectangular, 

round and “D”-shaped cross sections. Extruded 

hollow strip forms are available on special order. 


The MIL-DTL-83528 certified compounds meet 

the demanding requirements of many military 

and aerospace systems, and as gaskets for waveguides 

and connectors. In addition, CONSIL-C 

can also be used for EMP and TEMPEST applications. 

Recommended design compression is 6% 

at 100 psi closure force for rectangular cross sections. 

Closure forces will be lower for custom 

tubes or Pshaped extrusions. Aerospace applications 

demand fluorosilicone because of its inherent 

resistance to jet fuels and its ability to perform 

under extreme conditions. 


When required, TECKNIT conductive adhesives 

are available to bond CONSIL-C to metal enclosure 

surfaces or for splicing strips together. For 

flexible bonds and joint splices, use TECKNIT 

one-part RTV conductive silicone adhesivesealant 

paste with silver plated copper filler (part 

number 72-00192). 


TECKNIT CONSIL-C Shielding Effectiveness has 


described in paragraph 4.6.12 of MIL-DTL-83528. 




Consil-C 

Compound No. 871 873 875 


Silver Plated Copper Particles 

Elastomer Binder Silicone Silicone Fluorosilicone 

Type A Commercial C 

(MIL-DTL 83528) (MIL-DTL 83528) 

Color Gray Gray Blue-Gray 

Form Available Molded Molded Molded 

& Extruded 

& Extruded 


Specific Gravity 3.5 3.5 4.0 

±13% ±13% ±13% 

Volume Res. .004 .005 .01 

ohm-cm ohm-cm ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 65 85 75 

ASTM D-2240 ±7 ±7 ±7 

Tensile Strength 200 psi 400 psi 180 psi 


Elongation to 100%/ 100%/ 100%/ 

Break (Min/Max) 300% 300% 300% 

Tear Strength 25 ppi 40 ppi 35 ppi 

(Min.) [4.38 [7 [6.13 

ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m] kN/m] 

Operating 67°F to -49°F to 67°F to 

Temperature 257°F 257°F 257°F 

Range [-55°C to [-45°C to [-55°C to 

125°C] 125°C] 125°C] 



dB dB dB dB 

871 75 120+ 115 110 

873 75 120+ 115 110 

875 75 120+ 115 110 

D-33 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 [0.51] 871 87-10001 87-10006 

873 87-10041 87-10046 

.032 [0.81] 871 87-10002 87-10007 

873 87-10042 87-10047 

875 87-50002 - 

.062 [1.57] 871 87-10003 87-10008 

873 87-10043 87-10048 

875 87-50003 - 

.093 [2.36] 871 87-10004 87-10009 

873 87-10044 87-10049 

875 87-50004 - 

.125 [3.18] 871 87-10005 87-10010 

873 87-10045 87-10050 

875 87-50005 - 




.062 871 87-10511 .125 871 87-10515 

[1.57] 875 87-50511 [3.18] 875 87-50515 

.070 871 87-10512 .139 871 87-10516 

[1.78] 875 87-50512 [3.53] 875 87-50516 

.093 871 87-10513 .188 871 87-10517 

[2.36] 875 87-50513 [4.78] 875 87-50517 

.103 871 87-10514 .250 871 87-10518 

[2.62] 875 87-50514 [6.35] 875 87-50518 


STANDARD STRIPS RECTANGULAR 

Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 871 87-20031 87-20037 87-20043 87-20049 87-20055 

[0.76] 875 87-50031 87-50037 87-50043 87-50049 87-50055 

.062 871 87-20032 87-20038 87-20044 87-20050 87-20056 

[1.52] 875 87-50032 87-50038 87-50044 87-50050 87-50056 

.093 871 87-20033 87-20039 87-20045 87-20051 87-20057 

[2.36] 875 87-50033 87-50039 87-50045 87-50051 87-50057 

.125 871 87-20034 87-20040 87-20046 87-20052 87-20058 

[3.18] 875 87-50034 87-50040 87-50046 87-50052 87-50058 

.188 871 - 87-20041 87-20047 87-20053 87-20059 

[4.78] 875 - 87-50041 87-50047 87-50053 87-50059 

.250 871 - - 87-20048 87-20054 87-20060 

[6.35] 875 - - 87-50048 87-50054 87-50060 

STANDARD 

“D” SHAPES 



pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

.062 871 87-10606 .046 .103 

[1.59] 875 87-50606 [1.17] [2.65] 

.093 871 87-10607 .071 .137 

[2.38] 875 87-50607 [1.80] [3.50] 

.125 871 87-10608 .096 .188 

[3.18] 875 87-50608 [2.44] [4.75] 

.188 871 87-10609 .146 .256 

[4.78] 875 87-50609 [3.71] [6.50] 

.250 871 87-10610 .199 .336 

[6.35] 875 87-50610 [5.05] [8.55] 



0.103 [2.62] 0.040 [1.02] 871 87-12259 

0.125 [3.18] 0.045 [1.14] 871 87-12260 

0.156 [3.96] 0.102 [2.59] 871 87-12261 

0.250 [6.35] 0.125[3.18] 871 87-12263 

0.250 [6.35] 0.160 [4.06] 871 87-12262 

0.375 [9.53] 0.250 [6.35] 871 87-12258 



pound Number 

0.047 [1.19] 0.081 [2.06] 0.175 [4.45] 0.156 [3.96] 871 87-12269 

0.062 [1.57] 0.109 [2.77] 0.156 [3.96] 0.156 [3.96] 871 87-12270 

0.090 [2.29] 0.310 [7.87] 0.220 [5.59] 0.420 [10.7] 871 87-12268 

0.145 [3.68] 0.190 [4.83] 0.265 [6.73] 0.250 [6.35] 871 87-12271 



Number 

0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 871 87-12267 

0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 871 87-0110A 



pound Number 

0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.625 [15.9] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12272 

0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 0.500 [12.7] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12273 

0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 0.625 [15.9] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12274 

0.250 [6.35] 0.188 [4.78] 0.750 [19.1] 0.062 [1.57] 871 87-12275 


Extruded strips are available in continuous lengths up 

to 50 ft. [15m] maximum, 25 ft. [7.5m] minimum 

lengths. Strips can also be molded in lengths of 24 in. 

[610 mm] using CONSIL-C compounds C871, C873, 

C875. For standard sheets and strips, specify TECKNIT 

part number and quantity required. For cross section 

not listed and custom specification requirements, 

contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative or 



D-34


Consil®-N 

SILVER-NICKEL FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-N is a silicone elastomer filled with silverplated 

nickel particles and designed to provide 

high shielding effectiveness and corrosion resistance. 

CONSIL-N is available in sheets and die-cut 

or molded gaskets. Special cross sections for custom 

applications are available. 


CONSIL-N is an excellent conductive elastomer 

for use in applications requiring EMI/EMP shielding 

and environmental sealing. Recommended 

design compression is 7%-15% of original height 

for rectangular cross sections and 12%-30% for 

solid round and solid “D” shapes. Over compression 

may lead to compression set and degradation 

of electrical conductivity. 

TECKNIT CON/RTV-Ni (Part Number 72-00035) 

is a two component, electrically conductive, nickel 

silicone adhesive sealant of medium viscosity. It 

is recommended for splicing, joining, and bonding 

CONSIL-N gaskets to enclosures. The material 



TECKNIT CONSIL-N Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method MIL-G-83528, Paragraph 4.6.12. Typical 

values are shown. 



dB dB dB dB 

891 75 120 110 100 



Consil-N Compound No. 831 

Elastomer binder 


Color 

Form available 


Silicone 

Silver plated nickel particles 

Gray 

Molded Sheets & Strips 

Specific Gravity 4.0 

ASTM D-792 ± 13% 

Volume Res. (Max.) 

0.005 ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 75 

ASTM D-2240 ± 7 

Tensile Strength (Min.) 

ASTM D-412 

200 psi 

[1.35 MPa] 

Elongation To Break 100% to 300% 

(Min./Max.) ASTM D-624 

Tear Strength (Min.) 

30 ppi 

ASTM D-624 

[5.25 kN/m] 

Temperature Range -67°F to 257°F 

[-55°C to 125°C] 

D-35 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 [0.51] 831 83-30190 - 

.032 [0.76] 831 83-30170 83-30180 

.040 [1.02] 831 83-30171 83-30181 

.062 [1.52] 831 83-30172 83-30182 

.093 [2.36] 831 83-30173 83-30183 

.125 [3.18] 831 83-30174 83-30184 






.062 [1.57] 831 83-30020 .125 [3.18] 831 83-30022 

.070 [1.78] 831 83-30021 .139 [3.53] 831 83-30025 

.093 [2.36] 831 83-30023 .188 [4.78] 831 83-30026 

.103 [2.62] 831 83-30024 .250 [6.35] 831 83-30027 



Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 [0.76] 831 83-30100 83-30101 83-30102 83-30103 83-30104 

.062 [1.52] 831 83-30110 83-30111 83-30112 83-30113 83-30114 

.093 [2.36] 831 83-30120 83-30121 83-30122 83-30123 83-30124 

.125 [3.18] 831 83-30130 83-30131 83-30132 83-30133 83-30134 

.188 [4.78] 831 - 83-30141 83-30142 83-30143 83-30144 

.250 [6.35] 831 - - 83-30152 83-30153 83-30154 




pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

.062 [1.59] 831 83-30070 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65] 

.093 [2.38] 831 83-30072 .071 [1.80] 1.37 [3.50] 

.125 [3.18] 831 83-30074 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75] 

.188 [4.78] 831 83-30076 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50] 

.250 [6.35] 831 83-30078 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55] 




pound Number 

.062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] . 250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 831 83-30010 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 831 83-30012 

.188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 831 83-30014 

.093 [2.63] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 831 83-30016* 


For cross-sections not listed above, custom 

design applications, and molded parts, contact 




D-36


Consil®-A 

SILVER-ALUMINUM FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


CONSIL-A is a silicone or fluorosilicone elastomer 

filled with silver-plated aluminum particles 

designed to achieve maximum electrical conductivity. 

CONSIL-A provides high shielding effectiveness 

with minimal galvanic corrosion. Lighter in 

weight than other high performance conductive 

elastomers, 

CONSIL-A provides an excellent moisture seal for 

enclosure joints and seams. CONSIL-A is available 

in sheets, die-cut or molded gaskets, and 

continuously extruded strips. 


The MILG-83528 certified compounds meet the 

demanding requirements of many military and 

aerospace systems, high frequency microwave 

environments and wave guide connector gaskets. 

EMP and TEMPEST requirements are ideal applications 

for CONSIL-A. 

Recommended compression of CONSIL-A is 100 

psi with deflection of 6% of original gasket height. 

Tecknit Teckbond-A is a two part silicone adhesive 

recommended for splicing, joining and bonding 

of Consil-A gaskets to enclosures. The adhesive 


See 72-00236. 


TECKNIT CONSIL-A Shielding Effectiveness has 

been tested in accordance with MIL-G-83528, 

Paragraph 4.6.12. Typical values are shown. 



dB dB dB dB 

895 75 120+ 110 100 

897 55 110 100 90 



Consil-A Compound 895 897 

Elastomer Binder Silicone Fluorosilicone 


Silver Plated Aluminum Particles 

Type B D 

(MIL-DTL-83528) 

Color Blue Blue 



Molded & Extruded 


± 13% ± 13% 

Volume 0.008 0.012 

Resistivity ohm-cm ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 65 70 

ASTM D-2240 ± 7 ± 7 

Tensile Strength 

Min.) 200 psi 180 psi 

ASTM D-412 

Elongation to Break 100%/ 60% 

(Min./Max.) 300% 260% 

Tear Strength 30 ppi 35 ppi 

(Min.) [5.25 [6.13 

ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m] 

Operating -67°F to -67°F to 

Temperature 350°F 350°F 

Range [-55°C to [-55°C to 

160°C] 160°C] 

D-37 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178




[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 895 89-50190 89-50179 

[0.51] 897 - - 

.032 895 89-50170 89-50180 

[0.76] 897 - - 

.040 895 89-50171 89-50181 

[1.02] 897 89-70171 89-70181 

.062 895 89-50172 89-50182 

[1.52] 897 89-70172 89-70182 

.093 895 89-50173 89-50183 

[2.36] 897 89-70173 89-70183 

.125 895 89-50174 89-50184 

[3.18] 897 89-70174 89-70184 





.062 895 89-50020 .125 895 89-50022 

[1.57] 897 89-70020 [3.18] 897 89-70022 

.070 895 89-50021 .139 895 89-50025 

[1.78] 897 89-70021 [3.53] 897 89-70025 

.093 895 89-50023 .188 895 89-50026 

[2.36] 897 89-70023 [4.78] 897 89-70026 

.103 895 89-50024 .250 895 89-50027 

[2.62] 897 89-70024 [6.35] 897 89-70027 



0.103 [2.62] 0.040 [1.02] 895 89-0180B 

0.125 [3.18] 0.045 [1.14] 895 89-0141B 

0.156 [3.96] 0.050 [1.27] 895 89-0142B 

0.250 [6.35] 0.125 [3.18] 895 89-0143B 


Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 [0.76] 895 89-50100 89-50101 89-50102 89-50103 89-50104 

897 89-70100 89-70101 89-70102 89-70103 89-70104 

.062 [1.52] 895 89-50110 89-50111 89-50112 89-50113 89-50114 

897 89-70110 89-70111 89-70112 89-70113 89-70114 

.093 [2.36] 895 89-50120 89-50121 89-50122 89-50123 89-50124 

897 89-70120 89-70121 89-70122 89-70123 89-70124 

.125 [3.18] 895 89-50130 89-50131 89-50132 89-50133 89-50134 

897 89-70130 89-70131 89-70132 89-70133 89-70134 

.188 [4.78] 895 - 89-50141 89-50142 89-50143 89-50144 

897 - 89-70141 89-70142 89-70143 89-70144 

.250 [6.35] 895 - - 89-50152 89-50153 89-50154 

897 - - 89-70152 89-70153 89-70154 

STANDARD 




pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

0.62 895 89-50070 .046 .103 

[1.57] 897 89-70070 [1.17] [2.65] 

.093 895 89-50072 .071 .137 

[2.36] 897 89-70072 [1.80] [3.50] 

.125 895 89-50074 .096 .186 

[3.18] 897 89-70074 [2.44] [4.75] 

.188 895 89-50076 .146 .256 

[4.78] 897 89-70076 [3.71] [6.50] 

.250 895 89-50078 .199 .336 

[6.35] 897 89-70078 [5.05] [8.55] 





Number 

0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 0.187 [4.75] 0.087 [2.21] 895 89-50370 

0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 0.312 [7.92] 0.188 [4.78] 895 89-0111B 



pound Number 

.062 .188 .250 . 250 895 89-50010 

[1.57] [4.78] [6.35] [6.35] 897 89-70010 

.125 .375 .312 .500 895 89-50012 

[3.18] [9.53] [7.92] [ 12.70] 897 89-70012 

.188 .375 .375 .500 895 89-50014 

[4.78] [9.53] [9.53] [12.70] 897 89-70014 

.093 .312 .218 .421 895 89-50016* 

[2.63] [7.92] [5.54] [10.69] 897 89-70016* 



pound Number 

0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.437 [11.1] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-01053 

0.200 [5.08] 0.080 [2.03] 0.475 [12.1] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-0120B 

0.250 [6.35] 0.150 [3.81] 0.625[1.59] 0.062 [1.57] 895 89-01054 


For cross-sections not listed above, custom 

design applications, and molded parts, contact 




D-38


Consil®-V 

EXTRUDED SILVER-FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


Consil-V is an extruded silicone elastomer filled 

with silver-plated inert particles. The V-shape 

cross section is ideally suited for applications 

requiring low closure force gasketing. 

FEATURES 

• Ideally suited for Telecom & Medical 

applications. 

• Provides environmental sealing. 

• Offers low closure force. 

• Low compression set. 

• Available with pressure sensitive adhesive or 

push rivets or both. 


TECKNIT CONSIL-V shielding effectiveness has 

been tested in accordance with TECKNIT test 

method TSETS-01, based upon modified MIL- 

STD-285. Typical values are given below. 


COMPOUND 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 

751 80 dB 75 dB 70 dB 




Consil-V Compound No. 751 

Elastomer Binder 


Color 



Modified Silicone 

Silver-plated glass 

Tan 

Extruded Strips 

Specific Gravity 1.7 ±13% 

ASTM D-792 

Volume Res. Max. 

.05 ohm-cm 

Hardness (Shore A) 50 ±10 

ASTM D-2240 

Tensile Strength 

100 psi 


[690 kPa] 

Elongation to Break 100% 


Temperature Range -60°F to 350°F 

[-51°C to 160°C] 

D-39 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


METHODS OF ATTACHMENT 

CONSIL-V is attached via three different methods: 

pressure sensitive adhesive, push rivets, or a 

combination of both. Rivets will be spaced on 

1 inch centers or in increments of 1 inch. 

PART NUMBER 

75-00000 plain 

75-00001 pressure sensitive adhesive 

75-00002 push rivets 

75-00003 pressure sensitive adhesive 

and push rivets 

Tolerance on width/height: ± .015" [.38] 


CONSIL-V is available in continuous lengths up to 

25 ft. [7.5m] long or in shorter custom lengths. 

Contact your nearest TECKNIT area representative 


Figure 1. V-Shape Cross Section 

Figure 2. Canoe Clip 

NOTE: Requires 0.125" [3.18] hole diameter for installation. 


D-40


NC-Consil® 

NICKEL COATED GRAPHITE FILLED SILICONE ELASTOMER 


[SI Metric] 


NC-Consil is a silicone elastomer filled with Nickel 

coated graphite carbon particles. It provides high 

electrical conductivity, broadband shielding and 

environmental sealing. NC-Consil is designed to 

provide reliable cost effective shielding for a wide 

range of EMI applications ideal for the commercial 

market. NC-Consil is manufactured in sheets, 

molded shapes, extruded profiles and die-cut 

gaskets. Flame retardant UL94 V-0 rated compouds 

for both extruded and molded parts are 

available. 


NC-Consil should be used where there is a need 

for high broadband shielding combined with 

excellent environmental sealing properties. To 

assure electrical conductivity and sealing reliability, 

the recommended design compression for 

sheets and rectangular strips is 7% - 15% of original 

height. 12% - 30% for round and "D" shapes 

and 20% - 60% for tubing and "P" shapes. The 

hollow shapes are designed for low closure force 

applications. Over compression is not recommended 

since it can result in compression set 

and degradation of electrical conductivity. 


Tecknit Teckbond-NC is a one part RTV conductive 

silicone adhesive with nickel coated graphite 

filler recommended for splicing, joining and bonding 

of NC-Consil gaskets to enclosures. The adhesive 


See 72-00350. 


Tecknit NC-Consil shielding effectiveness has 






dB dB dB dB 

750 100 100 100 85 

751 100 100 100 85 

770 100 100 100 85 

FR750 100 100 90 89 

FR751 100 100 93 90 



NC-Consil 750 751 770 FR750 FR751 

Compound No. 

Elastomer Binder - Silicone - 

Conductive Filler - Nickel Coated Graphite - 

Color - Dark Gray - 

Form Available Molded Extruded Extruded Molded Extruded 

Sheets Strips 

& Strips 


Flamability: 

Rating -- -- -- UL 94V-0** 

Specific Gravity 2.0 2.0 2.0 2.1 2.0 

ASTM D-792 ± 13% ± 13% ± 13% ± 13% ± 13% 

Volume Res. (Max.) 

0.1 ohm-cm 

Hardness 55 55 70 60 60 

(Shore A) ± 10 ±10 ±10 ± 10 ± 10 

ASTM D-2240 

Tensile 

150 psi 

Strength(Min) 

[1.02 MPa] 

ASTM D-624 

Elongation To 

Break (Min/Max) 100% 

ASTM D-412 

Tear 50 ppi 40 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi 50 ppi 

Strength (Min) [8.76 [7 kN/m] [7 kN/m] [8.76 [8.76 

ASTM D-624 kN/m] kN/m] kN/m] kN/m] 

Temperature 

-67°F to 350°F [-55°C to 160°C] 

Range 

** UL Yellow Card No. E191466 

To order catalog parts made from UL Rated compounds 

FR750 or FR753, change the 3rd digit of 

the part number to -5. eg: 79-10511 changes to 

79-50511. 

To order extruded catalog parts made form compound 

770, change the 3rd digit of the part number 

to a 7. eg: 79- 

D-41 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





[305 x 305] [305 x 457] 

.020 [0.51] 750 79-10001 - 

.032 [0.76] 750 79-10002 79-10008 

.047 [1.19] 750 79-10003 79-10009 

.062 [1.57] 750 79-10004 79-10010 

.093 [2.36] 750 79-10005 79-10011 

.125 [3.18] 750 79-10006 79-10012 




.047 [1.19] 751 79-10510 .125 [3.18] 751 79-10515 

.062 [1.52] 751 79-10511 .139 [3.53] 751 79-10516 

.070 [1.78] 751 79-10512 .188 [4.78] 751 79-10517 

.093 [2.36] 751 79-10513 .250 [6.35] 751 79-10518 

.103 [2.62] 751 79-10514 - - - 


OD ID Com- Part # Com- Part # 

pound 

pound 

.250 [6.35] .125 [3.18] 751 79-10080 770 79-70080 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 751 79-10081 770 79-70081 

.500 [12.70] .375 [9.53] 751 79-10082 770 79-70082 

STANDARD THIN WALL TUBING 


.062 [1.52] .020 [0.51] 751 79-10135 

.075 [1.91] .030 [0.76] 751 79-10136 

.093 [2.29] .040 [1.02] 751 79-10137 

.125 [3.18] .060 [1.52] 751 79-10138 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] 751 79-10139 

.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] 751 79-10140 



Width W 

Thickness Com- .125 .188 .250 .375 .500 

T pound [3.18] [4.78] [6.35] [9.53] [12.70] 

.032 [0.76] 750 79-10200* 79-10201* 79-10202* 79-10203* 79-10204* 

.062 [1.52] 751 79-10205 79-10206 79-10207 79-10208 79-10209 

.093 [2.36] 751 79-10210 79-10211 79-10212 79-10213 79-10214 

.125 [3.18] 751 79-10215 79-10216 79-10217 79-10218 79-10219 

.188 [4.78] 751 79-10216 79-10220 79-10221 79-10222 79-10223 

.250 [6.35] 751 79-10217 79-10221 79-10224 79-10225 79-10226 


STANDARD 




pound Number +.006 [0.15]-0 ±.006 [0.15] 

.062 [1.59] 751 79-10090 .046 [1.17] .103 [2.65] 

.093 [2.38] 751 79-10091 .071 [1.80] .137 [3.50] 

.125 [3.18] 751 79-10092 .096 [2.44] .188 [4.75] 

.188 [4.78] 751 79-10093 .146 [3.71] .256 [6.50] 

.250 [6.35] 751 79-10094 .199 [5.05] .336 [8.55] 



pound Number 

.032 [0.76] .125 [3.18] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] 751 79-10142 

.062 [1.57] .125 [3.18] .188 [4.78] .188 [4.78] 751 79-10143 

.062 [1.57] .188 [4.78] .250 [6.35] .250 [6.35] 751 79-10144 

.093 [2.36] .312 [7.92] .218 [5.54] .421 [10.69] 751 79-10146 

.125 [3.18] .375 [9.53] .312 [7.92] .500 [12.70] 751 79-10147 

.188 [4.78] .375 [9.53] .375 [9.53] .500 [12.70] 751 79-10148 



pound Number 

.188 [4.78] .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .062 [1.57] 751 79-10192 

.250 [6.35] .188 [4.78] .750 [19.05] .062 [1.57] 751 79-10193 

.375 [9.53] .250 [6.35] 1.00 [25.40] .075 [1.91] 751 79-10194 

Note: Change third digit of part number from 1 to 7 to specify 770 compound. 


All sheet thicknesses are available in continuous 

strip form up to 3 in. [76 mm] wide. NC-CONSIL 

extruded materials are available in continuous 

lengths. For cross sections not listed above or 

custom specification requirements, contact your 


location. To order catalog parts made from compounds 

FR750, FR751 or FR752, change the 

third digit of the part number to -5. 


D-42

E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 

Section E: 

Windows 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

PRODUCT 

PAGE 

WINDOWS DESIGN GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E1 - E17 

ECTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E19 - E20 

TECKFILM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E21 

TECKSHIELD F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E22 

TECKSHIELD F: POLYCARBONATE WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E23 

TECKSHIELD F: ALLYCARBONATE WINDOWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .E24 


E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 

Design Guidelines to 

EMI Shielding Windows 

INTRODUCTION 

The DESIGN GUIDELINES TO SHIELDING WIN- 

DOWS is intended to aid designers in understanding 

the trade-offs associated with the selection 

of specific materials against anticipated 

performance. 

One of the many requirements, which compromise 

the shielding integrity of equipment enclosures, 

is the need for large-area openings for 

access to electronics, ventilation, and displays. 

The displays may be panel meters, digital displays, 

oscilloscopes, status monitors, mechanical 

indicators or other read-outs. The most critical 

displays to shield against electronic noise are the 

large area, high resolution monitors (CRT). 

Shielding of these large apertures is generally 

more difficult than those encountered for cover 

plates, doors, ventilation panels and small apertures, 

such as connectors, switches and other 

controls in which the majority of the opening is 

covered by a continuous homogeneous conductive 

(metal) plate. Therefore, when working with 

window designs, which do not have a continuous 

conductive cover, consideration must be given to 

shielding as related to relative apertures and 

screens and supporting substrates. These two 

factors are inter-related and need to be treated as 

a combined problem. 

Shielding windows are presently manufactured in 

one of three ways: (1) laminating a conductive 

screen between optically clear plastic and glass 

sheets; (2) Casting a screen within a plastic 

sheet; (3) applying an optically clear conductive 

layer to a transparent substrate. Until recently, 

the typical conductive screen was a knitted wire 

mesh made from Monel, tin-plated copper-clad 

iron core (Sn/Cu/Fe or Monel wire). 

Knitted densities range from 30 openings per 

inch for the 0.001-inch diameter tungsten wire 

(94% open area) to 10 openings per inch for the 

0.0045-inch diameter wire (90% open area). 

These high open area meshes provide high optical 

transmission with average shielding effectiveness 

(greater than 60 dB) below 10 MHz when 

wire crossovers are adequately bonded. 

Optically clear conductive coatings are produced 

by depositing an electrically conductive transparent 

coating (ECTC) directly onto the surface of 

various optical substrates. Typically, these coatings 

can provide better than 50 dB shielding 

effectiveness below 100 MHz with an optical 

transmission of better than 70% over the visible 

light spectrum. Increased shielding effectiveness 

may be achieved by increasing the thickness of 

the deposited coating material (decreasing resistance) 

at the expense of loss in optical transmission 

and increase in optical reflection. 

High-density woven wire screens have been 

employed which have extended the useful highfrequency 

response beyond 10GHz. These 

screens have made use of silver-plated, stainless 

steel wires; copper-plated, stainless steel wires; 

and copper wires. In all cases these screens 

make direct contact to a peripheral wire mesh 

gasket, window frame or enclosure structure. 

Woven meshes have ranged from 80 mesh (wires 

to the inch) to 150 mesh and wire diameters from 

0.001 inch diameter to 0.0045 inch diameter. 

Typical performance for a 100 mesh screen will 

provide almost 60% open area with shielding 

effectiveness of up to 60 dB beyond 1 GHz. 

Higher mesh densities and large wire diameters 

usually result in higher shielding effectiveness 

with lower optical performance. 

In the following sections, various aspects of 

shielding window design will be reviewed as related 

to shielding performance, optical performance, 

optical designs and methods for mounting windows 

to enclosures. 

E-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

SHIELDING PERFORMANCE 

A great deal of information has been written and 

published on total shielding effectiveness (SE) as 

an aid in reducing electromagnetic interference 

(electrical noise). Electromagnetic compatibility 

(EMC) may be achieved by reducing the electromagnetic 

interference (EMI) below the threshold 

level that disrupts the normal operation of an 

electronic system. An electronic system can be 

both an emitter and a susceptor. An EMI emitter 

generates unwanted noise; a susceptor responds 

to unwanted noise. Military and governmental 

specifications stipulate the allowable levels of 

radiated and conducted emissions and the necessary 

circuit immunity to these emissions to 

achieve electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). 

Shielding requirements for shielding windows can 

vary from moderate to severe. Any barrier placed 

between an emitter and a susceptor that diminishes 

the field strength of the interference is an 

EMI shield. The attenuation of the electromagnetic 

field is referred to as its shielding effective 

(SE). The standard unit of measurement for 

shielding effectiveness is the decibel (dB). The 

decibel is expressed as the ratio of electromagnetic 

field strength on one side of a shielding barrier 

to the field strength on the opposite side. 

emitter to the shield. Figure 2-1 depicts the relationship 

between decibels, attenuation ratio, and 

percent attenuation. 

In most shielding applications, shielding effectiveness 

below 20 dB (10:1 reduction in EMI) is considered 

marginal due to long-term environmental 

effects on the mating surfaces of enclosures and 

shielding gaskets and barriers. Normally, acceptable 

shielding performance covers the range from 

30 dB to 80 dB. Above average shielding ranges 

from 80d dB to 120 dB. Above 120 dB, shielding 

effectiveness is difficult to achieve and difficult 

to confirm by measurement. 

Figure 2-2 shows the range of shielding effectiveness 

for the three primary barrier materials used 

in shielding window: knitted wire mesh screens 

(Band I), transparent conductive coatings (Band 

II), and woven mesh screens (Band III). 

Shielding performance is the primary consideration 

in the design process and is, therefore, considered 

first. 

The losses in field strength (absorption and 

reflection) from a shield are functions of the barrier 

material properties: permeability, conductivity, 

and thickness, as well as the distance from the 

Figure 2. Shielding Effectiveness as a Function of Attenuation. 

Figure 2-2. Barrier Shielding Performance for Shielding 

Windows. 


E-2

E. WINDOWS 


EMI Shielding Windows cont. 


[SI Metric] 

The shielding values presented in Figure 2-2 are 

considered to be conservative based on measurements 

in shielded room tests, which generally 

show from 10 dB to 20 dB higher shielding effectiveness. 

The origin of the data is based on the 

theoretical relationship given by: 

SE dB = 195-20 log 10 (df) 

Where d is the mesh wire spacing in inches and f 

is the threat frequency in Hertz. 

Since most EMI problems are broadband (cover a 

broad frequency range), the frequency of most 

concern is generally the highest frequency within 

that bandwidth envelope to which the equipment 

is responsive and which may be a threat to electromagnetic 

compatibility. Therefore, the highest 

threat frequency and the shielding requirements 

at that frequency are both needed to determine 

the type or types of windows, which are suitable 

for that application. 

For example, assume the highest threat frequency 

is 10 MHz with a maximum required shielding 

of 60 dB at that frequency. Figure 2-2 shows that 

any of the three families of shielding materials 

would be suitable to provide of shielding materials 

would be suitable to provide adequate shielding. 

On the other hand, changing the maximum threat 

frequency from 10 MHz to 100 MHz would 

eliminate the knitted wire mesh screens and the 

transparent conductive coatings, leaving only the 

high-performance woven screens as a suitable 

solution. 

Knowing which types of windows are available, 

the next selection should be made on the basis of 

the optical transmission that is attainable from the 

screen materials or conductive coatings, plus the 

optical substrate. Standard optical substrates 

should cause only a minor reduction in optical 

transmission should be less than 1% to up to 

10%, depending upon the reflection and absorption 

from coated and uncoated surfaces of the 

substrates. The following section will deal with 

the evaluation of the windows from an optical 

aspect of the specific materials to be referred to 

as percent open area. This characteristic is 

important in determining optical contrast which 

can affect operator fatigue in using devices such 

as video display monitors. 

Table 2-1 summarizes the general shielding effectiveness 

ranges at specific frequencies for the 

three shielding materials shown in Figure 2-2. 

The three frequencies are 1 MHz (magnetic 

field), 10MHz (electric field), and 1 GHz (plane 

wave). 

SUMMARY 

Figure 2-1. Shielding Performance 

Shielding Screen Material 

Shielding Range (dB) 

Magnetic Electric Plane 

1 MHz 10MHz 1GHz 

I Knitted Wire Mesh 30-40 60-70 20-25 

(Monel-Cross over Bond) 

10-30 CPI 

II Transparent Conductive 40-50 70-80 30-40 

Coating 

8 to 24 OHM/Square 

III Woven WireMesh 65-75 95-110 60-70 

(Copper Wire) 

80-200 mesh 

E-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

OPTICAL PERFORMANCE 

To deal with the material selection process an 

understanding of optical properties of shielding 

windows is imperative. These properties concern 

the optical transmission of the finished window, 

including optical substrate, shielding screen, laminating 

material, coatings, and characteristics of 

transmission color filters. This section discusses 

the optical performance of the shielding screens. 

Knitted mesh screens are produced on industrial 

knitting machines that were originally developed 

for the commercial, knitted fabric materials industry. 

The machines have been adapted to handle 

wire instead of yarn. In this process they produce 

a continuous tube of material called a “stocking.” 

The diameter of the stockings varies from 3/8 

inch to 30 inches. Various sizes are used to 

make electrically conductive metal gaskets and 

the conductive mesh screens for shielding windows. 

The irregular shapes formed in the knitting 

process (see Figure 3-1) aid in minimizing any 

obscuration of regular shapes as might be formed 

in typed or printed information. The density of 

the mesh is determined by the courses per inch 

along the length of the stocking, the wire material 

and the wire diameter. To maintain a square pattern 

of openings in both directions, it is necessary 

to call out the number of openings per inch 

around the stocking as well. This effectively 

determines the complete description of the knitted 

mesh screen. Knitted screens are generally 

limited to about 30 openings per inch when used 

as a screen for shielding windows. 

wires per inch). Typical wire diameters vary from 

0.001 inch to 0.0025 inch depending upon plating 

and blackening. Blackening of the screen 

reduces reflections and improves image contrast. 

Figure 3-2. Woven Mesh Screens. 

A third shielding material is the transparent conductive 

coating. This material exhibits good shielding 

properties at moderate optical transparency (reference 

Table 2-1 on shielding performance for knitted, 

woven and transparent conductive coatings). Since 

the shielding effectiveness is a function of the resistivity 

of the transparent coating which, in turn, is a 

function of the optical transmission, there are tradeoffs 

in performance (see Figure 3-3 and Table 3-1). 

An optimum relationship for this type of coating 

occurs at approximately 10 to 14 ohms per surface 

resistivity to obtain approximately 70% transmission 

and greater than 50 dB shielding at 100 MHz. 

Figure 3. Knitted Mesh Screens. 

Woven mesh using fine wires, generally much 

smaller than 0.005 inch diameter, provide a significant 

improvement in shielding effectiveness 

over other shielding widow materials, even at 

higher frequencies. These woven screens have 

80 or more wires to the inch in both directions 

(Figure 3-2). Typical mesh density is 100 mesh 

(100 by 100 wires per inch), 120 mesh (120 by 

120 wires per inch) and 150 mesh (150 by 150 

Figure 3-3. Light Transmission-Resistivity Relationship (Thin 

Gold Coating). 


E-4

E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 

E-5 



Figure 3-4 provides a ready reference for the optical 

Transmission (percent open area) of the three types 

of shielding materials for windows covering the most 

commonly used knitted mesh screens, woven mesh 

screens and transparent conductive coatings. The 

commonly used materials are annotated by circle (O) 

on the figure. 

Figure 3-4. Percent Open Area of Mesh Screen. 

Section A of Figure 3-4 encompasses the useful 

range of knitted materials. Wire diameters from 

0.001 inch to 0.0045 inch bound the upper and 

lower limits while 10 to 25 CPI provide the limits of 

mesh densities. These boundaries provide the highest 

optical open area ranging from about 80% to 

greater than 95%. Bonding of wire crossovers has 

been assumed in all performance data shown in this 

guideline. 

Section B of Figure 3-4 depicts the useful range of 

woven screen materials ranging from wire diameters 

of 0.001 inch to 0.0045 inch and mesh densities 

Figure 3-1. 

from 80 to 200 mesh. The circles indicate commonly 

used mesh materials that are generally readily 

available. Performance for 100 mesh screen with 

0.0045 inch diameter copper wire provides approximately 

30% optical transparency and 70 dB shielding, 

while 100 mesh with 0.002 inch Diameter copper 

wire provides about twice the open area (64%) 

while reducing the shielding effectiveness by only 10 

to 12 dB. 

Section C of Figure 3-4 (vertical coordinate) shows 

the normal range of transparency for the transparent 

conductive coating. These electrically conductive 

transparent coatings (ECTC) have a distinct advantage 

over screen materials when used with three 

color CRT’s employing a color mask on the faceplate. 

The color mask is used to delineate the specific 

phosphor color to be displayed. The masks have a 

color repetition pattern or pitch that varies from an 

equivalent mesh density of about 60 mesh for broadcast 

monitors to 130 mesh for the very high-resolution 

monitors. Whenever a repetitive pattern, such 

as a shielding mesh screen, is placed in front of a 

color CRT, patterns of dark and light bars are known 

as moiré patterns. They occur as a result of the 

mesh screen having nearly the same pitch as the 

pattern of the CRT color mask. Rotating the mesh 

will vary the number of bars. Changing the number 

of wires per inch (mesh density) will also alter the 

number of bars. Often there is an optimum mesh 

density, wire size and angular relationship to the 

fixed CRT color mask pattern that will minimize or 

even eliminate the interference pattern. 

These light and dark bars are the result of the patterns 

of two objects, either aligning up exactly with 

each other to produce light areas or misaligning 

completely and blocking all transmitted light to produce 

dark bars. Sometimes, it is difficult to attain a 

perfect match between the CRT mask and the 

screen mesh. ECTC windows on the other hand do 

not have a repetitive structure similar to the shielding 

mesh screens. They are, therefore, ideal in some 

applications as an EMI shield for color monitors. 

The main limitations with the ECTC windows are high 

Shielding Screen Material Shielding Range (dB) Optical Open Area (%) 

Magnetic Electric Plane 

1 MHz 10MHz 1GHz 0.001” DIA. 0.002’ DIA. 0.0045” DIA. 

I Knitted Wire Mesh 30-40 60-70 20-25 95-98% 90-96% 79-91% 

(Monel-Cross over Bond) 

10-30 CPI 

II Transparent Conductive 40-50 70-80 30-40 60-80% NA NA 

Coating (Molecular 

8 to 24 OHM/Square Structure) 

III Woven WireMesh 65-75 95-110 60-70 64-86% 36-70% 30-41% 

(Copper Wire) 80-200 mesh 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

cost, their tendency to be easily scratched, a noticeable 

color tint for some coatings and a lower shielding 

effectiveness than the woven mesh screens. 

The TECKNIT EMI Shielding Design Guide is an 

excellent reference in determining the required 

shielding for specific specifications (MIL-STD-461, 

FCC, VDE and others) against equipment circuits 

and EMI generators. Tables 3-1 summarize the performance 

capabilities of shielding windows from both 

shielding and optical aspects. 

OPTICALLY CLEAR WINDOW SUBSTRATES 

Glass and clear plastic optical substrate materials are 

the most common for covering large area apertures 

for viewing windows. This section discusses the 

basic properties of these materials for shielding 

applications requiring both flat and curved windows. 

GLASS SUBSTRATES 

Glass substrate materials provide the hardest surface 

for resistance to scratches and marring. Once fully 

laminated, these windows closely match the properties 

of safety glass, with the added protection of an 

embedded screen mesh. 

Properties of the glass conform to ASTM-C-1036 and 

mirror to mirror select quality. Edges are cut and 

trimmed to remove any sharp surfaces. Edges may 

be ground, ground and polished, beveled, or mitered 

on special order as specified by customer drawings 

or specifications. Standard glass window thickness 

is 0.205 inch with a tolerance of plus or minus 0.020 

inch. Other thickness may be furnished in the 

ranges and tolerances shown in Table 4-1. 

Maximum outside dimensions (length by width) are 

18 inches by 14 inches with a standard tolerance of 

plus or minus 0.031 inch. Major defects such as 

gaseous inclusions, which are permitted by Federal 

Specifications, are culled before laminating. Glass, 

in effect, when specified for shielding windows will 

exceed the requirements as stipulated in federal 

Specifications. Plate glass is specified to assure virtually 

parallel and flat surfaces. See TECKSHIELD-F 

Data Sheet for laminated glass windows. 

PLASTIC SUBSTRATES 

Not all-clear plastics are of use in the manufacture of 

shielding windows. Plastics are divided into two general 

classes: thermoplastic and thermosetting resins. 

A thermoplastic material softens when heated and 

hardens on cooling. Since this action is reversible it 

is possible for the material to be molded and remolded 

without appreciable change in the material properties. 

The significant difference in thermosetting 

materials is the irreversible heating action. These 

latter materials, once softened by heating, remain in 

the shape formed during the original heating cycle. 

Hence, the desired or final shape of the windows to 

be made must be incorporated into the mold of the 

part. Furthermore, with thermosetting plastics, the 

desired color) other than clear) depends on the thorough 

blending of the proper mixture of the coloring 

agent with the plastic material before molding. 

THERMOPLASTICS-Cellulose Derivatives: The principal 

cellulose derivatives are the nitrate, acetate, 

acetate butyrate, and ethyl cellulose. The cellulose 

plastics have a comparatively poor surface hardness 

and poor abrasive resistance. They are readily 

hygroscopic (absorb water) with a resultant change 

in dimensions. Most do not possess the high optical 

qualities of glass or some of the other plastic substrate 

materials. Softening occurs at about 60*C for 

these thermoplastic materials and, therefore must be 

used in applications which will not exceed their softening 

temperature. Cellulose acetate butyrate (CAB) 

is probably the best of the cellulose family of plastics. 

It is especially suited to molding and possesses 

lower water absorption than other cellulose derivates 

and therefore, betters dimensional stability than cellulose 

acetate. 

THERMOPLASTICS-Synthetic Resins: The principal 

thermoplastic resin materials consist of polycarbonates, 

polystyrenes and methyl methacrylates 

(acrylic). In general these resins are characterized 

by higher resistance to chemicals and lower water 

absorption than the cellulose derivatives. They generally 

have optical characteristics very close to glass 

with a much lower tendency toward scratching, but 

are still very much softer than glass. Polycarbonate 

is about 10 times easier to scratch or mar than the 

methyl methacrylates (acrylic). 

Polycarbonate material is virtually unbreakable and 

can withstand impacts greater than 200 ft.-lbs. for a 

one eighth inch thick sheet. Softening temperature 

is about 125*C. The poorer than desirable scratch 

performance makes polycarbonate a poor candidate 

for viewing windows that require periodic cleaning, 

such as may be needed with cathode ray tubes 

(CRT). Some aromatic solvents (hydrocarbon) cause 

surface stress cracking in this material. 

Polystyrene material is relatively hard and rigid, naturally 

colorless and quite transparent. The softening 

range is about 20*C higher than the cellulose plastics, 

but lower than that for acrylic resins. Most 

other properties for this material are excellent except 

for poor resistance to most organic solvents. 

Methyl methacrylate (acrylic) material has high luster, 

high transparency, and good surface hardness, is 

comparatively inert chemically and is not toxic. 

Essentially, acrylic possesses almost all the desirable 

qualities of glass except for scratch resistance. Com 

pared to other plastics, methyl methacrylate is harder 

than most but still readily scratched by dust particles. 

Methyl methacrylate is a very stable compound and 

retains to a high degree its mechanical properties 

under adverse environmental conditions. Impact 

resistance when compared to some plastics is 

poor, although when compared to glass it is much 

superior. 


E-6

E. WINDOWS 




[SI Metric] 

THERMOSETTING RESINS – ACP, CR-39 (PPG industries): 

ACP (Allyl Cast Plastic) is known as Columbia 

Resin (CR-39). It is a transparent solid, cured from 

the clear, colorless, water-insoluble liquid monomer 

through the aid of a catalyst. It is strong, relatively 

insoluble and inert. It is normally free of internal 

haze, has a low water absorption and moderate coefficient 

of thermal conductivity. Refractive index is 

almost identical to that of crown glass, and yet, the 

density is about one-half. The resin material is 

Superior to acrylic and other plastics with respect to 

softening under heat, crazing, resistance to abrasion 

and attach by chemicals. The continuous use temperature 

is 100*C. 

In summary, the three most likely candidates for 

optical substrate materials in shielding window application 

are glass, acrylic and CR-39, in that order. 

Table 4-2 summarizes the performance characteristics 

of these materials. 

TABLE 4-1 

STANDARD SIZES AND TOLERANCES 

MATERIAL MAXIMUM SIZE TOLERANCE THICKNESS (Overall) REMARKS 

Plate Glass Standard ±0.031” Standard (1) Glass per ASTM-C-1036 

(woven mesh) 32” x 56” 0.270 ± 0.020 inch 

32” x 32” 0.205 ± 0.020 inch 

Special 

Special 

14” x 14” 0.145 ± 0.020 inch 

Plastic Standard ±0.031” Standard (acrylic) Acrylic per L-P-391 

(woven mesh) 24” x 24” 0.145 ± 0.020 inch 

Special 

Special (acrylic) 

32” x 32” 0.205 ± 0.020 inch 

32” x 56” 0.270 ± 0.020 inch 

Plastic 18” x 22” ±0.031” Standard (cast) (2) Smooth or matte finish, 

(knitted mesh 0.125±0.010 inch Polycarbonate CR-39, 

& ECTC) (4) Standard (edge laminated) (3) Acrylics 

0.135±0.015 inch 

Special (Cast) 

0.060±0.010 inch 

(1) 

TECKSHIELD-F Specification Reference, Appendix A-1 

(2) 

EMC-CAST Specification Reference, Appendix A-2 

(3) 

EMC-LAMlNATED Specification Reference, Appendix A-3 

(4) 

EMC-ECTC Specification Reference, Appendix A-4 

(5) 

Contact factory for larger edge bonded windows. 

E-7 

TABLE 4-2 

PROPERTIES OF WINDOW SUBSTRATES (TYPICAL VALUES FOR CLEAR COLORLESS MATERIAL) 

METHYL 

PLATE METHACRYLATE POLYCARBONATE (1) CR-39 

PROPERTY UNITS GLASS (ACRYLIC) (1) 

OPTICAL 

Index of refraction – 1.529 1.48-1.51 1.59 1.50-1.57 

Transmission % 90 21-23 85-89 89-91 

Haze % 0.9 0.6 0.5-2.0 0.4 

MECHANICAL 

Flexure Strength psi 12-14,000 12-13,000 5,000 

Impact Strength (Izod Notch) ft-lb./in. 0.4 12-16 0.2-0.4 

Hardness Rockwell M80-M90 M68-M74 M95-M100 

Specific Gravity – 2.52 1.20 1.20 1.32 

ELECTRICAL 

Dielectric Strength volt/mil 450-530 380-425 290 

Dielectric Constnat @1MHz 2.7-3.2 3.0-3.1 3.5-3.8 

Volume Resistivity ohm-cm 10 15 8x10 16 4x10 14 

THERMAL 

Coeff. Therm. Expan. in/in/ºF 4.7X10 -6 45x10 -6 37.5x10 -6 60x10 -6 

Continuous Use Temp. ºC/F 110/230 80/175 100/212 100/212 

Thermal Conductivity 

Specific Heat 

Btu-in/hr•ft 2 •ºF 

Btu/lbºF 

1.44 

0.35 

1.35-1.41 

0.3 

1.45 

0.3 

CHEMICAL/PHYSICAL 

Water Absorbtion % (24hrs.) — 0.3-0.4 0.15 0.2 

Abrasion Resistance ASTM 1044 0 14 100 — 

(1) 

Connectors & Interconnections Handbook Volume 4, Materials, 1983. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

CONTRAST ENHANCEMENT 

The optical performance of substrate materials may 

be substantially improved by increasing the optical 

contrast of the displayed image through glare reduction 

and optical filtering. Additionally, special surface 

treatments for some plastics may increase the 

scratch and mar resistance of surfaces subject to 

frequent cleaning. Here special coatings can significantly 

reduce the harsh effects of dust and dirt 

scratches from cleaning materials, which cause 

unwanted light scattering and image distortion or 

obscuration. 

Wherever high ambient lighting conditions are present, 

loss in display contrast may occur from window 

reflections unless these reflections are controlled by 

means of antireflection coatings, matte finishes, optical 

color transmission filters, or special laminates 

such as polarizers. 

Antiglare or glare reduction techniques consist of 

either an antireflection coating for glass windows or a 

matte finish for glass or plastic windows. 

Antireflection coatings utilize optical interference filters, 

while matte finishes are imprinted into the surface 

of the substrate and scatter incident light to 

reduce specular reflection (See Figure 5-1). 

Color transmission filters transmit only specific color 

hues within a comparatively narrow spectral band 

reducing the amount of optical energy, which does 

not contribute to the display image. Polarizers selectively 

block the passage of unwanted wide band 

spectral energy such as is reflected from the internal 

surface of a display. 

ANTIREFLECTION COATINGS 

Antireflection interference coatings are applied to 

optical elements of shielding windows to reduce 

reflections. These coatings are applied by several 

deposition methods, such as high vacuum evaporation, 

sputtering thin film coating techniques. The 

techniques to reduce surface reflection from glass 

optical elements have been well known in the optical 

industry for many years. Virtually all lenses in modern 

cameras have a single or multilayer antireflection 

coating. The amount and the rate of material 

applied to the surface are controlled to obtain the 

required film thickness. These specialized coatings 

consist of several thin film layers of different materials 

to obtain a particular optical effect. 

The basic laws of optics determine the reflection that 

occurs at a boundary between two transparent 

media of different index of refraction (n). The index 

of refraction is a measure of the speed of light in a 

medium. For vacuum, the index is 1.00 and for all 

practical purposes, it is 1.00 for air. Higher indices 

indicate a slower propagation speed for light in that 

media. The index for plate glass, such as used in 

shielding windows, is 1.525. This higher index 

means that the speed of light in plate glass is 

approximately two-thirds the speed of light in air. 

These indices are used to determine the percentage 

Figure 5-1. Glare Reduction Techniques. 

of incident light, which will be reflected at the 

boundary. 

The reflection (R) occurs at the boundary of interface 

between two different indices and can be calculated 

from the equation: 

(n g – n a ) 2 

R= 

(n g – n a ) 2 

For ng: the index for glass is 1.52 

For na: the index for air, 1.00 

For the indices given above, the ratio of reflected to 

incident light is 0.04 or 4%. A similar reflection will 

occur wherever a boundary between two different 

indices exists, such as the boundary between glass 

and air at the second surface. The front and back 

surface reflections then may amount to a total of 8% 


E-8

E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 



of the incident light being reflected back to the viewer 

for plate glass with an index of 1.52. Figure 5-2 

shows the relationship of reflection to indices from 

1.0 to 2.0. 

Figure 5-3. Air-Antireflection Coating-Glass interface 

E-9 

Figure 5-2. Percent Reflection Against Index of Refraction. 

Figure 5-3 represents schematically an air/antireflection-coating 

glass interface. The light wavefront 

represented by two electromagnetic rays (A 

& B) impinge onto the front surface of the antireflection 

coating. Small portions (4%) of rays A & 

B are reflected while the larger portion of each 

enters the coating. Ray A reflects another small 

portion (4%) at the boundary between the antireflection 

coating and the glass substrate. The 

thickness of the coating is exactly ? of the wavelength 

of the reflected light to be absorbed. The 

reflected Ray A at the boundary between the 

antireflection coating at Point 2 arrives at Point 3 

exactly out of phase with Ray B (out of phase 

occurs where Ray A is positive, Ray B is negative 

and of equal amplitude). At point 3 the out of 

phase condition results in destructive interference 

between rays A & B with a complete cancellation 

of the reflected wave fronts. The same cancellation 

occurs at the back surface when it is also 

subjected to the antireflection coating. 

In reality, the number of materials that are available 

for antireflection coating are fairly limited, 

requiring a high index of refraction for the lass 

substrate and a low index for the coating. Under 

exact conditions, it was shown in the paragraph 

that the air-to-coating boundary reflection may 

result in complete cancellation of the reflection 

from the coating-to-glass boundary, thus producing 

a near zero reflection value at some selected 

optical wave length. Unfortunately, in most applications, 

exact matching of indices and layer 

thickness seldom occurs. Even for only slightly 

mismatched conditions, the human eye is 

extremely sensitive to low light levels. To the 

untrained observer, a 1% to 2% reflectivity is still 

very apparent and often difficult to distinguish 

from an uncoated glass surface. To be effective 

for glare reduction application, the coating must 

reduce a single surface reflection significantly 

below 0.5% The transmission of TECKNIT highefficiency 

optical coating is greater than 99% 

which is more than 7% higher than that for 

uncoated plate glass. Uncoated plate glass transmits 

approximately 90% of the incident light. 

Surface reflections account for 8% and absorption 

accounts for approximately 2%. To avoid the 

reflection of the second (back) glass-to-air boundary, 

the back surface must be coated with a similar 

coating. 

The eight percent (8%) reflection of incident light 

from the glass surface may be frequently as 

intense as the optical energy generated by many 

displays. Cathode ray tubes (CRT) monitors, 

radar scopes for traffic controllers, digital LED and 

LCD and electroluminescence are examples of 

fairly low brightness displays. In some applications 

where the ambient light is very high (outdoors), 

the intensity of the reflected light may 

exceed the light energy from most data displays. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

Under these conditions, it is often easier to see 

the reflected image of the scene behind the viewer 

than the display itself that has been completely 

of almost completely washed-out (zero contrast) 

by ambient light. In these cases, the use of light 

dispersion (scattering surfaces as are provided by 

matte finishes. Circular polarizers are useful for 

eliminating reflections internal within the display 

that can be reflected back toward the viewer 

reducing image contrast. 

MATTE FINISH 

Matte finishes are used as an antireflection surface 

treatment to effect a dispersion of specular 

reflectance. These finishes for either glass (an 

etch finish) or plastic (mold or cast finish) are 

available as an alternate to thee antireflection 

coating (HEOC for glass). Matte front surface finishes 

are used in applications where the shielding 

windows may be used in close proximity to the 

display, such as flat (or nearly flat) CRT, plasma 

display, LED, LCD, and electroluminescent and 

monochrome or multicolor displays. 

At or near normal incidence where ambient light 

strikes the window straight on, light reflected is a 

function of the indices as discussed earlier. As 

the angle of incidence increases s measured from 

the normal (perpendicular) to the window surface, 

an abrupt increase in reflection occurs bout 

45∞ incident angle. These near grazing angles 

are often coincident with the positioning of overhead 

lighting. Reflections under these conditions 

are best treated with a shading hood or by using 

matte finish which dispense the reflected energy 

(reference Figure 5-1). 

POLARIZERS 

Polarizers provide a third method of discrimination 

between optical signals and optical noise. 

There are two basic types of polarizers, linear and 

circular. 

Electromagnetic radiation is generally conceived 

of on the basis of field theory. An electric and 

magnetic field are said to exist at right angles to 

each other. In any random waveform, the orientation 

of either field would be random in relation 

to some fixed axis. Therefore, in a bundle of optical 

waveforms or rays, there would be (statistically) 

a complete random orientation of the fields 

(the electric field, for example) as shown in 

Figure 5-4b. These waveforms would be unpolarized; 

that is, there would be no preferential orientation 

of either field. A polarized wave, then, is 

one in which the fields are specially oriented in 

one direction, Figure 5-4A. 

Figure 5-4. Polarized and Unpolarized Waveforms 

A linear polarizer selectively transmits an unpolarized 

waveform by resolving the field components 

that are aligned with the polarizing axis of the 

polarizer. In this manner, the polarized waveform 

consists of a single orientation of the electric field. 

When viewed through another linear polarizer 

(called an analyzer) with its polarization axis at 

right angles (90º) to the polarized waveform, the 

light will be completely blocked. When the axis is 

aligned at other than a right angle to the polarized 

waveform, the wave is transmitted as a function 

of the angle (COSINE 2 0) between the axes of the 

polarizer and the analyzer. For example, where 

the axes are aligned at 45º, about 50% of the 

polarized light will pass through the analyzer. 

Linear polarizers are used to control light output. 

These polarizers attenuate reflected light glare 

form smooth objects where the reflected light has 

been polarized in a known plane, such as horizontally. 

To minimize the reflected light, the linear 

polarizer acting as an analyzer is oriented with 

its polarizing axis perpendicular to the reflecting 

surface. 

Circular polarizers provide an important additional 

advantage. When viewing objects through a window, 

the objects on the inside of the enclosure 

are generally oriented at various angles to the 

window surface, such that the light that reflects 

from those objects may be polarized in several 

different planes. 


E-10

E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 



The problem then becomes one of discriminating 

between light which enters the display from the 

window side and light generated within the display. 

Generally, the acceptance angle of the light 

entering the display will be fairly narrow (Figure 

5-5). The farther away the display is located in 

relation to the window, the narrower the acceptance 

angle of the interfering light and, therefore, 

less chance that light will be retro-reflected back 

to the viewer. Light, which originates outside the 

acceptance angle will not contribute to the loss in 

contrast with the image being emitted at the display 

(CRT, LED, annunciators - those displays that 

generate their own illumination). Additionally, orientation 

of the reflecting object within the display 

plays an important part in determining what light 

from the window will be reflected back out the 

window toward the viewer. 

Figure 5-6. Circular Polarizer. 

E-11 

Figure 5-5. Glare Acceptance Angle. 

CIRCULAR POLARIZER – HOW IT WORKS 

A circular polarizer consists of linear polarizer in 

series with a 1/4 wave-retarding element. It is 

important that the linear polarizer precedes and is 

oriented (aligned) correctly to the ? wave-retarding 

element. 

With reference to Figure 5-6, light passing 

through the linear polarizer is polarized along its 

polarizing axis and enters the 1/4 wave retarder. 

The 1/4 wave retarder separates the polarized 

rays into two equal rays that pass through the 

retarder at different speeds (by virtue of two different 

indices of refraction). The thickness of the 

retarder determines the phase relationship of the 

two light rays and is selected to produce a 90º 

phase shift (1/4 wavelength). After passing 

through the 1/4 wavelength retarder, the phase 

relationship of the rays remains constant. Upon 

striking a highly reflective surface (specular), the 

phase orientation of the two rays reverses with the 

phase lagging ray preceding the previously phase 

leading ray by 1/4 wavelength. 

On reentry through the 1/4 wave element, the 

retarder phase aligns the two rays and orients the 

resultant wave at right angles to its original polarization. 

The 90º rotated polarized wave emerging 

from the 1/4 wave retarder is then completely 

blocked by the linear polarizer (the first element 

of the circular polarizer). 

Circular polarizers can not be used with LCD display. 

LCD displays use linear polarizers in their 

normal operation to effect selective filtering of the 

external illumination. This type of display would 

partially or completely block the incident light 

from the circular polarizer, effectively defeating 

the purpose of the various elements of the LCD. 

OPTICAL COLOR TRANSMISSION FILTERS 

Optical filters generally are classified according to 

their spectral properties such as short wave cutoff, 

long wave cut-off, bandpass, rejection, or 

neutral density. 

Short wave cut-off filters are used to block the 

ultraviolet while long wave cut-off filters may be 

used to eliminate infrared heating. Bandpass filters 

are principally used to increase the signal-tonoise 

ratio (contrast) of displays (or detectors). 

Rejection filters are usually employed to eliminate 

specific spectral wavelength(s) or to minimize 

their intensity, which might be harmful to the 

operation of equipment, such as laser beam. 

Neutral density filters reduce the average illumination 

across the visual spectrum. 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

In shielding window applications, transmission filters 

are used to provide various hue and shades 

of transmitted light. To assist the designer in 

selecting the proper filter for specific applications, 

it becomes important to be able to calculate the 

effect of material thickness and combinations of 

elements that tend to alter the transmitted light 

and the overall density of the filter. 

Light transmitted through the filter material experiences 

a first surface reflection, absorption within 

the bulk of the material and losses due to the 

second surface reflection. The transmitted light 

(T) is a fraction of the incident light and the optical 

density of the filter is given by: 

1 

D = log 10 

T 

Where there are several transmission factors 

involved (multiple values of T), thee factors 

should be included and multiplied together. For 

example, if the transmission factor for a color filter 

at the peak wavelength is Tp and the optical 

substrate transmission factor is Ts, the density 

expression would be: 

D T = log 10 

1 

T P T S 

Standard colors are available for plastics which 

broadly cover four hue classes (red, yellow, green, 

blue) and neutral gray. Table 5-1 tabulates suggested 

filters, which most nearly match the spectral 

band for each of the emitters. 

Figure 5-7 provides spectral transmission curves 

for the more commonly used filters. 

ABRASION RESISTANT COATINGS 

The surfaces of most plastics are relatively soft in 

comparison to glass. As a result, the front surface 

of shielding windows are subjected to possible 

scratching and marring when periodically 

cleaned to remove dust, dirt and grease in normal 

handling during operation of the equipment. 

These soft surfaces can be treated with specially 

formulated coatings for use on thermoplastic and 

thermosetting plastics. 

Abrasion resistant coating not only provides 

scratch and mar resistance, but is also resistant 

to moisture and cleaning solvents. The coatings 

re clear and non-yellowing and are resistant to 

ultraviolet light. They can be applied to methyl 

methacrylate (acrylic), polycarbonate or CR-39. 

Polycarbonates are not recommended for normal 

shielding window applications unless protected 

with an abrasion resistant coating. 

Figure 5-7. Standard Spectral Transmision Filters. 

TABLE 5-1 

RECOMMENDED TRANSMITTING FILTERS FOR TYPICAL LED EMITTERS 

EMITTER FILTER PEAK PERCENT PERCENT 

NUMBER WAVELINGTH TRANSMISSION TOTAL LUMINOUS 

(p in nm) at p TRANSMISSION 

LED 

Red 2423 650 80 10 

Yellow 2422 580 82 60 

Green 2092 530 53 21 


E-12

E. WINDOWS 




[SI Metric] 

ASSEMBLY AND MOUNTING 

The edge of shielding windows is prepared for 

mounting to the enclosure by applying an interface 

gasket, which conducts induced currents 

from the shielding mesh or conductive surfaces to 

the ground plane of the system. 

There are essentially two basic barrier terminations 

for shielding windows: (1) conductive busbar; 

(2) conductive gasketing. The conductive 

busbar I used to contact the shielding screen or 

conductive coating. The busbar terminates the 

edge of the window opening by contacting the 

screen mesh while providing a flat surface on one 

or both sides of the window (Figure 6-1) to make 

electrical contact to the enclosure bezel. 

Conductive gasketing is often used in combination 

with conductive busbars to provide a resilient 

interface for aid in absorbing hock and vibration. 

Figure 6-1. Busbar Termination. 

CONDUCTIVE BUSBAR 

A conductive busbar is an electrical conductor 

that can be used as a common electrical connection 

around the perimeter of the shielding window 

to the conductive shielding barrier of knitted wire 

mesh screen, transparent conductive coating 

(ECTC) or woven mesh screen. 

Generally, the more economical way to manufacture 

small shielding windows is to either laminate 

or cast knitted wire mesh screen or woven mesh 

screen into large area sheets and/or to dissect the 

sheets into several smaller area windows. The 

windows that are cut to size from the larger 

sheets have the mesh screen emerging at the 

four edges of the window as shown in Figure 6-1. 

Contact is made to the screen by means of a conductive 

busbar of either a highly conductive coating 

such as an organic-type paint which is highly 

filled with conductive silver particles or a deposited 

metal film. 

Silver is the preferred filler for paint to attain maximum 

conductivity. The liquid carrier for the paint 

is an acrylic base, which produces a hard, firm 

busbar and is compatible with most optical substrate 

materials. The busbar then provides a comparatively 

large contact area to which an electrochemically 

compatible, conductive, resilient 

gasket may be attached for shock mount and 

moisture barrier. 

An alternate mounting method for these types of 

windows, employing a peripheral busbar, is to 

bond the window directly to the enclosure using a 

conductive RTV (room temperature vulcanization) 

adhesive or a conductive epoxy. This latter 

mounting technique provides a comparatively 

rigid mounting and should be backed up by several 

mounting clips or fasteners to ensure proper 

bonding and to reduce possible seam flexure. 

CONDUCTIVE GASKETING 

The termination of the shielding mesh screen to 

attain maximum performance from the shielding 

window is as important in the material and methods 

selection as in the shielding screen itself. 

Improper screen termination may severely reduce 

the shielding effectiveness of a high performance 

shielding window as may be required for performance 

shielding window as may be required for 

NASCIM 5100A (Tempest) applications. There 

are three recommended edge terminations for 

woven mesh screens in applications requiring the 

maximum performance over any extended period. 

The three methods are listed in order of performance. 

1. Bond, Direct Contact, Self Gasketing: Shielding 

effectiveness tests have shown that the most 

consistent results and highest performance are 

Figure 6-2. Bond Direct Contact. 

E-13 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

attained when the shielding screen is bonded 

permanently to the enclosure by spot welding, 

brazing or soldering, depending upon the 

material used for the screen. Generally, this 

method is not cost effective. A nearly identical 

assembly may be attained by a mechanical 

clamping of the screen as shown in Figure 6-2. 

For both glass and plastic windows, the use of 

elastomer gaskets (neoprene or silicone) as 

moisture barriers and for shock mounting is 

recommended. 

2. Wrap-Around, Direct Contact, Self Gasketing: 

The mesh screen is wrapped over a sponge or 

hollow core elastomer gasket and secured to 

the underside of the window (Figure 6-3). The 

use of elastomer moisture barrier and shock 

mounts to protect the window and screen from 

possible adverse environment is recommended. 

Figure 6-3. Wrap Around Screen, Direct Contact (Most 

Commonoly Used Configuration). 

Figure 6-4. Interfacial Gasket, Indirect Contact with Mesh 

Screens (Most Economical) 

3. Interfacial Gasket, Indirect Contact, Conductive 

Gasketing: the mesh screen is extended along 

the flat of the step formed in the lamination 

process and secured to the underside of the 

window (Figure 6-4). A conductive metallic or 

elastomer gasket I mounted and bonded to the 

surface of the step. The gasket should be 

resilient and compatible with the screen and 

enclosure materials. Contact resistance must 

be kept low by means of a low impedance 

bond, such as a conductive RTV or conductive 

epoxy. A recommended gasket for this type of 

application, providing both EMC and moisture 

barrier, is a knitted mesh bonded to a silicone 

sponge (see Tecknit DUOGASKET). The knitted 

mesh strip should utilize tin-plated phosphor 

bronze (TPPB). TPPB provides highest 

shielding and environmental compatibility 

between the shielding screen and the enclosure 

surface. 

Many combinations of gaskets are possible. The 

three methods described have been successful in 

specific applications. The greatest number of 

interfacing surfaces which must make low impedance 

contact between each interface, the greater 

will be induced electromagnetic noise current and 

the lower the shielding effectiveness of the system. 

As a rule of thumb, provide a 10:1 signal to 

noise ratio margin (about 20 dB more shielding) 

than may be actually required when all the mating 

surfaces are freshly cleaned and properly protected. 


The primary function of an EMC gasket is to provide 

impedance that matches or exceeds the conductivity 

the enclosure and minimizes the coupling 

efficiency of the seam itself from becoming 

a re-radiator. Normally, the reflection and absorption 

functions of a conductive shielding gasket are 

to a large extent masked by metal cover has been 

replaced by a quasi-continuous open mesh which 

at best is equivalent to a very thin barrier. At high 

frequencies (about 100MHz) the screen does not 

respond as a solid barrier. Special attention must 

be paid to the method by which the induced EMI 

currents in the mesh screen are returned to the 

system ground. Any significant difference in 

seam impedance, including that introduced by 

the gasket materials, may produce nonuniform 

current flow resulting in the generation of EMI 

voltages. Such induced voltages can then 

become sources of EMI radiated energy. To minimize 

these effects, the seam design and preparation 

is important and the following features should 

be incorporated into any new design: 

1. Mating surfaces should be as flat and parallel 

as practically possible. 

2. Mating surfaces must be conductive and protected 

from oxidation by plating with a hard 

conductive finish that is galvanically compatible 

with each other and with interfacial gaskets 

(tin, nickel, cadmium). 

3. Protective coatings having less than half the 

conductivity of the mating surfaces should be 

avoided. 


E-14

E. WINDOWS 

Design Guidesline to 



[SI Metric] 

4. Flange width should allow at least five times 

the maximum expected separation between 

mating conductive surfaces. 

5. Mating surfaces should be cleaned to remove 

dirt and oxide films just prior to assembly of 

the shielding window to the enclosure and 

bezel. 

6. Bonded surfaces should be held under pressure 

during adhesive curing to minimize surface 

oxidation and to maximize conductivity 

after cure. 

CORROSION 

Corrosion is one of the major factors, which influences 

specific design considerations. Generally, 

the lightweight structural materials, aluminum 

and magnesium, are most highly active electrochemically 

when in contact with the more conductive 

materials used for shielding. Selecting 

suitable shielding materials and finishes, which 

inhibit oxidation and corrosion and are compatible 

with enclosure materials, becomes a major 

tradeoff in the designing of shielding windows. 

Corrosion occurs between dissimilar metals in the 

presence of an electrolyte. Dissimilar metals in 

contact in the presence of an electrolyte cause 

galvanic corrosion. A single metal under stress in 

the presence of an electrolyte may result in stress 

corrosion due to impurities embedded within the 

conductor. Table 6-1, electrochemical compatibility 

grouping, lists groups of common materials 

used as structural, barrier and gasketing materials. 

The rate of corrosion (erosion of the less 

noble metal, anodic) depends upon the electrochemical 

potential difference between the dissimilar 

metals and the strength of the electrolyte. 

Table 6-1. Grouping of Metals by Electrochemical 

Compatibility. 

(ANODIC) 

Group I Group II Group III Group IV 


Magnesium Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 

Alloys Beryllium Iron Copper & Copper 

Aluminum Zinc & Zinc Plsling Nickel & Nickel Plating Alloys 

Aluminum Chromium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Nickel / Copper 

Alloys Cadmium Plating Tin / Lead Solder Alloys 

Beryllium Carbon Steel Lead Monel 

Zinc & Zinc Iron Brass Silver 

Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Stainless Steel Graphite 

Chromium Tin & Tin Plating Copper & Copper Alloys Rhodium 

Plating Tin / Lead Solder Nickel/Copper Alloys Palladium 

Lead Monel Titanium 

Platinum 

Gold 

(CATHODIC) 

Selection of materials from a common group provides 

the least chance for corrosion due to galvanic 

action when materials are in contact for 

extended periods of time in a normal office environment. 

The materials are arranged in their 

decreasing order of galvanic activity within each 

group and from left to right. Materials at the top 

of a group or in groups to the left erode under 

galvanic action. Dissimilar metals, which are in 

different groups, may be accommodated by plating 

one or both with a material that is common to 

both the enclosure and the mating surface. For 

example, aluminum and copper are not compatible 

in most environmental situations since they 

are not contained within one single group (aluminum 

is in groups I and II, while copper is in 

groups III and IV. To make these materials compatible, 

either one or both, preferable the latter, 

would have to be tin plated. 

MOUNTING WINDOWS 

Twist drills that are commonly used for metals 

may normally be used on most plastics. Since, 

when machining plastics, a scraping action produces 

better results than a cutting action; drills 

may be repointed to provide zero rake angle. 

Moderate speed and light pressures produce 

best results and minimize temperature changes 

at the cutting edge, which may result in galling or 

seizing. 

Plastic windows may be provided with holes, 

which are often used for mounting and access 

holes for screwdriver adjustments for “zeroing” or 

“scaling” digital readouts. These holes should be 

drilled prior to the application of surface coating 

or finishes whenever possible to prevent scratching 

or marring the surfaces of the window. 

Holes or notches are not recommended for glass 

windows. 

Common mounting methods include pressureclips 

to secure windows under pressure during 

curing and clamping bars for larger plastic or 

glass windows. Bolt spacing © for windows, 

especially those with resilient gasketing, should 

follow the basic equation as given by: 

C = 

480 (a/b) E t3 ∆H 

13 P min + 2 P max 

1/4 

inches 

E-15 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

Where: a=width of clamping bar 

b=width of resilent gasket 

E=modulus of elasticity of cover plate 

t=thickness of clamping bar 

∆H=H1–H2 (difference between max/min 

gasket deflection) 

P min=minimum pressure (at minimum 

deflection) 

P max=maximum pressure (at maximum 

deflection) 

The bolt spacing equation can be simplified by 

making some assumptions: 

1. The bar width (a) will always be equal or 

greater than the gasket width (b); therefore, 

the ratio a/b will usually be greater than one 

(1). The worst case, which requires the minimum 

bolt spacing (C), occurs when a/b equals 

one. Should the bar be twice the width of the 

gasket, the bolt spacing could be increased by 

about 20%. 

2. The maximum closing pressure, as a rule of 

thumb, should not exceed the minimum pressure 

by more than a 3:1 ratio. 

3. The minimum closing pressure with a solid 

elastomer moisture seal should not be less 

than 50 PSI (P min.). 

4. Modulus of elasticity for most metals (clamping 

bar) is greater than 10 PSI. 

5. Assume a maximum deflection of 0.010 inch 

(∆H). 

Then, maximum bolt spacing, C, becomes: 

Example: Aluminum clamping bar 1/8 inch thick 

(t) would require a center-to-center bolt spacing 

of 3-1/8 or less. 

SPECIFYING SHIELDING WINDOWS 

Sections 1 through 6 have provided methods by 

which the designer can establish minimum system 

need from shielding and optical clarity 

requirements. 

Table 3-1 summarizes the shielding range in dB 

and open area in percent (%) of three types of 

shielding screen materials. 

Table 4-1 tabulates maximum sizes, thickness 

and tolerances for standard glass and plastic optical 

substrates. 

Table 4-2 tabulates optical, mechanical, electrical, 

thermal and chemical/physical properties of standard 

optical substrate materials: plate glass, 

methyl methacrylate (acrylic), polycarbonate, and 

CR-39. 

Table 5-1 tabulates standard color transmission 

filters for plastic substrates. 

Table 7-1 summarizes standard features of the 

TECKNIT TECKSHIELD-F, and EMC-ECTC windows. 

Table 7-1 provides a suggested work sheet, which 

will aid TECKNIT Application Engineers in handling 

request for designing or ordering flat shielding 

windows. For curved shielding windows fully laminated 

or edges bonded, contact factory. Usually 

by consulting with the factory before the design 

stage can result in cost savings and performance 

enhancement for curved shielding windows. 

C = 15(t) 3/4 

Table 7-1 

TECKSHIELD-F 

(Fully Laminated) 

EMC-ECTC 

Maximum Size 32” x 54” 

(813mm x 1372mm) 

Shielding Material Woven Mesh or Transparent 

Knitted Mesh 

Conductive Coating 

Shielding Effectiveness (1GHz) >60 dB >30 dB 

Anti-Glare Finish (On Request) Yes Yes 

Anti-Reflection Coating (On Request) Yes Yes 

(HEOC) 

(One Side Only) 

(HEOC) 

Color Transmission Yes Yes 

Filters (On Request) (Ref. Table 5-1) (Ref. Table 5-1) 

Abrasive Resistant Yes Yes 

Coating 

(On Acrylic and Polycarbonate) 

Circular Polarizers Yes Yes 

(Fully Laminated) 

(Edge Bond) 


E-16

E. WINDOWS 




[SI Metric] 

ENGINEERING SPECIFICATIONS ES-71-01, 

TECKSHIELD WINDOWS – FLAT GLASS 

I OPTICAL QUALITY 

The finished window will meet the optical quality 

criteria with respect to any imperfections and 

defects as detailed below: 

A. Minor Imperfections 

1. Definition – Any one of the following conditions, 

exceeding 0.0001 square inches but 

not exceeding 0.0025 square inch area 

per defect and not exceeding 0.2 inch in 

its longest dimension, in the viewing area: 

a. embedded Particles 

b. air bubbles 

c. scratches 

d. wire screen defects 

2. Accept/Reject Criteria 

The window shall not have more than one 

such “imperfection” per 40 sq. in. of viewing 

area. 

B. Major Defects 

3. Definition – Any condition as described in 

Section A, but exceeding 0.0025 square 

inch in area or exceeding 0.2 inch in its 

longest dimension per defect in the viewing 

area. 

4. Accept/Reject Criteria 

Any “Major Defect” shall be cause for 

rejection. 

B. Specular Reflectance: When applied to substrate 

materials having indices of refraction of 

1.5 ± 0.04, the specular reflectance from a 

coated surface shall average less than 0.85% 

for an angle of incidence of 10º over the wavelength 

range of 450 to 650 nanometers. 

C. Coating Quality: The coating shall be uniform 

in quality and condition, clean, smooth, and 

free from foreign materials, and from physical 

imperfections and optical imperfections as 

follows: 

1. The coating shall show no evidence of flaking, 

peeling or blistering. 

2. The coating shall not contain blemishes, 

such as discoloration, stains, smears and 

streaks or show evidence of a cloudy or 

hazy appearance. 

3. The coating shall show no evidence of 

scratches, digs, or pinholes within a central 

area, which covers 60% of the overall 

viewing area. 

D. Abrasion Resistance: There shall be no visible 

damage to the coated surface when rubbed 15 

times with a standard rubber-pumice eraser 

under a force of 2 to 2-1/2 pounds. 

E. Humidity: Continuous exposure to 100% relative 

humidity at a temperature of 80º C. 

F. Operating and Storage Temperature Range: -55º 

to + 80ºC continuous. 

II ANTI REFLECTION COATING (HEOC) 

The multi-layer low-reflection coating will meet 

the minimum acceptable requirements for optical 

contrast enhancement when used for TECKNIT 

EMI shielding windows. 

A. Coated Area: Unless otherwise specified, glass 

elements shall be coated over their entire 

effective aperture, except for an allowable 

uncoated area with a maximum width of 0.060 

inch around edges. 

E-17 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 


E-18

E. WINDOWS 

ECTC 

Windows 


[SI Metric] 

ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE TRANSPARENT COATING 


ECTC WINDOWS are custom designed optical 

display panels produced by depositing a very thin 

electrically conductive transparent coating directly 

onto the surface of various optical substrate materials 

to provide high EMI shielding performance 

coupled with good light transmission properties. 


Applications of ECTC WINDOWS are found in 

equipment requiring visual displays where the 

viewing panel must also serve to reduce the radiated 

electromagnetic energy entering or leaving 

the device. 

SUBSTRATE MATERIALS 

Most transparent plastic and glass sheet material 

are suitable for ECTC coating. However, even 

those optical substrate materials with high quality 

surfaces, have minute surface imperfections 

which become more apparent after coating. In 

most applications these blemishes will not 

degrade the appearance of the finished window 

or the shielding performance. 

CONDUCTIVE COATING 

Standard ECTC coating has a nominal resistivity 

of 14.0 ohms per square and a light transmission 

of about 70 percent in the visible spectrum. 

Applying ECTC coatings to both surfaces of the 

optical substrate, increases shielding effectiveness 

by 6 to 10 dB, while reducing the optical 

transmission from 70 percent to about 50 percent. 

ECTC coatings are easily damaged by abrasion 

since “finger printing” from oils present in normal 

skin moisture are difficult to remove. In normal 

usage, the coating is applied to the inner surface 

of the window substrate which permits cleaning of 

the front surface with a commercial window 

cleaner. NOTE: Inspection, handling and installation 

personnel should use clean, lint-free cotton 

gloves when handling ECTC Windows. 



• Optical Substrate 

Acrylic: Acrylic sheet per Federal Specification 

L-P-391, Type 1, Grade C, clear (ASTM-D-4802). 

Glass: Glass sheet per Specification 

ASTM-C-1036, clear. 

Commercial Grade Polycarbonate 

• Conductive Coating: 

TECKNIT ECTC vacuum deposited thin metal film. 

Indium Tin Oxide coatings available upon request. 

• Busbar Termination: TECKNIT Silver Acrylic conductive 

coating. 

• Mounting Frame (when specified): Aluminum alloy 


• Coating 

Surface Resistivity: 14 ohms/square nominal 

(±4 ohms/square). 

• Temperature Range 

Acrylic: -67°F to 150°F [-55°C to 65°C]. 

Glass: -67°F to 167°F [-55°C to 85°C]. 

MATERIAL H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 

ECTC 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 

20 dB 90 dB 30 dB 

Tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test Method 

TSETS-01, which is based upon modified MIL- 

STD- 285. Typical values are based on a 5" 

square window. 

E-19 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

BUSBAR TERMINATION AND 

INTERFACE GASKETING 

The edges of ECTC WINDOWS are terminated 

with a border of highly conductive, silver busbar 

material. This conductive band serves two purposes: 

1. Provides a uniform current distribution. The 

busbar material has a very low surface resistivity 

when compared to the ECTC coating. 

2. Provides a more durable low impedance bearing 

surface than the ECTC coating alone. An 

interface gasket joins the ECTC window coating to 

the enclosure panel. 

The most widely used interface gasket is TECK- 

NIT CONSIL, silver-filled silicone rubber gaskets. 

These gaskets provide both environmental and 

electromagnetic sealing without damage to the 

busbar or coating. 

FRAMING AND MOUNTING 

Standard ECTC Windows can be mounted directly 

to the equipment panel or enclosure without an 

interface gasket using TECKNIT conductive 

epoxy. When using standard interface gasketing, 

TECKNIT standard framing is available. 

STANDARD OPTICAL SUBSTRATE MATERIAL 

Table 1. STANDARD THICKNESS (T) 

MATERIALS THICKNESS (T) TOLERANCE 

in. [mm] in. [mm] 

Acrylic .062 [1.52] ±.016 [0.41] 

.125 [3.18] ±.020 [0.51] 

Glass .090 [2.29] ±.020 [0.51] 

.125 [3.18] ±.020 [0.51] 

STANDARD WINDOW CONFIGURATION 

Figure 1. Window Dimensioning. 

*Continuous Busbar around periphery 

(TECKNIT Silver Acrylic Conductive Coating). 

STANDARD FRAME STYLES 

Figure 2. Frame Cross Section 

STANDARD FRAME DIMENSIONING 

Figure 3. Overall Frame Style 

STANDARD TOLERANCES 

Table 2. 

WINDOW 


A,B 18 in. [up to 457 mm] ±.031 [0.79] 

FRAME 

C,D,E,F,G 12 in. [up to 305 mm] ±.015 [0.38] 

12-18 in. [305 to 457 mm] ±.020 [0.50] 

K,L 12 in. [up to 102 mm] ±.015 [0.38] 

4-24 in. [102.1 to 610 mm] ±.031 [0.79] 

FRAME CROSS SECTION 

W,X 0-.750 in. [up to 19 mm] ±.010 [0.25] 

.750 -1.250 in. [19.1 to 31.8 mm] ±.012 [0.30] 

S,T .750 in. [up to 19 mm] ±.006 [0.15] 


ECTC Windows are custom designed to customer 

specifications and drawings. Customer drawings 

should provide dimensional data as suggested in 

Figure 3 such as overall size, viewing area, window 

size and thickness (dimensions AxB), type of 

edge termination and interface gasket, type frame 

by style number and special options. For assistance, 

contact your TECKNIT representative or 

factory engineer. 


E-20

E. WINDOWS 

Teckfilm 

TRANSPARENT CONDUCTIVE COATING ON POLYESTER FILM 


[SI Metric] 


TECKFILM is a highly conductive coating deposited 

on a transparent polyester film. It is available 

in rolls 30" wide. Usable width is 28". The conductive 

coating is overcoated with a ceramic type 

film which serves to increase visible light transmission 

and to provide a protective barrier that 

exhibits electrical conductivity through the layer. 

CONSIL ® -II silver filled silicone elastomer material 

is recommended between the TECKFILM and 

conductive mating surface as an interface gasket 

and an environmental seal between the enclosure 

and TECKFILM window panel assembly. 


TECKFILM is designed for electric and planewave 

shielding, grounding and static discharge applications. 

TECKFILM is used as a transparent, shielding 

panel for visual displays in instrumentation 

equipment, control panels, computer processing, 

printers, peripheral equipment and large electrode 

displays as a grounding shield. 

MOUNTING TECHNIQUES 

Various methods of mounting are as follows: 

1. Affixed to conductive mating surface with 

clamps or bonded with TECKNIT Two-Part RTV 

Silver Silicone Adhesive Sealant (Part No. 72- 

00036). 

2. Mounted between a substrate and conductive 

mounting surface with or without the aid of edge 

bonding to the substrate. 

NOTE: TECKFILM conductive surface can be 

marred if handled excessively. 


TECKNIT TECKFILM Shielding Effectiveness has 

been tested in accordane with TECKNIT Test 

Method TSETS-01 which is based upon modified 

MIL-STD- 285. Typical shielding effectiveness values 

are based on a 5" square window. 



• Substrate: Polyester film .005 in. [0.13mm] thick, clear and colorless. 

• Conductive Coating: Vacuum deposited thin metal film with 

protective ceramic coating. 

• Standard Bulk Material 

Part Number: 70-00117 


• Substrate and Coating 

Surface Resistivity: 14 ohms/square (nominal) 

(±4 ohms/square). 

Visible Light Transmission: 70 to 80%. 

Temperature Range: -76°F to 300°F [-60°C to 150°C]. 


Fabricated and rule die cut window shapes up 

to 28" wide can be supplied. Contact your 

TECKNIT area representative or factory engineer 

for assistance. 

MATERIAL H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 

100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 

TECKFILM 20 dB 90 dB 30 dB 

E-21 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

Teckshield ® -F 

HIGH PERFORMANCE EMC WINDOWS 


TECKSHIELD-F high-performance fully laminated 

flat windows are specially designed to provide 

optimum optical transmission and EMI shielding 

in severe interference environments. TECK- 

SHIELD-F windows have proven to be effective in 

TEMPEST qualified Visual Display Units, as well 

as in printers and enclosures requiring large viewing 

apertures. A special low-resistance mesh is 

laminated between two layers of glass or acrylic. 

The edge termination between the window mesh 

and the enclosure is designed to provide uniform 

mesh-to-enclosure continuity around the entire 

perimeter of the shielding aperture. 

FEATURES 

• Full lamination provides rugged construction, 

prevents moisture intrusion or entrapment 

between optical layers, enhances optical contrast 

by elimination of two optical media-to- air 

interfaces. 

• High shielding performance of large viewing 

apertures at a broad range of frequencies. 

• Minimum optical distortion of viewed display. 

• Design options include color filters and polarizers 

for contrast enhancement, which permit 

flexibility in matching optical and shielding 

requirements to specific applications. 


TECKSHIELD-F high-performance flat windows 

are designed for enclosures requiring superior 

shielding against EMI radiation or susceptibility. 

They provide maximum EMI protection and high 

optical clarity for teleprinters, digital, graphic, and 

other flat displays. TECKSHIELD-F windows can 

also be economically matched to most visual display 

units to minimize image distortion and to 

maximize shielding effectiveness. 


MESH H-FIELD E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 

SCREEN 100 KHZ 10 MHZ 1 GHZ 10 GHZ 

100 OPI 55 dB 120 dB 60 dB 40 dB 

145 OPI 55 dB 120 dB 80 dB 45 dB 



• Standard Optical Media 

Glass: Per Specification ASTM-C-1036, Type 1, Class 1. 

Acrylic: Per Federal Specification L-P-391, Type 1, Grade C 

(ASTM-D-4802). 

• Optical Media Options 

Acrylic Colors: See Table 2. 

Anti-Reflection Coatings: 

Non-Glare Coating (Matte Finish). 

High Efficiency Anti-Reflection Coating 

(Less than 0.6% Reflection). 

• Mesh Screen 

100 OPI: Blackened Copper Mesh 0.0022" Wire Diameter, 

60% Open Area. 

145 OPI: Blackened Copper Mesh 0.0022" Wire Diameter, 

45% Open Area. 

Interface Gasket: Copper Mesh Wrap-Around Termination. 

See Figure 2. 

Duogasket: See Figure 3. 

Busbar Termination: Tecknit Silver Acrylic Conductive 

Coating (Fig. 5) 


• Operating & Storage Temperature 

Glass: -67°F to 176°F [-55°C to 80°C] 

Acrylic: -67°F to 140°F [-55°C to 60°C] 

Tested in accordance with TECKNIT Test Method 

TSETS-01, which is based upon modified MIL- 

STD-285. Typical Shielding Effectiveness values 

are based on a 5" square window. 


E-22

E. WINDOWS 


[SI Metric] 

STANDARD WINDOW CONSTRUCTION 

Standard TECKSHIELD-F fully laminated window 

construction consists of: (a) Standard mesh 

screen, blackened and laminated between (b) 

two layers of standard optical medium (clear and 

colorless see Fig. 1), and with (c) an interfacial 

gasket (copper mesh wrap around or Duogasket) 

to provide electrical continuity between the window 

mesh and equipment enclosure. The 

Duogasket consists of an environmental seal 

and an EMI gasket seal. 

Standard window thicknesses are 0.205 in. 

[5.2 mm] for glass substrates and 0.145 in. 

[3.68 mm] for acrylic substrates. 

using TECKNIT conductive epoxy to establish 

an electrical bond to the enclosure. Additional 

mechanical clips may be required to locate and 

mechanically secure the window to the enclosure. 

STANDARD TOLERANCES Table 1. 

WINDOW 


A,B 18 in. [up to 457 mm] ±0.031 [0.79] 

FRAME DIMENSION 

C,D,E,F,G up to 12 in. [305 mm] 

12 to 18 in. [305-457 mm] 

±0.015 [0.38] 

±0.020 [0.50] 

K,L up to 4 in. [102 mm] 

4 to 24 in. [102.1-610 mm] 

±0.015 [0.38] 

±0.031 [0.79] 

FRAME CROSS SECTION 

W,X up to 0 - .750 in. [19 mm] 

.750 to1.250 in. [19.1-31.8 mm] 

±0.010 [0.25] 

±0.012 [0.30] 

S,T up to 0.750 in. [19 mm] ±0.006 [0.15] 

E-23 

FRAMING AND MOUNTING 

Standard TECKSHIELD-F windows may be 

mounted directly to the equipment enclosure utilizing 

the recommended interface gasket termination 

shown in Figs. 2, 3, 4 and 5. When specifying 

a finished mounting frame for the standard 

window thickness shown in Fig. 1, provide a 

drawing of the frame as shown in Fig. 6 using the 

TECKNIT styles shown in Fig. 2-5. 

In some instances, standard TECKSHIELD-F windows 

may be mounted directly to the equipment 

enclosure without an interface Duogasket by 

ACRYLIC COLOR TRANSMISSION FILTERS 

Table 2. 

Red Amber Yellow Green Blue Gray 

2423 2422 2208 2092 2069 2514 


TECKSHIELD-F high-performance windows are 

custom designed to customer specifications. 

Drawings should be provided that show dimensional 

data such as overall dimensions, mounting 

hole dimensions, desired viewing area, window 

and frame thickness (when required), type of 

edge terminations and interface gasket, type of 

frame or bezel and special options. For assistance 



Teckshield ® -F Polycarbonate Windows 

FEATURES 

• 80% open area-best light transmission of all 

Tecknit woven window meshes. 

• Available as thin as .053" [1.35]. 

• -60°F to 158°F [-55°C to 70°C] operating 

temperature. 

• All standard Tecknit EMI terminations available. 



100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 

80 OPI SS 35 dB 85dB 42 dB 30 dB 

100 OPI SS 40 dB 105 dB 52 dB 35 dB 



• Mesh Screen: Blackened 304 stainless steel, .001" dia., 

80 or 100 openings per inch. 

• Standard Substrate: Polycarbonate, clear & colorless. 

• Available Upon Request 

UL-94VO-rated polycarbonate 

Abrasion resistant & anti-glare coatings 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

E. WINDOWS 

Teckshield® -F 

Allycarbonate Windows 

ALLYCARBONATE EMI SHIELDED WINDOWS 

PHYSICAL & OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF 

MONOMER CASTING MEDIUM 


-60ºCto 100ºC 

-60ºC to 130ºC (1 Hour Duration) 

Rockwell Hardness (M): 

97 ASTM Test Method (D 785) 

Visible Transmission %: 

93.3 ASTM Test Method (D1003) 

Tecknit Allylcarbonate shielded windows are manufactured 

by casting a woven EMI shield mesh 

into a material that has optical properties similar 

to that of glass. The window offers a lightweight, 

cost effective alternative to traditional glass laminated 

shielded windows and is a more flexible 

material to machine, making it more suited to 

meet the changing design demands that are part 

of modern electronics. 

Available Standard Shielding Mesh Types 

50 OPI - Blackened stainless steel woven screen 0.001 

inch diameter wire 

100 OPI - Blackened stainless steel woven screen 0.001 

inch diameter wire 

100 OPI - Blackened copper woven screen 0.002 inch 

diameter wire 

Shielding Performance of Mesh Screens 


100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 

50 OPI 16db 45db 56db 36db 

100 OPI 40db 105db 52db 35db 

100 OPI 55db 120db 60db 40db 

Note: (OPI Number of openings per inch of woven screen) 

Some examples of shielding screens also available as a non-standard are, 

80 OPI and 150 OPI woven materials, however lead times for these products 

may vary. Please contact our Sales Office. 

Allylcarbonace windows are ideally suited to 

applications where there is a requirement to 

shield displays or visual apertures. Windows are 

machined using computerised programming 

technology This offers a facility to accurately 

engrave data or drill mounting holes into the window 

itself. 

The windows operate in a very broad temperature 

range and have a high resistance to abrasion and 

most acids and solvents. The window product is 

ideally suited to many applications and is now 

supplied throughout a broad range of companies 

in military and Commercial Industries. 

FEATURES 

• 80% open area-best light transmission of all 

Tecknit woven window meshes. 

• Available as thin as .053" [1.35]. 

• -60°F to 158°F [-55°C to 70°C] operating 

temperature. 

• All standard Tecknit EMI terminations available. 

• Cast Material Supplied as a Standard 

.079” [2mm] to .236” [6mm] thick 

Clear or medium-grade matte finish 


E-24

F. AIR VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 

Section F: 

Air Vent Panels 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

TECKCELL - A AND PARACELL (Aluminum Honeycomb Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F1 - F4 

TECKCELL - S/B (Steel and Brass Honeycomb Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F5 - F6 

TECKSCELL - A (LP) (Low Profile, Aluminum, Shielding Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F7 - F8 

TECKSCREEN - A (Dust Arresting EMI Shielding Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F9 - F10 

TECKAIRE ® (Low Profile Dust and EMI Filtering Air Vent Panels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .F11 - F12 



Teckcell -A & Paracell 

ALUMINUM HONEYCOMB AIR VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 


Standard TECKCELL air vent panels are constructed 

of aluminum honeycomb installed in an 

extruded aluminum frame. The “waveguide” style 

construction of the honeycomb provides high EMI 

shielding effectiveness combined with the highest 

airflow of any vent medium. Standard honeycomb 

cell size is 0.125 in.[3.2mm] wide by 0.50 in. 

[12.7mm] deep. Tin or electroless nickel plating 

may be used to improve shielding and environmental 

effectiveness. 

PARACELL shielding air vent panels are constructed 

of two parallel aluminum honeycomb 

medium layers installed in an extruded aluminum 

frame. Each layer of honeycomb is oriented 90° 

to each other (Fig. 1). This eliminates the polarization 

characteristics of straight honeycomb by 

greatly improving shielding effectiveness (with 

some compromise in air flow). Standard honeycomb 

cell size for each layer is .125 in. [3.2 mm] 

wide by .25 in. [6.4 mm] deep, yielding a total 

thickness of .500 in. [12.7 mm]. The panels may 

be plated with a chromate conversion coating for 

environmental protection. The PARACELL construction 

does not require tin or nickel plating for 

improved shielding effectiveness. 


TECKCELL-A and PARACELL air vent panels are 

furnished ready to install with standard framing 

and EMI shielding gaskets. For surface mounted 

applications use frame style 21 (Fig. 4) with a 

DUOGASKET. For recessed applications use 

frame style 23 (Fig. 5) with a TECKNIT STRIP 

GASKET. The DUOGASKET is made of neoprene 

sponge and knitted copper clad steel. The STRIP 

GASKET consists of knitted copper clad steel 

mesh. Panels with a length or width exceeding 

24in. [610mm] need cross braces. 

For special applications round TECKCELL-A vent 

panels are available (Fig. 6). The frames are 

made of spun aluminum. Where the construction 

must be drip proof, aluminum honeycomb is 

available slanted downward at 30°, 45° and 60° 

(Figs. 7, 8). 

Flexible .125 in. [3.2 mm] thick polyurethane filter 

foam is available for TECKCELL-A and PARA- 

CELL panels to filter out dust particles (frame 

style 21 only). Based on specifications from the 

Air Filter Institute filter foam provides an average 

arrestance of 50%. In designs requiring special 

framing, supply a sketch and/or contact your representative 

or the factory. 

If greater structural support is required or severe 

environmental conditions exist, steel honeycomb 

or brass honeycomb is recommeded. 



• Frame 

Aluminum alloy: 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9 

(ASTM-B-221). 

• Honeycomb 

Aluminum alloy: 5052 Grade B, per MIL-C-7438. 

• EMI Gasket (1) 

Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe/ (tin coated, copper-clad steel) 

wire per ASTM B-520. 

Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per MIL-R-6130, Type II, 

Grade A, Condition Medium (ASTM-D-6576) 

• Threaded Inserts (2) 

Steel alloy, cadmium plated, 6-32 UNC-2B or 8-32 

UNC-2B 

FINISH DESCRIPTION 

• Chromate: Trivalent Chromium Coating in compliance 

with the EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC. 

• Options 

Tin (3) : Tin plate per MIL-T-10727, Type 1 (ASTM-D-545). 

Nickel: Electroless Nickel plate per MIL-C-26074A, 

Class 1, Grade B (SAE-AMS-C-26074). 

Chromate: Chromate conversion coating per 

MIL-C-5541, Class 1 A or 3A. 

(1) Reference DUOGASKET Data or Tecknit Strips Data. (2) Threaded 

inserts available on request. (3) Frame requires drain holes for plating. 

F-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKNIT TECKCELL-A and PARACELL shielding 

effectiveness has been tested in accordance with 

Tecknit Test Method TSETS-01 and is based on 

modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values for a 5 in. 

square panel are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

PLATING dB dB dB dB 

Chromate 40 80 60 40 

Tin 70 125 105 85 

Nickel 80 135 115 95 


PARACELL 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 


Chromate 65 110 95 85 

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR TECKCELL-A 

AND PARACELL PANELS 

Ref. Figures 1 and 2 

FRAME 

FEATURE DIMENSION TOLERANCE 

0-8 in. [0-200mm] ±.015 in. [±0.38mm] 

LW 8-24 in. [201-610mm] ±.031 in. [±0.76mm] 

>24 in. [Over 610mm] ±.062 in. [±1.57mm] 

Hole/Fastener 

Locations C,D,E,F ±.015 in. [± 0.38 mm] 

Hole Diameter All ±.005 in. [± 0.13 mm] 

Frame 

Cross Section All ±.010 in. [± 0.25 mm] 

EMI GASKET* 

Mesh: 

Height & up to 187 in. [4.75 mm] + .016, - 0 in. 

Width 

[+ 0.41, - 0 mm] 

Elastomer: 

Height up to .100 in. [2.54 mm] ±.016 in. [0.41 mm] 

Width up to .500 in. [12.7 mm] ± .031 in. [0.79mm 

Figure 1. 90º Oriented Paracell Panel Figure 2. Vent Panel Frame Dimensions (Ref.Table 1.) 


TECKCELL-A PANEL FRAME STYLE 21 DIMENSIONS 

Table I. (Ref. Figure 2) 

NUMBER OF 

TECKNIT** 

OPENING AREA FRAME DIMENSION FASTENERS PART NO. 

in.2 [cm2] AxB (Ref) WxL C D E F W L Std. 8.32 Std. .204 No Holes 

(Ref) in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] in. [mm] Side Side Fasteners Dia. Holes or Fasteners 

4 [25.81] 2x2 [50.8x50.8] 3x3 [76.2x76.2] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] - - 1 1 60-70929 60-02052 60-02002 

9 [58.06] 3x3 [76.2x76.2] 4x4 [101.6x101.6] 1.750 [44.45] 1.750 [44.45] - - 1 1 60-70200 60-02053 60-02003 

15 [96.77] 3x5 [76.2x127.0] 4x6 [101.6x152.4] 1.750 [44.45] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 2 60-70201 60-02054 60-02004 

16 [103.23] 4x4 [101.6x101.6] 5x5 [127.0x127.0] 2.250 [57.15] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 2 60-70204 60-02055 60-02005 

21 [135.48] 3x7 [76.2x177.8] 4x8 [101.6x203.2 1.750 [44.45] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 3 60-70202 60-02056 60-02006 

24 [154.84] 4x6 [101.6x152.4] 5x7 [127.0x177.8] 2.250 [57.15] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 2 60-70205 60-02057 60-02007 

25 [161.29] 5x5 [127.0x127.0] 6x6 [152.4x152.4] 1.000 [25.40] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 2 60-70207 60-02058 60-02008 

33 [212.91] 3x11 [76.2x279.4] 4x12 [101.6x304.8] 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 4 60-70203 60-02059 60-02009 

35 [225.81] 5x7 [127.0x177.8] 6x8 [152.4x203.2] 1.250 [31.75] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 2 3 60-70208 60-02060 60-02010 

36 [232.26] 6x6 [152.4x152.4] 7x7 [177.8x177.8] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 2 60-70211 60-02061 60-02011 

36 [232.26] 4x9 [101.6x228.6] 5x10 [127.0x254.0] 2.250 [57.15] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 3 60-70206 60-02062 60-02012 

42 [270.97] 3x14 [76.2x355.6] 4x15 [101.6x381.0 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] - 1 5 60-71042 60-02063 60-02013 

48 [309.68] 3x16 [76.2x406.4] 4x17 [101.6x431.8] 1.750 [44.45] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] - 1 5 60-71043 60-02064 60-02014 

49 [316.13] 7x7 [177.8x177.8] 8x8 [203.2x203.2] 2.000 [50.80] .750 [19.05] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-70214 60-02065 60-02015 

54 [348.39] 6x9 [152.4x228.6] 7x10 [177.8x254.0] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-70212 60-02066 60-02016 

55 [354.84] 5x11 [127.0x279.4] 6x12 [152.4x304.8] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 4 60-70209 60-02067 60-02017 

63 [406.45] 7x9 [177.8x225.6] 8x10 [203.2x254.0] 2.000 [50.80] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 3 60-71044 60-02068 60-02018 

70 [451.61] 5x14 [127.0x355.6] 6x15 [152.4x381.0] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.500 [88.90] 2 5 60-71045 60-02069 60-02019 

77 [496.77] 7x11 [177.8x279.4] 8x12 [203.2x304.8] .750 [19.05] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 3 4 60-70215 60-02070 60-02020 

78 [503.22] 6x13 [152.4x330.0] 7x14 [177.8x355.6] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.01] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 2 4 60-70213 60-02071 60-02021 

81 [522.58] 9x9 [228.6x228.6] 10x10 [254.0x254.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 3 3 60-70217 60-02072 60-02022 

85 [548.39] 5x17 [127.0x431.8] 6x18 [152.4x457.2] 1.000 [25.40] 1.250 [31.75] 3.750 [95.25] 3.500 [88.90] 2 5 60-70210 60-02073 60-02023 

91 [587.10] 7x13 [177.8x330.2] 8x14 [203.2x355.6] .750 [19.05] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 3 4 60-71046 60-02074 60-02024 

105 [677.42] 7x15 [177.8x381.0] 8x16 [203.2x406.4] .750 [19.05] 1.250 [31.75] 3.250 [82.55] 3.000 [76.20] 3 5 60-70216 60-02075 60-02025 

117 [754.84] 9x13 [228.6x330.2] 10x14 [254.0x355.6] 1.250 [31.75] 1.500 [38.10] 3.500 [88.90] 3.500 [88.90] 3 4 60-70218 60-02076 60-02026 

121 [780.64] 11x11 [274.4x279.4] 12x12 [304.8x304.8] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 4 4 60-70220 60-02077 60-02027 

153 [987.09] 9x17 [228.6x431.8] 10x18 [254.0x457.2] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.750 [95.25] 3.500 [88.90] 3 5 60-70219 60-02078 60-02028 

165 [1,064.51] 11x15 [279.4x381.0] 12x16 [304.8x406.4] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.250 [82.55] 3.000 [76.20] 4 5 60-70221 60-02079 60-02029 

196 [1.264.51] 14x14 [355.6x355.6] 15x15 [381.0x381.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 5 5 60-71047 60-02080 60-02030 

209 [1,348.38] 11x19 [279.4x482.6] 12x20 [304.8x508.0] 1.250 [31.75] 1.000 [25.40] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 4 6 60-70222 60-02081 60-02031 

253 [1,632.25] 11x23 [279.4x584.2] 12x24 [304.8x609.6] 1.250 [31.75] 1.250 [31.75] 3.500 [88.90] 3.000 [76.20] 4 7 60-70223 60-02082 60-02032 

324 [2,090.32] 18x18 [457.2x457.2] 19x19 [482.6x482.6] 1.750 [44.45] 1.750 [44.45] 3.000 [76.20] 3.000 [76.20] 6 6 60-71048 60-02083 60-02033 

**To order standard TECKCELL-A Panels with Filter Foam, change third digit to a 3 (60-3XXXX) 


F-2


Teckcell -A & Paracell cont. 


[SI Metric] 

FRAME STYLE 21 

Figure 4. CIRCULAR PANELS 

Figure 6. 


Figure 5. 

FRAME STYLE 23: For T=.500in., V=10.03 [.395], R=18.54 [.73] 

For T=.750in. and 1.00in., V=9.53 [.375], R=19.05 [.75] 

TECKCELL-A RAINSHIELD 

PARACELL RAINSHIELD 

Figure 7. Figure 8. 

F-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


HONEYCOMB CORE SELECTOR 

TECKCELL-A AND PARACELL 

AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS 

Figure 9. 

Table 2. 

Code Cell Width Cell Depth Foil Thickness 

No. (W) in. [mm] (T) in.[mm] (tf) 

CS 1 .125 [3.18] .500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04] 

CS 2 .125 [3.18] .750 [19.05] .0015 [0.04] 

CS 3 .125 [3.18] 1.000 [25.40] .0015 [0.04] 

CS 8 .250 [6.35] 1.000 [25.40] .003 [0.08] 

CS 9 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04] 

30° slant 

CS 10 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04] 

45° slant 

CS 11 .125 [3.18] *.500 [12.70] .0015 [0.04] 

60° slant 

*Cell depth is variable depending on angle. Honeycomb thickness 

is .500 in. [12.7 mm] 

For filter foam use suffix “F” at the end of the honeycomb core 

selector code number (see Table 2). Standard foam color is charcoal 

gray. (Example call-out: CS1F) 

FINISH SELECTOR 

Table 3. 

Code No. 

FS1 

FS2 

FS5 

FS6 

Finish 

No Finish 

Chromate Conversion Coating 

Tin Plate 

Electroless Nickel Plate 

NOTE: To determine AIR FLOW, divide total air flow (CMF) delivered by the 

number of square inches (AxB) of the vent panel to find CFM/ sq. in. From 

this value, determine the static pressure drop across the vent panel. The 

reverse operation can be used to limit the static pressure drop to a given 

value by selecting the proper size vent panel (dimensions A & B) and limiting 

the CFM/sq. in. 


To order Tecknit aluminum honeycomb air vent 

panels, the following information should be provided: 

Teckcell-A or Paracell type panels, overall 

dimensions, frame style, honeycomb core, finish 

and mounting provisions (see Tables 2, 3, 4). 

PANEL HOLE OR FASTENER SELECTOR 

Table 4. 

Code No. 

HF1 

HF2 

HF3 

HF4 

Hole and Fastener Information 

No holes or fasteners in frame 

Panel with .204 in. [5.18 mm] dia. through holes. 

Panel with 8-32 blind fasteners 

Panel with 6-32 blind fasteners 


F-4


Teckcell -S/B 

STEEL AND BRASS HONEYCOMB AIR VENT PANELS HIGH PERFORMANCE VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKCELL-S/B high-performance vent panels are 

made of a framed honeycomb medium to ensure 

optimum shielding and ventilation. The panels are 

framed and gasketed to provide ready-to-install 

honeycomb panel assemblies. TECKCELL-S/B 

panels are available in two honeycomb media, 

steel or brass, and two standard framing styles. 

Standard honeycomb cell size is 0.125 in. [3.2 

mm] wide by 0.500 in. [12.7 mm] deep. The 

panels can be plated with tin, cadmium or nickel 

for environmental protection. Optional framing 

styles and media sizes are available on special 

order. 


TECKCELL-S/B steel and brass panels are used 

on electronic equipment enclosures that require 

highest EMI shielding effectiveness for the most 

demanding requirements. These panels are used 

in military shelters and equipment where EMP 

shielding or TEMPEST requirements are specified. 

For extreme environmental conditions such 

as harsh fumes and salt spray, use brass honeycomb 

air vent panels. 


TECKNIT TECKCELL-S/B PANELS Shielding 



modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values for a 5" 

square panel are given below. 


TECKCELL S/B 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 


Tin 85 135+ 115 110 



• Frame 

Teckcell-Steel: SAE 1010 

Teckcell-Brass: Alloy 260 

• Honeycomb 

Teckcell-Steel: Per QQ-S-698, Alloy C-1010 

Teckcell-Brass: Per QQ-B-613 (ASTM-B-36), 

Alloy 260 


Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper-clad 

steel) wire per ASTM B-520. 

Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per 

MIL-R-6130, Type II, Grade A, Cond. Med. 


Tin (2) : Tin plate per MIL-T-10727, Type 1. 

(ASTM-B-545) 

Nickel: Electroless Nickel plate per 

MIL-C-26074A, Class 1, Grade B. 

(SAE-AMS-C-26074) 

PERFORMANCE 

• Temperature Range: 

Teckcell-Steel: -80°F to 400°F [-63°C to 204°C] 

Teckcell-Brass: -80°F to 400°F [-63°C to 

204°C] 

(1) Reference Duogasket Data Sheet. Optional mesh material available. 

(2) Requires drain holes for plating. 

F-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD FRAMES-STEEL (Style 41, 43) 

STANDARD FRAMES-BRASS (Style 51, 53) 

Figure 1. Frame Dimensions. 

Note (1): Duogaskets have U slots at fastener or hole locations. 

Note (2): Drain holes are standard on plated panels. 

TECKCELL-S/B AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS 

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES FOR 

TECKCELL-S/B PANELS 

FRAME 


0-8 in.[0-203 mm] ±.015 in.[0.38 mm] 

A 8-24 in.[203-610 mm] ±.032 in.[0.76 mm] 

>24 in.[over 610 mm] ±.062 in.[1.57 mm] 

Hole/Fastener 

Locations B ±.015 in.[0.38 mm] 

Hole Diameter All ±.005 in.[0.13 mm] 

Frame All ±.010 in.[0.25 mm] 

Cross Section 

EMI GASKET* 


Mesh Height up to .188 in. +.016, -0 in. 

& Width [4.78 mm] [+0.41, -0 mm] 

CUSTOM OPTIONS 

Framing - For panels requiring alternate frame 

designs supply a drawing for part number assignment. 

Honeycomb Media - Standard cell size is 0.125" x 

0.500" [3.17 mm wide by 12.7 mm deep]. Cell 

sizes other than standard, such as 0.250 in. 

[6.34 mm] wide by 1.00 in. [25.4 mm] deep, are 

also available to provide improved shielding 

and/or air flow. 

Mounting holes - Panels can be provided with 

hole patterns to customer specifications. 

Note: To determine AIR FLOW divide total air flow (CFM) delivered by the 

number of square inches (AxB) of the vent panel to find CFM/ sq. in. From 

this value, determine the static pressure drop across the vent panel. The 

reverse operation can be used to limit the static pressure drop to a given 

value by selecting the proper size vent panel (dimensions A & B) and limiting 

the CFM/sq. in. 


TECKCELL-S/B air vent panels specifications 

should include: frame style and dimensions, core 

material, frame and core finish, and mounting 

provisions. Customer panels using materials and 

finishes, other than those called out on this data 

sheet, should include appropriate material specifications 

and detailed dimensional data. For assistance 

contact your nearest TECKNIT representative 



F-6


Teckcell -A (LP) 

LOW PROFILE, ALUMINUM, SHIELDING AIR VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKCELL-A (LP) panels have been developed by 

Tecknit to satisfy the need for a thin, low cost, 

EMI shielding vent panel that does not compromise 

shielding performance. 

These new vents utilize .250" [6.35 mm] thick 

honeycomb (.125" [3.2 mm] cell width) and dispel 

the belief that honeycomb shielding panels 

are an expensive solution, limited to military grade 

shielding problems. They provide excellent air 

flow and EMI shielding performance for commercial 

and low profile applications. These cost effective 

panels are available with the following gasket 

materials. 

• Beryllium copper fingers for EMI protection. 

• Oriented wires in silicone for EMI protection and 

environmental sealing. 


Shielding effectiveness has been tested in accordance 

with TECKNIT test method TSETS-01, 

based upon modified MIL-STD-285. Typical values 


E-FIELD PLANE WAVE 

TECKCELL A 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 

dB dB dB 

Be/Cu Gasket 70 50 30 

Elastomet 60 40 25 



• Frame: Aluminum alloy 6063-T1 per QQ-A-200/9 

(ASTM-B-221). 

• Honeycomb: Aluminum alloy 5052 Grade B, Class 2 

per MIL-C-7438. 

• EMI Gaskets 

Beryllium Copper Fingerstock: 55-45000 

Elastomet: Monel wires in solid silicone rubber. 


• Standard: Trivalent Chromium Coating in compliance 

with the EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC. 

• Optional: Tin plate per MIL-T-10727 Type 1 (ASTM)-B- 

545). Electroless nickel-plate per MIL-C-26074A, Class 1, 

Grade B (SAE-AMS-C-26074). 

Chromate conversion coating per MIL-C-5541, Class 1A 

or 3A. 

F-7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


DIMENSIONS FOR LOW PROFILE TECKCELL-A VENT PANELS 

PART NUMBERS 

DIMENSIONS 

GASKETING 

L C Be/Cu Elastomet 

± .015" [0.38 mm] ± .010" [0.25 mm] 

2.36 [59.94] 1.97 [50.03] 60-40001 60-40011 

3.14 [79.75] 2.81 [71.37] 60-40002 60-40012 

3.62 [91.94] 3.25 [82.55] 60-40003 60-40013 

4.69 [119.12] 4.13 [104.90] 60-40004 60-40014 


To order TECKCELL-A (LP) air vent panels, simply 

specify the standard items by the part numbers 

listed on this page. For custom sizes or any 

special air vent requirements, please contact the 

factory. 


F-8


Teckscreen 

DUST ARRESTING EMI SHIELDING AIR VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKSCREEN Panels consist of three layers of 

aluminum wire screen sandwiched between rigid 

expanded metal and installed within a frame. 

Standard TECKSCREEN panels are available with 

an EMI gasket on the panel frame to provide a 

superior shielding interface. TECKSCREEN Panels 

are an alternative to panels with honeycomb constructions. 


TECKSCREEN Panels are used in applications 

requiring both EMI shielding and an air filter 

medium for ventilation or inlet cooling. Typical 

applications include electronic equipment enclosures, 

mobile military control stations, and shielding 

rooms. Most standard air fans or blower packages 

can be mounted behind TECKSCREEN 

Panels. TECKSCREEN Panels have been evaluated 

for their air flow characteristics. Results of 

these tests for a filter face area of 1.0 ft.2 [0.09 

m2] are shown below in Figure 1. 

Figure 1. Air Filtration 




(ASTM-B-221). 

• Expanded Metal Screen: Aluminum alloy 

3003-H14 per ASTM B-209 

• Wire Screen: Aluminum 5154 alloy wire fabric. 


Wire Mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper clad steel) 


Elastomer: Neoprene sponge per MIL-R-6130, Type II, 

Grade A, Condition Medium. (ASTM-D-6576) 

• Blind Fastener (2) : Steel alloy, cadmium plated 

6-32 UNC-2B or 8-32 UNC-2B 


• Chromate (3) : Trivalent Chromium conversion coating in 

compliance with EU RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC. 

(1) Reference Duogasket or Tecknit Strip Data Sheet 

(2) Threaded inserts are available on request 

(3) For other finishes contact Tecknit. 

Note: Rated Capacity, 320 ft.3/min. [9m3/min.]. Dust holding capacity 12.1 

grams. Average Arrestance 20.2%. 

F-9 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD FRAMING AND MOUNTING DESIGNS 

Specially designed aluminum extrusions can be 

manufactured into frames to provide convenient 

mounting assemblies. TECKSCREEN panels may 

be mounted over or through openings in equipment 

enclosures. Panels with standard extrusions 

are supplied with a TECKNIT EMI gasket already 

installed. Requirements for holes, studs or 

threaded inserts should be included when specifying 

panels. 


Figure 2. 


Figure 3. 


TECKNIT TECKSCREEN Shielding Effectiveness 



MILSTD-285. Typical values for a 5" square panel 



TECKSCREEN 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 


Chromate 70 120 80 60 

TECKSCREEN PANELS 

DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCE 

FRAME 


Length up to 8 in. [203 mm] ±.015 in. [0.4 mm] 

& Width 8-24 in. [203-610 mm] ±.031 in. [0.8 mm] 

Over 24 in. [ 611 mm] ±.060 in. [1.6 mm] 

Hole 

Locations ALL ±.015 in.[0.4 mm] 

Hole 

Diameters ALL ±.005 in. [0.13 mm] 

Frame 

Cross Sections ALL ±.010 in. [0.25 mm] 

EMI GASKETS 


Mesh: 

Height Up to .125 in. + .016, - 0 in. 

& Width [3.18 mm] [0.41, 0 mm] 

Elastomer: 

Height Up to .100 in. [2.54 mm] ±.016 in. [0.41 mm] 

Width Up to .500 in. [12.7 mm] ±.031 in. [0.79 mm] 


When ordering TECKSCREEN Air Vent Panels, 

specifications should include: frame style number, 

overall frame and opening dimensions, air 

flow direction, hole locations and fastener requirements. 

For specifications assistance, contact your 


location. 


F-10


Teckaire ® 

LOW PROFILE DUST AND EMI FILTERING AIR VENT PANELS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKAIRE panels are made of a viscous impingement 

filter medium framed within an aluminum 

extrusion. They are extremely low profile vents 

and require only .2 in. [5 mm] of inside enclosure 

depth. TECKAIRE panels combine excellent dust 

arrestance and shielding properties with minimal 

restriction of air flow. They are available with an 

EMI gasket on the panel frame to provide a superior 

shielding interface. Maximum overall size of 

TECKAIRE panels is 12x25 in. [305x610 mm] 

requiring cross braces to reinforce the frame. 


TECKAIRE panels are used on electronic equipment 

enclosures and shielded rooms. They are 

especially suited for applications requiring a 

shielding vent panel of minimum depth. TECK- 

AIRE panels will perform under harsh environmental 

conditions and meet MIL-E-5272C, 

Section 4.6, salt spray test. 

AIR FLOW CHARACTERISTICS 

(WITH VISCOUS FILTER COATING) 

At the rated air velocity of 355 feet per minute, 

the pressure drop through TECKAIRE with viscous 

filter coating is less than .22 in W.G. [55 

Pascals]. At this velocity, average dust arrestance 

is 45% with about 12 grams of dust retained for 

each 1 ft.2[0.093 m2] of filter area. Standard 

TECKAIRE Filters are supplied without a viscous 

impingement coating. When specified, TECKAIRE 

TECKAIRE AIRFLOW AND 

FILTRATION CHARACTERISTICS 

Figure 1. 

Filters will be furnished with a viscous impingement 

coating consisting of a water soluble film of 

hydrocarbon oil. Dust saturated filters may be 

washed in water, recoated, and returned to 

service. 




(ASTM-B-221). 

• Filter Medium: Aluminum alloy 1145-H-19, 

with interlayer polyethylene binder. 

• EMI Gasket 

Wire mesh: Sn/Cu/Fe (tin coated, copper clad steel) 


Viscous Filter Coating (1) : Water soluable hydrocarbon 

oil film. 


• Chromate: Trivalent Chromium conversion coating in 

compliance with Eu RoHS Directive 2002/95/EC. 

(1) Upon request the panels are coated with a viscous 

impingement coating. 

F-11 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


VENT PANEL FRAME DIMENSIONING 

Figure 2. 


Figure 3. 

FRAME STYLE 133A 

Figure 4. 

FRAME 


Length up to 8 in. [203 mm] ±.015 in. [0.4 mm] 

& Width 8-24 in. [204-610 mm] ±.031 in. [0.8 mm] 

> 24 in. [ 610 mm] ±.062 in. [1.6 mm] 

Hole 

Locations C,D,E,F ±.015 in.[0.38 mm] 

Hole 

Diameters ALL ±.005 in. [0.13 mm] 

Frame 

Cross Sections ALL ±.010 in. [0.25 mm] 


TECKNIT TECKAIRE Shielding Effectiveness has 


Method TSETS-01 and based upon modified MIL- 

STD- 285. Typical Shielding Effectiveness values 

are based on a 5" square panel. 


When ordering TECKAIRE Air Vent Panels, specifications 

should include: extrusion style number, 

overall frame and opening dimensions, and hole 

locations. For specification assistance, contact 


location. 


TECKAIRE 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 10 GHz 


Chromate 60 125 75 55 


F-12

G. CONDUCTIVE SYSTEMS 


[SI Metric] 

Section G: 

Conductive Systems 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (One Part Silver-Filled RTV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G1 - G2 

CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVES (Silver and Nickel Filled RTV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G3 - G4 

TECKBOND -C (Silver Plated Copper-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G5 

TECKBOND -A (Silver Plated Aluminum-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G6 

TECKBOND -NC (Nickel Coated Graphite-Filled Silicone Adhesive) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G7 

CONDUCTIVE CAULKING (Silver-Filled Flexible resin Caulking Systems) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G9 - G10 

CONDUCTIVE EPOXY (Silver-Filled Systems for Joining, Bonding and Sealing) . . . . . . . . . . .G11 - G12 

CONDUCTIVE GREASE (Electically Conductive Silver-Filled Grease) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G13 - G14 

CONDUCTIVE COATINGS ( Electically Conductive Paints) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .G15 - G16 



Conductive Adhesives 

ONE PART: SILVER-FILLED SILICONE RTV 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT CON/RTV-I system is a pure silver 

loaded, one component RTV silicone adhesivesealant. 

It is ready to use without mixing and 

cures quickly at room temperature on exposure to 

moisture in the air to form a flexible, resilient, 

conductive bond or seal. 


TECKNIT CON/RTV-I can be used in the following 

applications: 

1. Bonding or installing various conductive silicone 

elastomer EMI gaskets. These include silver 

filled silicone (CONSIL ® ), silicone filled with stainless 

steel fiber. (TECKFELT), silicone impregnated 

woven (DUOLASTIC), expanded 

(TECKSPAN), metal aluminum wire or silicone 

filled oriented wire (ELASTOMET ® ). It can also be 

used for attaching porous or wire mesh materials. 

2. For joining strips of conductive elastomers to 

form continuous shield/seal rings or gaskets. 

3. To form-in-place conductive gasketing to attach 

shielding windows to frames or bezels, and in 

turn, installing the framed window on a shielding 

enclosure; for in place EMI gasketing of shield 

penetrating components such as connectors or 

switches: conductively attaching small screens, 

honeycomb or metal shielding vents to enclosures. 

4. For flow-in-place EMI gasketing for grooves in 

cast boxes or covers or as a conductive seam 

sealant. Generally, these are field repair or “fix” 

applications. 

CURING CHARACTERISTICS 

CON/RTV-I cures on exposure to moisture in the 

air. A skin forms on the surface of a .250 in.[6.35 

mm] diameter bead in 3-4 minutes at standard 

room temperature conditions 72°F[23°C] and 

50% RH. Lower temperature and humidity slow 

the cure, while higher temperature and humidity 

accelerate it. In all adhering and joining operations 

the adhesive must be spread and parts 

assembled before the adhesive becomes “tack 

free.” Thin films (less than .005 in. [0.13 mm] ) 

should be avoided as cure is rapid. Early in the 

cure stage an odor caused by acetic acid will be 

evident and will disappear after complete cure. 



• Number of Components: One 

• Resin: Silicone 

• Filler: Ag 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Silver-Tan 

• Consistency: Thick paste 

• Final Condition: Flexible 

• Volume: 1.1 in. 3 

• Weight: 2 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: 5 minutes 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: 5-1/2 months 

• Recommended Cure: 24 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% 

RH [for 1/8” dia bead] 

• Full Cure: 72 hours @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH 

CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity 

(QA-1038), max.: 0.01 ohm-cm 

• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 150 psi 

• Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876) 

(silicone aluminum): 2 ppi 

• Temperature Range: -75°F to 400°F [-59°C to 204°C] 

PART NUMBER 

• 72-00002 

• Transportation Class: Combustable 

*72 hours @ 25°C x 50% RH 

G-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


A preliminary check of the affect of acetic acid on 

surfaces to be bonded is recommended. Cure is 

optimum in 24 hours in most cases. Parts may be 

handled 2 hours after assembly. 

SURFACE PREPARATION AND BONDING 

TECHNIQUES 

1. Roughen both surfaces to be bonded with 

Scotchbrite ® or equivalent. 

2. Degrease both surfaces with VM&P Naptha or 

an equivalent and then solvent wipe with acetone 

or methyl ethyl keytone. Allow to dry before applying 

adhesive. 

3. Apply adhesive from tube directly to bond area 

in spots or as a bead. CAP TUBE TO KEEP OUT 

MOISTURE. 

4. Spread adhesive to approximately twice the 

desired final film thickness. Work quickly. 

Remember assembly must be complete within 3- 

4 minutes! Large areas must be bonded in 

stages. 

5. Place conductive gasket in position on top of 

adhesive and work into place with slight circular 

motion. 

6. A hand roller is useful to evenly distribute 

adhesive if film is not spread to uniform thickness. 

This technique removes “lumps.” 

7. Handle only after 2 hours. 24 hours will provide 

cure. Remember impermeable materials 

slow the moisture penetration necessary to obtain 

full cure. 

8. Though not required, slight pressure applied 

during cure will increase bond strength. 

9. Vertical bonds must be made with gasket 

materials held in place during cure. 

® 

Scotchbright is a registered trademark of 3M Co. 

GASKET PREPARATION AND JOINING 

TECHNIQUES 

1. Wipe cut ends of elastomer to be joined with 

clean isopropanol alcohol moistened cloth. 

2. Apply adhesive to both faces to be joined. 

3. Join ends together and hold in position with 

pins or other holding devices until cure is completed. 

TECKNIT P/N 

UNIT DESCRIPTION 

72-00002 2.0 oz.[56 g] CON/RTV-I packaged in 

collapsible aluminum tube, spreading 

tool, instructions. 


When ordering TECKNIT CON/RTV-I, specify 

number of units and TECKNIT Part Number 72- 

00002. For assistance, contact your nearest 

TECKNIT area representative or factory location. 


G-2


Conductive Adhesives 

SILVER AND NICKEL FILLED RTV'S 


[SI Metric] 


Two RTV silicone adhesive-sealants comprise 

TECKNIT electrically conductive, medium viscosity 

adhesivesealant systems. They are CON/RTV- 

II (silver- filled) and CON/RTV-Ni (nickel-filled). 

Each is formulated with a special conductive 

material producing its own unique advantages. 

Each system with its conductive material and volume 

resistivity is shown in Table 2. After full cure, 

the resultant bond or seal of each system is flexible, 

resilient and conductive. 


TECKNIT Conductive Adhesive-Sealants are recommended 

wherever an electrically conductive 

flexible bond and seal is required. The main consideration 

for selecting the correct adhesive 

should be based on the galvanic coupling of 

metallic (or conductive) materials. Excellent practices 

and recommendations can be obtained by 

reviewing MIL-STD- 1250. The Adhesive-Sealants 

are also used to join and install a variety of conductive 

elastomers and porous or open wire mesh 

gaskets. Recommended applications and material 

combinations are given in Table 3. 

PREPARATION OF TWO PART CONDUCTIVE 

SILICONE ADHESIVES 

Mix Part 1 of the adhesive by stirring to disperse 

any material that has settled out. Stir in Part 2 

(catalyst) and thoroughly mix with Part 1 to insure 

uniform dispersion. The Part 2 supplied is the 

correct amount to properly catalyze the entire 

content of the Part 1 container. It is recommended 

that the full amount of Part 1 be catalyzed. 

This avoids errors in mixing. However if less is 

required, use portions as recommended in Table 

1, “Small Quantity Mixing Proportions.” 


To insure the best adhesive bond and electrical 

conductivity the following procedure should be 

used. Remove all grease, oil and dirt. Roughen all 

surfaces to be bonded with an abrasive material. 

After surface has been roughened, degrease with 

VM&P Naptha, then solvent wipe with acetone or 

methyl ethyl keytone. Allow to dry before applying 

adhesive. 

SMALL QUANTITY MIXING PROPORTIONS 

PART 1 

PART 2 (Catalyst) oz. [grams] 

oz. [g] Net Wt. Nickel Silver 

.5 [14] .01 [.29] .01 [.29] 

1.0 [28] .02 [.57] .02 [.57] 

2.0 [57] .04 [1.16] .05 [1.16] 

4.0 [113] .10 [2.86] .10 [2.86] 


Curing two part conductive adhesives begins with 

the addition of the catalyst. 70% of maximum 

peel strength is reached in about 24 hours at 

room temperature, with maximum strength 

achieved after 7 days. The cure time can be 

shortened by exposing the applied adhesive to 

elevated temperatures in a circulating air oven. 

Four hours at 50°C will yield approximately 50% 

of full cure strength. 

SAFETY AND USAGE CAUTIONS 

Conductive Adhesives contain a flammable solvent 

and should be used in well ventilated areas. 

Avoid direct skin contact and inhalation of vapors. 

Prevent contact with eyes. Do not use near open 

flame. Industrial use only. Some individuals may 

observe skin irritation-wash with mild soap and 

rinse with clean water. Contact physician should 

irritation occur. 

G-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


SPECIFICATIONS Table 2. 

MATERIAL DESCRIPTION CON/RTV-II 2 Part CON/RTV-Ni 2 Part 

• Number of Components: Two Two 

• Resin: Silicone Silicone 

• Filler: Ag/Glass Ni 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Beige Dark gray 

• Consistency: Paste Thin paste 

• Final Condition: Flexible Flexible 

• Mix Ratio: 49:1 49:1 

• Volume: 13.6 in. 3 7.0 in. 3 

• Weight: 16 oz. 16 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 25°C: 4 hours 4 hours 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months 9 months 

• Recommended Cure/Full Cure: 168 hours 168 hours 

CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity, QAP-1017, max. 0.01 ohm-cm 0.1 ohm-cm 

• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 60 psi 50 psi 

• Peel Strength, min. (ASTM D-1876) (silicone aluminum): 3 ppi 3 ppi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 31% 44% 

• Temperature Range: -67°F to 302°F -67° to 302°F 

[-55°C to 150°C] 

[-55°C to 150°C] 

PART NUMBER 72-00036 72-00035 

• Transportation Class: Part I: Flammable liquid Part I: Flammable liquid 

Part II: Non Flammable Part II: Non Flammable 

*24 hrs. @ RT followed by 24 hrs @ 212°F [100°C] 

BONDING: 

1. Keep adhesive covered to minimize solvent 

evaporation and extend pot life. 

2. Apply a uniform film .010 to .015 in. [0.25 to 

0.38 mm] thick on both surfaces to be bonded. 

3. Press surfaces firmly together avoiding formation 

of air bubbles in the bond area. For optimum 

bond strength pressure should be maintained 

during cure. 

4. Allow to cure. Sufficient bond strength for normal 

handling develops in 24 hours. 

5. Because curing relies on evaporation of solvent, 

surface area to be bonded is a determining 

factor in actual cure time. Solvent entrapment 

inhibits curing. 

6. For non-permeable adherents, [rubber to rubber 

(solid) or metal to rubber (solid)], allow for 

some solvent evaporation before joining surfaces. 

RECOMMENDED APPLICATIONS 

Table 3: 

CONDUCTIVE CONDUCTIVE OTHER METALLIC 

ADHESIVE-SEALANTS ELASTOMERS MATERIALS 

CON/RTV-II (Silver) Consil-E, -II, -R Silver, Gold 

CON/RTV-Ni (Nickel) SC-Consil Nickel, Monel, 

Aluminum, Tin, 

Copper 

CLEAN UP: 

Excessive adhesive may be removed by wiping 

with a clean cloth dampened in a solvent VM&P 

Naptha. This should be done immediately after 

bonding and before the adhesive cures. 


When ordering TECKNIT 2-part adhesives, specify 

quantity and part number. For assistance contact 

your nearest TECKNIT representative or factory. 


G-4


TeckBond -C 

SILVER-PLATED COPPER-FILLED ADHESIVE 


[SI Metric] 


TECKBOND-C is a silicone rubber base filled with 

silver-plated copper particles to produce a highly 

conductive one-component adhesive sealant. The 

system is an RTV moisture-cured compound 

which is ready to use without additional preparation 

or mixing. The compound cures at room temperature 

to form a flexible resilient conductive 

bond or sealant. 


TECKBOND conductive adhesive-sealants are 

recommended wherever a flexible bond is 

required in a metal-to-silicone gasket application, 

such as TECKNIT CONSIL ® -C. These adhesives 

are recommended in applications where the bond 

thickness is less than 0.016 in. [0.4 mm]. To 

ensure optimum bond performance, the surface 

of the metal may require priming. 


TECKBOND one-part RTV cures on exposure to 

moisture in the air. The adhesive is tack free in 

30 minutes. Parts can be handled after 2 hours 

and used after 72 hrs. Lower humidity will slow 

curing while higher humidity accelerates curing. 

Full cure is achieved in approximately 7 days. 


To ensure maximum adhesive bond strength and 

electrical conductivity, surfaces should be free of 

grease, oil and dirt. Gaskets should be cleaned 

using denatured alcohol just prior to bonding and 

should be held in position under slight pressure 

to ensure continuous contact with the adhesive. 

Use of the one-part adhesive on metal surfaces 

requires the use of a primer supplied with the 

adhesive. Allow the primer to air dry 1 to 2 hours 

under normal room temperatures and humidity 

conditions. Low humidity will require a longer drying 

time. Surfaces to be bonded should be roughened 

with Scotchbrite, degreased withVM&P 

Naptha and wiped with acetone or methyl ethyl 

keytone. Allow to dry and then apply a thin, even 

layer of primer by wiping or brushing. 

PART NUMBER WEIGHT VOLUME 

72-00192 3.5 oz 1.6 cu in 

72-00193 14 oz 6.4 cu in 



• Number of Components: One + primer 


• Filler: Ag/Cu 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Gray 



• Mix Ratio: N/A 

• Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: N/A 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months 

• Recommended Cure: 72 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH 

(1/8” dia. bead) 


CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity, 77°F [25°C] & 50% RH 

(QA-1038), max.: .04 ohm-cm 

• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002),: 200 psi 


(silicone-aluminum): 2.5 ppi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 1.0% 


• Transportation Class: Adhesive - Non Flammable 

Primer - Flammable 

*168 hrs. @ 25°C x 50% RH 


When ordering TECKBOND adhesives specify 



location. 

G-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TeckBond -A 

SILVER-PLATED ALUMINUM-FILLED ADHESIVE 


TECKBOND-A conductive system is a silicone 

based, two-component RTV, filled with silver-plated 

aluminum particles. After cure, the resultant 

bond or seal is flexible, resilient, and conductive. 


TECKBOND-A conductive adhesive is recommended 

wherever a flexible bond is required in a 

metal to silicone gasket application, such as 

TECKNIT ® CONSIL ® -A. (Reference TECKNIT Data 

Sheet D-895.) 


TECKBOND two-part RTV is a two-component 

adhesive which begins to cure immediately upon 

addition of the catalyst which is supplied as a 

separate vial. Full cure at room temperature is 

achieved after 7 days. 








Metal surfaces should be roughened with 

Scotchbrite, degreased with toluene and then 

wiped with acetone prior to applying adhesive. 

MIXING INSTRUCTIONS 

Mix Part 1 of the adhesive by stirring to disperse 

any filler which has settled out. Stir in Part 2 (catalyst) 

and thoroughly mix with Part 1 until completely 

dispersed. The amount of Part 2 supplied 

is the correct amount to properly catalyze the 

entire contents of Part 1. The full amount should 

be catalyzed. This avoids errors in mixing. 

However, if less is required, a mix ratio by weight 

of 49:1 should be used. 



• Number of Components: Two 


• Filler: Ag/Al 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Beige 



• Mix Ratio: 49:1 

• Volume: 14 in. 3 

• Weight: 16 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 77°F [25°C]: N/A 


• Recomended Cure: 24 hrs. @ RT followed by 

24hrs. @ 212°F [100°C] 

CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity (QAP-1017), max.: 0.01 ohm cm 



(silicone-aluminum): 2 ppi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 40% 


• Transportation Class: Part I - Flammable 

Part II - Non Flammable 

*24 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] followed by 24hrs. @ 212°F [100°C] 

PART NUMBER 

• 72-00236 







G-6


TeckBond -NC 

NICKEL COATED GRAPHITE-FILLED ADHESIVE 


[SI Metric] 


TECKBOND-NC is a silicone rubber base filled 

with nickel coated graphite particles to produce a 

highly conductive one-component adhesive 

sealant. The system is an RTV moisture-cured 

compound which is ready to use without additional 

preparation or mixing. The compound cures at 

room temperature to form a flexible resilient conductive 

bond or sealant. 


TECKBOND conductive adhesive-sealants are 

recommended wherever a flexible bond is 

required in a metal-to-silicone gasket application, 

such as TECKNIT NC-CONSIL ® . 

These adhesives are recommended in applications 

where the bond thickness is less than 0.016 in. 

[0.4 mm]. To ensure optimum bond performance, 

the surface of the metal may require priming. 


TECKBOND one-part RTV cures on exposure to 

moisture in the air. The adhesive is tack free in 

30 minutes. Parts can be handled after 2 hours 

and used after 72 hrs. Lower humidity will slow 

curing while higher humidity accelerates curing. 

Full cure is achieved in approximately 7 days. 








Use of the one-part adhesive on metal surfaces 

requires the use of a primer supplied with the 

adhesive. Allow the primer to air dry 1 to 2 hours 

under normal room temperatures and humidity 

conditions. Low humidity will require a longer drying 

time. Surfaces to be bonded should be roughened 

with Scotchbrite, degreased with VM&P 

Naptha and wiped with acetone or methyl ethyl 

keytone. Allow to dry and then apply a thin, even 

layer of primer by wiping or brushing. 

PART NUMBER WEIGHT VOLUME 

72-00350 2.5 oz tube 1.7 in 3 

72-00355 10 oz cartridge 6.7 in 3 

• Transportation Class: Adhesive - Combustable 

Primer - Flammable 





• Filler: Nickel coated graphite 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Dark gray 



• Pot Life @ 25°C: N/A 


• Tack Free: 1.5 hours 

• Recommended Cure: 72 hrs. @ 77°F [25°C] x 50% RH 

(1/8 dia. bead) 


CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity, (QA-1038), max.: 0.5 ohm-cm 



(silicone-aluminum): 3 ppi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 1.0% 







G-7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178



G-8


Conductive Caulking 

SILVER-FILLED FLEXIBLE RESIN CAULKING SYSTEM 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT standard electrically conductive caulks 

consist of four one-component resin systems 

filled with silver plated glass or copper particles. 

These systems are formulated to provide over 100 

dB total shielding effectiveness across the RF 

spectrum. They may be used to improve joint or 

seam integrity for all types of electronic enclosures. 

An outstanding feature of these one-component 

systems is the ease with which they may be 

applied with conventional caulking guns and dispensing 

equipment, such as small bead orifice 

syringes. Hand application with spatula or putty 

knife is also simple. 

High yield per pound is another advantage 

offered in these conductive caulks. Proprietary 

formulation techniques result in lower density 

than most current state-of-the-art caulking 

compounds. 

The systems are safe to handle, very easily 

applied and free of any corrosive binders. They 

contain silver plated glass or copper particles for 

electrical conductivity, assuring stable operation 

over wide temperature ranges not generally possible 

with carbon- black filled systems. 


72-00005 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE. THERMOPLAS- 

TIC, FLEXIBLE — This thixotropic cream system, 

which remains permanently flexible after curing, 

is easy to apply with standard caulking equipment. 

It is a thermoplastic + solvent type, which 

dries quickly to a highly conductive seal. Small 

beads are easily drawn. It is safe to handle, nonexothermic 

and has excellent adhesion to metal. 

The system is watertight, ozone resistant, and 

non-corrosive to applied surfaces. Among the 

chief uses are caulking EMI tight cabinets and 

enclosures, fasteners, panels and handles. The 

system is extremely vibration and thermal shock 

resistant. 

72-00014 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE, SILICONE, 

FAST CURING, FLEXIBLE — This system is a conductive, 

fast room temperature curing silicone-silver 

caulking compound. Ease of application and 

high electrical conductivity are outstanding features 

of this flexible system. It is used to fill gaps 

in shielded room joints, repair damaged conductive 

gaskets and shield/seal permanently mounted 

panels, components and hardware. This system 

will withstand shock vibration, seam warping and 

compensate for thermal expansion. 

72-00151 CAULKING, CONDUCTIVE, RTV SILICONE 

FLEXIBLE — This silver plated, highly conductive, 

moisture curing RTV silicone caulking compound 

has excellent adhesion to metals and is ideal for 

permanent EMI shielding and fluid sealing. 

Primer is supplied in a separate vial. Allow the 

primer to dry 1 to 2 hours under normal room 

temperature and humidity conditions. This material 

is well suited for aerospace and military applications 

and is an ideal material where good conductivity, 

flexible and long life expectancy are 

required. 

PREPARATION AND APPLICATION 

To ensure the best electrical and mechanical reliability, 

it is highly recommended that the surfaces 

to be caulked be thoroughly cleaned of grease, 

oils, dirt and oxide coatings. Preparation should 

be in accordance with standard practice for 

preparing surfaces for adhesive bonding. 

G-9 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


APPLICATION OF CAULKING SYSTEMS 

72-00005 — Stir well in original container to 

assure uniformity before using. Apply to surface 

with caulking or dispensing equipment, putty 

knife or spatula. Cover unused contents to prevent 

solvent evaporation. 

72-00014 — This caulk is solvent evaporating, 

air curing and is supplied in a standard 1 lb. can. 

Thoroughly stir contents of original container 

before application or loading into dispensing 

equipment. 

72-00151, 72-00152 — 2 oz. tube and 1 lb. tube 

respectively. No mixing required. 


When ordering CONDUCTIVE CAULKING SYS- 

TEMS, specify quantity and TECKNIT Part 

Number. Special packaging in 5 lb. [2.25 kg] 

cans is also available for 72-00005 and 72- 

00014. For assistance, contact your nearest 

TECKNIT area representative or factory location. 



• Number of Components: One One One 

• Resin: Polyolefin Silicone Silicone 

• Filler: Ag/Glass Ag/Glass Ag/Copper 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Tan Tan Gray 

• Consistency: Liquid Self-Leveling Paste 

• Final Condition: Flexible Flexible Flexible 

• Mix Ratio: N/A N/A N/A 

• Volume: 16.0 in. 3 13.8 in. 3 1.0 in. 3 / 7.7 in. 3 

• Weight: 16 oz. 16 oz. 2 oz. / 16 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 25°C: N/A N/A N/A 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: 9 months 9 months 9 months 

• Recommended Cure: 72 hours @ 25°C 24 hours @ 25°C 72 hours @ 25°C 

x 50% RH 

• Full Cure: 72 hours @ 25°C 24 hours @ 25°C 168 hours @ 25°C 

x 50% RH 

CURED QAP-1017 QAP-1017 QAP-1038 

• Volume Resistivity, max.*: .005 .01 .01 

• Shear Strength, min.: 4 psi 25 psi 150 psi 

(ASTM D-1002), silicone-aluminum 

• Peel Strength, min.(ASTM D-1876): N/A N/A 3.0 ppi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 46% 26% 1% 

• Temperature Range: -65°F to + 200°F -80°F to + 400°F -67° to + 257°F 

[-54°C to + 94°C] [-63°C to + 204°C] [-55°C to + 125°C] 

PART NUMBERS 72-00005 72-00014 72-00151 

72-00152 

• Transportation Class: Nonflammable Flammable Flammable 

(Adhesive & Primer) 


G-10


Conductive Epoxy 

SILVER-FILLED EPOXY SYSTEMS 


[SI Metric] 


72-00008 - EPOXY ADHESIVE, CONDUCTIVE 

TWOCOMPONENT - This commercial grade, conductive 

epoxy is designed for use in bonding 

applications where good conductivity is required. 

When mixed in a ratio of 1:1.4 by volume or 

weight, the two components produce a light colored 

creamy paste which can be easily applied. 

72-08116 - EPOXY SOLDER, CONDUCTIVE, HIGH 

SILVER CONTENT, TWO-COMPONENT - This is a silver 

filled epoxy system designed for maximum 

performance and lowest volume resistivity. It is 

easily mixed 1:1 by volume or weight, from the 

two one-ounce jars. Its consistency is that of a 

thick paste, making it easy to dispense and apply. 

PREPARATION AND CLEANING 


it is highly recommended that the surfaces 

to be bonded are thoroughly cleaned of grease, 

oils, dirt and oxide coatings. Preparation should 

be in accordance with standard practice for 

preparing surfaces for adhesive bonding. 

APPLICATION OF EPOXY SYSTEMS 

72-00008 - Epoxy Adhesive, Conductive, Two- 

Component. 

Stir parts 1 and 2 thoroughly, then mix together 

one unit of part 1 and 1.4 units of part 2. They 

may be mixed either by volume or weight. Apply 

with dispensing equipment, syringe or spatula. 

May be cured at room temperature or elevated 

temperature. See Table for cure time and temperature. 

CAUTIONS 

The conductive systems are safe, non-volatile and 

non-toxic; however, the following precautions 

must be observed: 

Avoid direct skin contact, as the systems may 

cause irritation to some individuals. If this should 

occur, wash with mild soap and rinse with clean 

water. Contact physician should irritation occur ... 

Avoid inhalation of vapors by working in ventilated 

area ... Prevent contact with the eyes ... Do not 

use near open flame ... This material is for industrial 

use only. 


When ordering CONDUCTIVE EPOXY, specify 

number of kits and TECKNIT Part Number. For 

assistance, contact your nearest TECKNIT area 

representative or factory location. 

72-08116 - Epoxy Solder, Conductive, High Silver 

Content, Two Component. 

Stir Part 1 and Part 2 thoroughly, then mix together 

one unit of Part 1 and one unit of Part 2. They 

may be mixed either by volume or weight. Since 

each jar is half filled, there is sufficient room to 

mix Part 1 and Part 2 together in either jar. May 

be cured at room temperature or elevated temperature. 

For solvent cleaning of surface or material 

cleaning use Xylene. 

G-11 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178




• Number of Components: Two Two 

• Resin: Epoxy Epoxy 

• Filler: Ag/Glass Ag 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Silver gray Bright silver 

• Consistency: Thick paste Thick paste 

• Final Condition: Rigid Rigid 

• Mix Ratio: 1:1.4 1:1 

• Volume: 14.7 in. 3 1.5 in. 3 

• Weight: 16 oz. 2 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 25°C: 45 minutes 45 minutes 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: 15 months 15 months 

• Recommended Cure: 30 minutes 30 minutes 

@ 212°F [100°C] 

@ 212°F [100°C] 

CURED* 

• Volume Resistivity, QAP-1017 max.: 0.02 ohm-cm .001 ohm-cm 

• Shear Strength, min. (ASTM D-1002): 1000 psi 1400 psi 

• Shrinkage, max.: 1% 1% 

• Temperature Range: -80° to 300°F -80° to 300°F 

[-62°C to 149°C] 

[-62°C to 149°C] 

PART NUMBER 72-00008 72-08116 

• Transportation Class: Part I-Nonflammable Combustable 

Part II-Nonflammable 

Combustable 

*30 mins. @ 212°F [100°C] followed by 24 hrs @ RT 


G-12


Conductive Grease 

CONDUCTIVE SILVER-FILLED SILICONE GREASE 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is a highly conductive 

silver-filled silicone grease which contains 

no carbon or graphite. The material will maintain 

its electrical and lubricating properties over a 

broad environmental range. These conditions and 

properties include high and low temperatures, 

excellent resistance to moisture and humidity, 

inertness to many chemicals, ozone and radiation. 

TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is a viscous 

paste which can be applied to vertical or 

overhead surfaces without dripping or running at 

elevated operating temperatures. 

APPLICATIONS INFORMATION 

TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is used on 

power substation switches and in suspension 

insulators to reduce EMI noise. It also reduces 

make-break arcing and pitting of the sliding metal 

contact surfaces of switches and fills in existing 

pitted areas with silver/ silicone. In addition, normally 

closed switches are prevented from sticking 

due to corrosion or icing. The grease is effective 

in maintaining a continuous electrical path 

between contact surfaces which connections of 

power insulators, which if allowed to arc, can give 

rise to EMI noise. TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE 

GREASE is designed to maintain low resistance 

electrical contact and thereby maintain equipment 

operation over extended harsh environmental 

conditions, helping to deliver continuous electrical 

service. 

OTHER APPLICATIONS 

TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is used on the 

contacting surfaces of circuit breakers and knife 

blade switches. It reduces localized overheating 

or “hot spots” in turn maintaining the blade 

spring properties and current rating of the switch 

or breaker at original equipment level. Lubricating 

conductively prevents “freeze up” in operating 

equipment and permits restoration of marginal or 

discarded breakers to rated capacity. 

METHODS OF APPLICATION 

Apply TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE to both 

contact surfaces of the switch. To ensure complete 

coating, apply the grease to the pivoting 

blade and operate the switch several times. These 

switch surfaces may be wiped smooth with your 

finger to achieve a thin layer. Do not wipe off the 

grease with a rag. With ball and socket insulators 

a sufficient quantity of grease must be applied to 

fill the clearance gap between the ball and socket 

contact surfaces. TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE 

GREASE is reapplied as required during scheduled 

maintenance either by wiping or brushing 

with stiff-bristled brush. 

Before applying to contact surfaces, it is recommended 

that the desired quantity of grease be 

kneaded to guarantee proper dispersion of silver. 

For solvent cleaning, use Toluene. 


TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE GREASE is available in 

standard packages of 1 lb. [0.45 kg] jars (Part 

Number 72-00015) and 2 oz.[0.06 kg] jars (Part 

Number 72-00016) and should be ordered by 

specifying the part number and the total quantity 

required. Custom packaging and other size containers 

are available on request by contacting 

your nearest TECKNIT Area Representative or 


G-13 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178






• Filler: Ag/Glass 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color: Silver Gray 

• Consistency: Light Paste 

• Final Condition: Non-Setting 

• Pot Life @ 25°C: Indefinite 

• Shelf Life, unopened container: Indefinite 

• Volume Resistivity, (QAP-1017), max.: .20 ohm-cm 

• Temperature Range: -67°F to +400°F 

[-55°C to +190°C] 

PART NUMBER 

• 72-00015: 1lb. Jar - Volume 10.7 cm in 

72-00016: 2 oz. Jar - Volume 1.4 cm in 

• Transportation Class: Nonflammable 


G-14


Conductive Coatings 

ELECTRICALLY CONDUCTIVE ACRYLIC AND POLYURETHANE PAINTS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT manufactures a highly conductive 

acrylic and polyurethane paints filled with silver. 

These coatings provide a cost effective method 

for shielding and grounding plastic enclosures, 

which are susceptible to EMI, and other applications 

requiring a flexible protective shield. 

SHELF LIFE AND STORAGE 

RECOMMENDATIONS 

It is recommended the ACRYLIC-1 paint be used 

within six months of the manufactured date and 

the POLYURETHANE paints be used within nine 

months of the manufactured date. All conductive 

coating containers should be stored in the 

“upside-down” position and at a temperature 

between 50°F and 86°F [10°C and 30°C]. DO 

NOT FREEZE CONDUCTIVE COATINGS. 

PAINT PREPARATION 

Before and during use, CONDUCTIVE COATINGS 

should be thoroughly stirred. Each component of 

the two and three part polyurethane coatings 

should be stirred prior to combining. The components 

of the two and three part systems are supplied 

as a premeasured kit. 

SAFETY AND USAGE CAUTIONS 

TECKNIT CONDUCTIVE ACRYLIC AND 

POLYURETHANE PAINTS contain a flammable 

solvent and should be used in a well ventilated 

area. Avoid direct skin contact and inhalation of 

vapors. Prevent contact with eyes. Do not use 

near open flame. Industrial use only. Some individuals 

may experience skin irritation - wash with 

mild soap and rinse with clear water. Contact 

physician should irritation occur. 



remove all grease, oils, dirt, mold releases 

and foreign matter. Preparation should be in 

accordance with standard practice for onecoat 

painting. Recommended cleaning agent 

is alcohol. 

RECOMMENDED THINNING 

THINNING IS REQUIRED FOR THE ACRYLIC-1 

PAINT to achieve the proper consistency when 

using spray equipment. Thinning increases drying 

time by two or three fold but assures “wetting 

out” of the ACRYLIC-1 paint offering optimum 

electrical properties. Thinner should never exceed 

25% by volume. The POLYURETHANE coatings 

can be used with spray equipment as supplied. It 

is not recommended to thin the POLYURETHANE 

COATINGS. Toluene can be used for solvent 

cleaning the ACRYLIC-1. 


Small quantities can be shipped within one week 

after receipt of order. To order TECKNIT conductive 

paint, specify quantity and part number. For 

additional assistance, or for scheduling large 

quantity shipments, contact your nearest TECK- 

NIT area representative or factory location. 

G-15 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178




• Number of Components One Two 

• Resin Acrylic Polyurethane 

• Filler Ag/Glass Ag 

AS SUPPLIED 

• Color Silver Gray Metalic Gray 

• Consistency Thin Paint Thin Paint 

• Final Condition Durable Film Flexible Film 

• Mix Ratio N/A 75.5 : 24.5 

• Volume 16.4 in. 3 /115 in. 3 11.4 in. 3 

• Weight 16 oz./128 oz. (1 gallon) 12 oz. 

• Pot Life @ 25°C 30 minutes 30 minutes 

• Shelf Life, unopened container 6 months 9 months 

• Full Cure 168 hours @ RT 7-21 days @ RT 

CURED* 

• Surface Resistivity, (QA-1074), max. OMS 1.0 per square .06 per square 

• Coverage (Approx.) at Recommended 0.002" thick 56 sq. ft./400 sq. ft. 39 sq. ft. 

• Temperature Range -65°F to +298°F -67°F to +347°F 

[-54°C to +134°C] [-55°C to +161°C] 

PART NUMBERS 73-00025/73-00081 73-00008 

• Transportation Class Flammable Flammable 

* 7 days @ 25°C 


G-16

H. SHIELDING COMPONENTS 


[SI Metric] 

Section H: 

Shielding Components 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (Wire Mesh Resilient Contact Element) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H1 -H2 

EMI CONNECTOR GASKETS (EMI Flange Seals for Electrical Connectors) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H3 - H7 

CONDUCTIVE O-SEALS (Conductive Elastomer Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H9 - H10 

WAVEGUIDE GASKETS (Silicone Elastomer Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H11 - H13 

EMC FOIL TAPE (Conductive Foil Tape with Conductive Adhesive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H14 

TECKMASK (EMI Foil Tape with Easy Peel Mask) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H15 - H16 



Die Compressed Mesh Contacts 

WIRE MESH RESILIENT CONTACT ELEMENT 


[SI Metric] 


DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS are 

resilient, low-impedance, multi-path shielding and 

grounding elements. Each unit is formed by die 

compressing a charge of cohesive, fine knitted 

wire mesh to a desired shape and density, providing 

low resistance, redundancy of contact and 

mechanical compliance. 

FEATURES INCLUDE: 

• Resiliency-high compressibility and recovery 

characteristic of wire mesh. 

• Low Impedance-typically less than 15 

milliohms, even at low closure force. 

• Durability-conforms to contact surface, remains 

conductive and resilient even after thousands of 

cycles. 

• Low Cost, Fast Delivery-MESH CONTACTS can 

be produced in large or small quantities quickly 

and economically. 


FUZZ BUTTON ELEMENTS are versatile resilient 

electrically conductive pads with many applications 

in EMI grounding, and static discharge, as 

well as heat transfer and vibration or shock 

dampening. They are particularly useful for low 

closure force EMIshielding and static discharge in 

computer enclosures. 

DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS may be 

retained in metal cup-type inserts or attached to 

threaded studs for mounting. 



• Wire Mesh 

Standard: Phosphor Bronze: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] 

diameter, per ASTM B-105, Alloy 30 (CDA C 50700), 


Optional: 

Monel: .0045 in. [0.114 mm] diameter, per QQN-281 or 

AMS-4730. 

Ag/Brass: .003 in. [0.076 mm] diameter, per 

QQW-321 (ASTM-B-134), Silver-plated (3% Silver by 

weight). 

H-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


Figure 1. 

Figure 2. Resistance/Percent Deflection versus Load for a typical 

.120 inch Diameter Tin Plated Phospher Bronze part (i.e. 30-01751). 

STANDARD DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS (1) Table 1. 

DIAMETER (2) HEIGHT (3) 

.125 .250 .375 .500 

.125 32-01761 32-01762 32-01763 32-01764 

.156 32-01765 32-01766 32-01767 32-01768 

.188 32-01769 32-01770 32-01771 32-01772 

.246 32-01753 32-01754 32-01755 32-01756 

.375 32-01773 32-01774 32-01775 32-01776 

.484 32-01757 32-01758 32-01759 32-01760 

(1) Standard material is Tin-plated Phosphor Bronze. 

(2) Other sizes and materials available, please contact factory. 

(3) All dimensions given are in a free state under no load. 

(4) Height to diameter ratio not recommended above 4:1. 

TOLERANCES Table 2. 

Dimensional up to over 

.125 [3.18] .125 [3.18] 

Diameter ± .010 [0.25] + .015 [0.38] 

- .005 [0.13] 

Height + .010 [0.25] + .015 [0.38] 

- .005 [0.13] - .005 [0.13] 


To order DIE COMPRESSED MESH CONTACTS 

specify the TECKNIT Part Number and the quantity 

desired. Contact your nearest TECKNIT area 

representative or factory location for assistance on 

designs and mounting techniques. 


H-2


EMI Connector Gaskets 

EMI FLANGE SEALS FOR ELECTRICAL CONNECTORS 


[SI Metric] 


A variety of TECKNIT EMI shielding materials can 

be manufactured into connector gaskets for military 

and commercial applications. These materials 

include TECKNIT CONSIL ® materials, 

TECKFELT, DUOLASTIC, TECKSPAN, and 

ELASTOMET ® . Each TECKNIT material has its 

own advantages and characteristics. The gaskets 

can be manufactured to provide shielding only or 

a combination of shielding and environmental 

sealing. Tests have shown total shielding effectiveness 

of 100 dB or greater can be achieved with 

these TECKNIT materials. 

STANDARD FOR DIMENSIONING 

CONNECTOR GASKETS 

Figure 2. MIL-C-38999 Series III only. 


Figure 1. 

To order TECKNIT connector gaskets, first select 

the Material Part Number Prefix. Second, locate 

the required gasket dimension from Table II or III 

and record the TECKNIT Order Number or Suffix. 

Third, combine the Material Prefix Number with 

the Order Number to obtain the complete TECK- 

NIT Part Number which can be used to order 

gaskets. For assistance, or to determine the availability 

of connector gaskets not listed here, contact 

your nearest TECKNIT representative or factory 

location. 


STANDARD 

THK. 

MATERIALS* EMI SEALING (see Fig. 1) 

(part # prefix) SEAL ELASTOMER in. [mm] 

DUOLASTIC 

(42-6xxxx) Aluminum Silicone .020 [0.51] 

(42-8xxxx) Aluminum Neoprene .020 [0.51] 

TECKFELT 

(45-6xxxx) Stainless Steel Silicone .030 [0.76] 

TECKSPAN 

(48-6xxxx) Monel Silicone .030 [0.76] 


ELASTOMET 

(82-6xxxx) Monel Silicone .030 [0.76] 

(82-7xxxx) Phosphor, Bronze Silicone .030 [0.76] 


CONSIL-II (842) 

(84-6xxxx) Silver-plated Silicone .030 [0.76] 

inert particles 

CONSIL-C (873) 


copper particles 

CONSIL-C (875) 

(87-5xxxx) Silver-plated Fluoro- .030 [0.76] 

copper particles silicone 

CONSIL-A (895) 


aluminum particles 

CONSIL-A (897) 

(89-7xxxx) Silver-plated Fluoro- .030 [0.76] 

aluminum particles silicone 

*For material specifications and thickness tolerances see applicable 

material data sheet. 

H-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


STANDARD CONNECTOR GASKETS Table 1. 

FLANGE, CONNECTOR SHELL SIZE 


JT,PT & PC 

AN,HT MIL-C-26482 

& QWL MS-3110 

MIL-C-5015 MS-3112 A B C D R *TECKNIT 

MS-3100 MS-3119 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ORDER 

MS-3102 SP MS-3120 [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] NUMBER 

#6 0.688 [17.48] 0.375 [9.53] 0.469 [11.91] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1650 

#8 0.812 [20.62] 0.500 [12.70] 0.594 [15.09] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1651 

#8 0.875 [22.23] 0.500 [12.70] 0.594 [15.09] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1408 

#10 0.938 [23.83] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1652 

#6 0.953 [24.21] 0.375 [9.53] 0.641 [16.28] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1653 

#10 1.000 [25.40] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1411 

#12 1.031 [26.19] 0.750 [19.05] 0.813 [20.65] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1654 

#8 1.047 [26.59] 0.500 [12.70] 0.734 [18.64] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1655 

#12 1.094 [27.79] 0.750 [19.05] 0.813 [20.65] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1415 

#14 1.125 [28.58] 0.875 [22.23] 0.906 [23.01] .156 [3.96] .109 [2.77] XX-X1656 

#10 1.125 [28.58] 0.687 [17.45] 0.812 [20.62] .172 [4.37] .063 X 45° XX-X1418 

[1.60 X 45°] 

#14 1.188 [30.18] 0.875 [22.23] 0.906 [23.01] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1423 

#16 1.219 [30.96] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1657 

#12 1.250 [31.75] 0.781 [19.84] 0.938 [23.83] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1658 

#16 1.281 [32.54] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1434 

#18 1.312 [33.32] 1.125 [28.58] 1.063 [27.00] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1659 

#14 1.344 [34.14] 0.875 [22.23] 1.031 [26.19] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1660 

#18 1.375 [34.93] 1.125 [28.58] 1.063 [27.00] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1439 

#20 1.469 [37.31] 1.281 [32.54] 1.156 [29.36] .156 [3.96] .125 [3.18] XX-X1448 

#16 1.438 [36.53] 1.000 [25.40] 1.125 [28.58] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1661 

#20 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] 1.156 [29.36] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1455 

#18 1.516 [38.51] 1.125 [28.58] 1.203 [30.56] .172 [4.37] .156 [3.96] XX-X1662 

#22 1.563 [39.70] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] .130 [3.30] .156 [3.96] XX-X1461 

#22 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1465 

#20 1.672 [42.47] 1.250 [31.75] 1.297 [32.94] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1663 

#24 1.688 [42.88] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] .156 [3.96] .156 [3.96] XX-X1664 

#24 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1480 

#22 1.750 [44.45] 1.375 [34.93] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1478 

#24 1.875 [47.63] 1.500 [38.10] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .187 [4.75] XX-X1665 

#28 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] 1.563 [39.70] .203 [5.16] .125 [3.18] XX-X1491 

#32 2.250 [57.15] 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] .219 [5.56] - XX-X1496 

#36 2.500 [63.50] 2.188 [55.58] 1.938 [49.23] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1505 

#40 2.750 [69.85] 2.438 [61.93] 2.188 [55.58] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1509 

#44 3.000 [76.20] 2.781 [70.64] 2.375 [60.33] .219 [5.56] .125 [3.18] XX-X1144 

#48 3.250 [82.55] 3.031 [76.99] 2.625 [66.68] .219 [5.56] .109 [2.77] XX-X1148 

RF CONNECTORS 

BN & BNC 0.687 [17.45] 0.437 [11.10] 0.500 [12.70] .100 [2.54] .093 [2.36] XX-X1402 

C & N 1.000 [25.40] 0.625 [15.88] 0.719 [18.26] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1411 

HN 1.188 [30.18] 0.750 [19.05] 0.906 [23.01] .156 [3.96] .140 [3.56] XX-X1422 

UHF 1.281 [32.54] 1.000 [25.40] 0.969 [24.61] .172 [4.37] .125 [3.18] XX-X1434 

LC 2.000 [50.50] 1.250 [31.75] 1.437 [36.50] .265 [6.73] .281 [7.14] XX-X1666 

*To form, a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material prefix from the Specifications 

Table for the “XX-X” in the above TECKNIT order number. 


H-4


EMI Connector Gaskets, continued 


[SI Metric] 

COMMONLY USED CONNECTOR SIZES AND PART NUMBERS Table 1. 

.687 [17.45] 

.687 [17.45] 

.687 [17.45] 

.750 [19.05] 

.750 [19.05] 

.800 [20.32] 

.812 [20.62] 

.875 [22.23] 

.953 [24.21] 

.348 [8.84] 

.348 [8.84] 

.437 [11.10] 

.375 [9.53] 

.500 [12.70] 

.440 [11.18] 

.385 [9.53] 

.531 [13.49] 

.609 [15.47] 


A B C D R *TECKNIT 

±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER 

0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 

.500 [12.70] 

.500 [12.70] 

.500 [12.70] 

- 

- 

.500 [12.70] 

.500 [12.70] 

.594 [15.09] 

.719 [18.26] 

1.000 [25.40] 

1.000 [25.40] 

1.031 [26.19] 

1.094 [27.79] 

1.094 [27.79] 

1.094 [27.79] 

1.125 [28.58] 

1.160 [29.46] 

1.188 [30.18] 

1.188 [30.18] 

1.188 [30.18] 

1.188 [30.18] 

.656 [16.66] 

.703 [17.86] 

.719 [18.26] 

.750 [19.05] 

.781 [19.84] 

.875 [22.23] 

.750 [19.05] 

.925 [23.50] 

.984 [25.00] 

.906 [23.01] 

.938 [23.83] 

.950 [24.13] 

.719 [18.26] 

.719 [18.26] 

.719 [18.26] 

.812 [20.62] 

.812 [20.62] 

.812 [20.62] 

.812 [20.62] 

.906 [23.01] 

.812 [20.62] 

.906 [23.01] 

.906 [23.01] 

.906 [23.01] 

1.188 [30.18] 1.000 [25.40] .969 [24.61] 

1.203 [30.58] .875 [22.23] .906 [23.01] 

1.250 [31.75] 

1.265 [32.13] 

1.265 [32.13] 

1.266 [32.16] 

1.281 [32.54] 

1.281 [32.54] 

.875 [22.23] 

.875 [22.23] 

.937 [23.80] 

.781 [19.84] 

.875 [22.23] 

.875 [22.23] 

.938 [23.83] 

- 

.906 [23.01] 

.938 [23.83] 

.969 [24.61] 

.969 [24.61] 

1.281 [32.54] 1.031 [26.19] 

1.281 [32.54] 1.063 [27.00] 

.969 [24.61] 

969 [24.61] 

1.344 [34.14] 1.000 [25.40] 1.031 [26.19] 

1.360 [34.54] .870 [22.10] 1.030 [26.16] 

1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] 1.063 [27.00] 

1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] 1.063 [27.00] 

1.375 [34.93] 1.188 [30.18] 1.063 [27.00] 

1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] 1.062 [26.97] 

1.375 [34.93] 1.000 [25.40] - 

1.406 [35.71] 1.000 [25.40] 1.000 [25.40] 

1.406 [35.71] 1.125 [28.58] 1.062 [26.97] 

1.437 [36.49] 1.062 [26.97] 1.125 [28.58] 

1.437 [36.49] 1.125 [28.58] 1.125 [28.58] 

1.437 [36.49] 1.250 [31.75] 1.188 [30.18] 

1.469 [36.49] 1.312 [33.32] 1.188 [30.18] 

1.500 [38.10] .875 [22.23] 1.062 [26.97] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.000 [25.40] 1.125 [28.58] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.031 [26.19] 1.125 [28.58] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.140 [28.96] 1.156 [29.36] 

.100 [2.54] 

.109 [2.77] 

.109 [2.77] 

- 

- 

.120 [3.05] 

.128 [3.25] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.156 [3.96] 

.130 [3.30] 

.150 [3.81] 

.120 [3.05] 

.143 [3.63] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.065 [1.65] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

- 

.140 [3.56] 

.125 [3.18] 

.150 [3.81] 

.146 [3.71] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.156 [3.96] 

.120 [3.05] 

.128 [3.25] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

.166 [4.22] 

- 

.177 [4.50] 

.149 [3.78] 

.156 [3.96] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.177 [4.50] 

.188 [4.78] 

.173 [4.39] 

.120 [3.05] 

.093 [2.36] 

.093 [2.36] 

- 

.062 [1.57] 

- 

.150 [3.81] 

- 

.062 [1.57] 

.125X45° 

[3.18X45°] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.156 [3.96] 

.140 [3.56] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.140 [3.56] 

.141 [3.58] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.063X45° 

[1.60X45°] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

- 

- 

.160 [4.06] 

.188 [4.78] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.120 [3.05] 

.156 [3.96] 

.188 [4.76] 

.156 [3.96] 

.166 [4.22] 

- 

.201 [5.11] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

- 

- 

.188 [4.78] 

.171 [4.34] 

XX-X1400 

XX-X1401 

XX-X1403 

XX-X1404 

XX-X1405 

XX-X1406 

XX-X1407 

XX-X1409 

XX-X1410 

XX-X1110 

XX-X1412 

XX-X1413 

XX-X1414 

XX-X1416 

XX-X1417 

XX-X1419 

XX-X1420 

XX-X1421 

XX-X1114 

XX-X1424 

XX-X1425 

XX-X1426 

XX-X1427 

XX-X1428 

XX-X1429 

XX-X1430 

XX-X1431 

XX-X1432 

XX-X1433 

XX-X1116 

XX-X1435 

XX-X1436 

XX-X1437 

XX-X1438 

XX-X1118 

XX-X1440 

XX-X1441 

XX-X1442 

XX-X1443 

XX-X1444 

XX-X1445 

XX-X1446 

XX-X1447 

XX-X1449 

XX-X1450 

XX-X1451 

XX-X1452 

XX-X1453 



±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER 

0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 

1.500 [38.10] 1.219 [30.96] 1.156 [29.36] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.281 [32.54] 1.156 [29.36] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.240 [31.50] 1.160 [29.46] 

1.500 [38.10] 1.344 [34.14]* 1.188 [30.18] 

1.516 [38.51] 1.250 [31.75] 1.203 [30.56] 

1.516 [38.51] 1.125 [28.58] - 

1.531 [38.89] 1.156 [29.36] 1.203 [30.56] 

1.594 [40.49] 1.312 [33.32] 1.250 [31.75] 

1.594 [40.49] 1.406 [35.71] 1.250 [31.75] 

1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] 1.250 [31.75] 

1.625 [41.28] 1.406 [35.71] 1.250 [31.75] 

1.625 [41.28] 1.437 [36.50] 1.250 [31.75] 

1.640 [41.66] 1.250 [31.75] - 

1.672 [42.47] 1.375 [34.93] 1.297 [32.94] 

1.688 [42.88] 1.385 [35.18] 1.297 [32.94] 

1.688 [42.88] 1.375 [34.93] 1.297 [32.94] 

1.687 [42.85] 1.312 [33.32] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.735 [44.09] 1.560 [39.62] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.470 [44.20] 1.439 [36.55] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.281 [32.54] 1.297 [32.94] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.562 [39.67] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.92] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.531 [38.89] 1.375 [34.92] 

1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.92] 

1.781 [45.24] 1.594 [40.49] 1.438 [36.53] 

1.800 [45.72] 1.440 [36.58] 1.380 [35.05] 

1.812 [46.02] 1.560 [39.62] 1.312 [33.32] 

1.812 [46.02] 1.375 [34.93] - 

1.875 [47.63] 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 

1.875 [47.63] 1.531 [38.89] 1.375 [34.92] 

1.950 [49.53] 1.500 [38.10] - 

2.000 [50.80] 1.437 [36.50] 1.437 [36.50] 

2.000 [50.80] 39.80 [1.567] 1.437 [38.50] 

2.000 [50.80] 1.781 [45.24] 1.563 [39.70] 

2.000 [50.80] 1.781 [45.24] 1.563 [39.70] 

2.070 [52.58] 1.625 [41.28] - 

2.125 [53.98] 1.688 [42.88] 1.688 [42.88] 

2.250 [57.15] 1.843 [46.81] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.250 [57.15] 2.000 [50.80] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.250 [57.15] 2.031 [51.59] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.250 [57.15] 2.031 [51.59] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.281 [57.94] 2.015 [51.18] 1.688 [42.88] 

2.375 [60.33] 2.032 [51.61] 1.688 [42.88] 

2.500 [63.50] 1.250 [31.75] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.500 [63.50] 1.625 [41.28] 1.750 [44.45] 

2.500 [63.50] 2.250 [57.15] 1.852 [47.04] 

2.500 [63.50] 2.281 [57.94] 1.983 [49.23] 

.156 [3.96] 

.120 [3.05] 

.156 [3.96] 

.171 [4.34] 

.156 [3.96] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.173 [4.39] 

.141 [3.58] 

.171 [4.34] 

.120 [3.05] 

.120 [3.05] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.150 [3.81] 

.150 [3.81] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.136 [3.45] 

.173 [4.39] 

.140 [3.56] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.147 [3.73] 

.109 [2.77] 

.136 [3.45] 

.204 [5.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.156 [3.96] 

.109 [2.77] 

- 

.257 [6.53] 

.257 [6.53] 

.147 [3.73] 

.188 [4.76] 

- 

.195 [4.95] 

.219 [5.56] 

.219 [5.56] 

.173 [4.39] 

.219 [5.56] 

.219 [5.56] 

.125 [3.18] 

.312 [7.92] 

.312 [7.92] 

.177 [4.50] 

.173 [4.39] 

.171 [4.34] 

.187 [4.75] 

.160 [4.06] 

.187 [4.75] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

- 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.188 [4.78] 

.125 [3.18] 

.187 [4.75] 

.35 X 45° 

[8.89 X 45°] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.181 [4.60] 

.156 [3.96] 

.200 [5.59] 

- 

.226 [5.74] 

.125 [3.18] 

.156 [3.96] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.188 [4.78] 

.062 [1.57] 

.093 [2.36] 

.250 [6.35] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.250 [6.35] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.218 [5.54] 

.125 [3.18] 

- 

.218 [5.54] 

- 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.125 [3.18] 

.250 [6.35] 

- 

- 

.312 [7.92] 

.093 [2.36] 

XX-X1454 

XX-X1120 

XX-X1456 

XX-X1457 

XX-X1458 

XX-X1459 

XX-X1460 

XX-X1462 

XX-X1463 

XX-X1464 

XX-X1466 

XX-X1467 

XX-X1468 

XX-X1469 

XX-X1470 

XX-X1471 

XX-X1472 

XX-X1473 

XX-X1474 

XX-X1475 

XX-X1476 

XX-X1477 

XX-X1479 

XX-X1124 

XX-X1481 

XX-X1482 

XX-X1483 

XX-X1484 

XX-X1485 

XX-X1486 

XX-X1487 

XX-X1488 

XX-X1489 

XX-X1490 

XX-X1128 

XX-X1492 

XX-X1493 

XX-X1494 

XX-X1495 

XX-X1497 

XX-X1498 

XX-X1499 

XX-X1500 

XX-X1501 

XX-X1502 

XX-X1503 

XX-X1504 

XX-X1136 

H-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


COMMONLY USED CONNECTOR SIZES AND PART NUMBERS, CONT. Table 2. 



±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER 

0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 

2.500 [63.50] 

2.625 [66.68] 

2.281 [57.94] 

2.188 [55.58] 

1.983 [49.23] 

2.093 [53.16] 

2.690 [68.33] 2.250 [57.15] 2.250 [57.15] 

2.750 [69.85] 2.531 [64.29] 2.188 [55.58] 

2.750 [69.85] 2.531 [64.29] 2.234 [56.74] 

2.765 [70.23] 2.515 [63.88] 2.085 [52.96] 

2.781 [70.64] 

2.875 [73.03] 

2.500 [63.50] 

2.531 [64.29] 

2.234 [56.74] 

2.094 [53.19] 

2.875 [73.03] 2.500 [63.50] 2.500 [63.50] 

.281 [7.14] 

.221 [5.61] 

.201 [5.11] 

.173 [4.39] 

.173 [4.39] 

.236 [5.99] 

.166 [4.22] 

.138 [3.51] 

.154 [3.91] 

.093 [2.36] 

.266 [6.76] 

.125 X 45° 

[3.18 X 45°] 

.125 [3.18] 

.26 X 45° 

[6.60 X 45°] 

.250 [6.60] 

FULL 

.250 [6.60] 

.188 [4.78] 

XX-X1506 

XX-X1507 

XX-X1508 

XX-X1140 

XX-X1510 

XX-X1511 

XX-X1512 

XX-X1513 

XX-X1514 



±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±.015 ±015 ORDER 

0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 0.38 NUMBER 

3.265 [82.93] 

3.281 [83.34] 

3.375 [85.73] 

3.812 [96.82] 

4.000 [101.60] 

4.000 [101.60] 

3.035 [77.09] 

3.015 [76.58] 

2.138 [79.71] 

3.125 [79.38] 

2.000 [50.80] 

2.938 [74.63] 

2.531 [64.29] 

2.531 [64.29] 

2.475 [62.87] 

3.250 [82.55] 

3.000 [72.20] 

3.375 [85.73] 

4.500 [114.30] 3.000 [76.20] 3.800 [96.52] 

4.500 [114.30] 4.000 [101.60] 3.875 [98.43] 

4.625 [117.48] 3.888 [98.76] - 

.296 [7.52] 

.281 [7.14] 

.166 [4.22] 

.312 [7.92] 

.281 [7.14] 

.180 [4.57] 

.250 [6.35] 

.281 [7.14] 

- 

.312 [7.92] 

.125 [3.18] 

1.000 [25.40] 

- 

- 

.312 [7.92] 

.35 X 45° 

[8.89 X 45°] 

.312 [7.92] 

- 

XX-X1515 

XX-X1516 

XX-X1517 

XX-X1518 

XX-X1519 

XX-X1520 

XX-X1521 

XX-X1522 

XX-X1523 

*To form a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material prefix from Specifications Table for the “XX-X” in the above TECKNIT order 

number. 

STANDARD CONNECTOR GASKETS Table 3. 

CONNECTOR 

SHELL SIZE 


MIL-C-38999 A B C D R E** TECKNIT* 

± .015 +.020 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ± .015 ORDER 

NUMBER SERIES [0.38] -.000 [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] [0.38] NUMBER 

[+ 0.51,-000 ] 

8 II .840 [21.34] .630 [16.00] .594 [15.09] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1616 

9 I .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1617 

9A III .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] .222[5.64] XX-X1640 

10 II .965 [24.51] .750 [19.05] .719 [18.26] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1617 

11 I & 1V 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] XX-X1618 

11B III 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] .206 [5.23] XX-X1641 

12 II 1.060 [26.92] .875 [22.23] .812 [20.62] .141 [3.58] .125 [3.18] XX-X1618 

13 I & IV 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1619 

13C III 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] .206 [5.23] XX-X1642 

14 II 1.153 [29.29] 1.005 [25.53] .906 [23.01] .135 [3.43] .125 [3.18] XX-X1619 

15 I & IV 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1620 

15D III 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] .206 [5.23] XX-X1643 

16 II 1.258 [31.95] 1.135 [28.83] .969 [24.61] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1620 

17 I & IV 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1621 

17E III 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] .222 [5.64] XX-X1644 

18 II 1.351 [34.32] 1.260 [32.00] 1.062 [26.97] .156 [3.96] .141 [3.58] XX-X1621 

19 I & IV 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] XX-X1622 

19F III 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] .206 [5.23] XX-X1645 

20 II 1.500 [38.10] 1.375 [34.93] 1.156 [29.36] .141 [3.58] .172 [437] XX-X1622 

21 I & IV 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] XX-X1623 

21G III 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] .206 [5.23] XX-X1646 

22 II 1.625 [41.28] 1.500 [38.10] 1.250 [31.75] .141 [3.58] .188 [4.78] XX-X1623 

23 I & IV 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1624 

23H III 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] .259 [6.58] XX-X1647 

24 II 1.750 [44.45] 1.625 [41.28] 1.375 [34.93] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1624 

25 I & IV 1.875 [47.63] 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] XX-X1625 

25J III 1.875 [47.63] 1.750 [44.45] 1.500 [38.10] .172 [4.37] .188 [4.78] .259 [6.58] XX-X1648 

* To form a complete TECKNIT part no., substitute the appropriate material suffix from the SPECIFICATIONS TABLE for the “XX-X” in the TECKNIT order 

number. 

**Required for Series III only. At TECKNIT’s option dimension “E” may be slotted through to Hole “B” (see Figure 2). 


H-6


EMI Connector Gaskets, continued 

“D” SUBMINIATURE CONNECTOR GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


PART MOUNTING NUMBER OF A B C D E F 

NUMBER METHOD CONNECTOR PINS ± .020 ± .005 ± .010 ± .010 ± .020 ± .005 

42-X1700 Front Mounting 9 1.313 .984 .782 .450 .750 .140 

42-X1701 Rear Mounting 1.313 .984 .665 .370 .750 .140 


42-X1703 Rear Mounting 1.641 1.312 .993 .370 .750 .140 







NOTE: “D” Subminature Connector Gaskets can be fabricated from any of Tecknit’s sheet stock materials. Contact your nearest Tecknit representative or 

factory location for part numbers and design assitance. 

H-7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178



H-8


Conductive O-Seals 

CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER RING SEALS 


[SI Metric] 


O-SEALS are resilient O-rings of electrically conductive 

silicone elastomer. They can be manufactured 

from a variety of TECKNIT CONSIL ® materials, 

and are available in round or rectangular 

cross-sections and provide high electrical conductivity, 

shielding effectiveness, and moisture or 

pressure sealing. They are designed for static 

applications in which the sealed surfaces do not 

move relative to each other. 


Typical applications for O-SEALS include connector, 

jam-nut and interfacial seals, waveguide 

flange seals, cap seals, and conductive moisture 

seals for sealing screws. Typical groove dimensions 

for round cross-section O-SEALS are listed 

in Table 1 below. 

Table 1. Groove Dimensions for Round Cross-Section O-SEALS 

O-SEAL Groove Groove 

Cross-Section Depth Width 

Diameter ±.003 in. [0.07 mm] ±.005 in. [0.12 mm] 

.070 in. [1.78 mm] .055 in. [1.40 mm] .080 in. [2.03 mm] 

.103 in. [2.62 mm] .082 in. [2.06 mm] .1127 in. [2.97 mm] 


STANDARD CONDUCTIVE ELASTOMER VOL. 

MATERIALS* FILLER RES.(max.) 

Consil-II 842 Silver plated Silicone .01 

inert particles 

ohm-cm 

Consil-C 871 Silver plated Silicone .004 


ohm-cm 

Consil-C 873 Silver plated Silicone .005 


ohm-cm 

Consil-A 895 Silver plated Silicone .008 

aluminum particles 

ohm-cm 

*For detailed material specifications see applicable data sheets. 

Figure 1. Groove Design 


To order O-SEALS specify the TECKNIT Part 

Numbers shown in Tables II and III and the 

quantity required. For part not listed in Tables II 

and III, or for part numbers of other CONSIL 

materials, contact your nearest TECKNIT area 

representative or factory location to determine 

availability of the required tooling. 

H-9 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


INTERFACIAL SEALS Table 2. 

CONNECTOR 

SHELL 

DIMENSIONS 

MIL-C- MIL-C- I.D. O.D. T 

26482 5015 ± .010 in. ± .010 ± .005 in. Consil II Consil-C Consil-A 

[0.25mm] [0.25 mm] [0.13] 842 871 895 

#8 .319 [8.10] .422 [10.72] .075 [1.91] 84-30220 87-30220 89-50220 

#8 .328 [8.33] .391 [9.93] .030 [0.76] 84-30221 87-30221 89-50221 

#10 .447 [11.35] .550 [13.97] .075 [1.91] 84-30222 87-30222 89-50222 

#10 .406 [10.31] .469 [11.91] .030 [0.76] 84-30223 87-30223 89-50223 

#12 .547 [13.89] .703 [17.86] .075 [1.91] 84-30224 87-30224 89-50224 

#12 .531 [13.49] .594 [15.09] .030 [0.76] 84-30225 87-30225 89-50225 

#14 .671 [17.04] .828 [21.03] .075 [1.91] 84-30226 87-30226 89-50226 

#14 .641 [16.28] .700 [17.78] .030 [0.76] 84-30227 87-30227 89-50227 

#16 .797 [20.24] .953 [24.21] .075 [1.91] 84-30228 87-30228 89-50228 

#16 .781 [19.84] .844 [21.44] .030 [0.76] 84-30229 87-30229 89-50229 

#18 .891 [22.63] 1.047 [26.59] .075 [1.91] 84-30230 87-30230 89-50230 

#18 .891 [22.63] .953 [24.21] .030 [0.76] 84-30231 87-30231 89-50231 

#20 1.039 [26.39] 1.172 [29.77] .075 [1.91] 84-30232 87-30232 89-50232 

#20 .984 [24.99] 1.047 [26.59] .030 [0.76] 84-30233 87-30233 89-50233 

#22 1.141 [28.98] 1.297 [32.94] .075 [1.91] 84-30234 87-30234 89-50234 

#22 1.109 [28.17] 1.172 [29.77] .030 [0.76] 84-30235 87-30235 89-50235 

#24 1.266 [32.16] 1.322 [36.12] .075 [1.91] 84-30236 87-30236 89-50236 

#24 1.219 [30.96] 1.281 [32.54] .030 [0.76] 84-30237 87-30237 89-50237 

#28 1.455 [36.96] 1.547 [39.29] .040 [1.02] 84-30238 87-30238 89-50238 

#32 1.672 [42.47] 1.766 [14.86] .040 [1.02] 84-30239 87-30239 89-50239 

#36 1.891 [48.03] 1.984 [50.39] .040 [1.02] 84-30240 87-30240 89-50240 

JAM NUT AND O-RING SEAL Table 3. 

CONNECTOR 

SHELL REFERENCE DIMENSIONS 

MIL-C- 

Substitute for 

26482 MIL-C- MS-29513 I.D. Section Dia. 

81511 Size Reference ± 0.010 in. ± .005 in. Consil-II Consil-C Consil-A 

MIL-C- Dash Number [0.25 mm] [0.13 mm] 842 871 895 

38999 

-11 .301 [7.65] .070 [1.78] 84-30200 87-30200 89-50200 

-13 .426 [10.82] .070 [1.78] 84-30201 87-30201 89-50201 

-14 .489 [12.42] .070 [1.78] 84-30202 87-30202 89-50202 

#6 -15 .551 [14.00] .070 [1.78] 84-30203 87-30203 89-50203 

#8 -17 .676 [17.17] .070 [1.78] 84-30204 87-30204 89-50204 

#8 -18 .739 [18.77] .070 [1.78] 84-30205 87-30205 89-50205 

#9, 10 -19 .801 [20.35] .070 [1.78] 84-30206 87-30206 89-50206 

#10 -20 .864 [21.95] .070 [1.78] 84-30207 87-30207 89-50207 

#11, 12 -22 .989 [25.12] .070 [1.78] 84-30208 87-30208 89-50208 

#13, 14 #14 -24 1.114 [28.30] .070 [1.78] 84-30209 87-30209 89-50209 

#15, 16 #16 -26 1.239 [31.47] .070 [1.78] 84-30210 87-30210 89-50210 

#17, 18 #18 -28 1.364 [34.65] .070 [1.78] 84-30211 87-30211 89-50211 

#19, 20 1.487 [37.77] .103 [2.62] 84-30212 87-30212 89-50212 

#21, 22 1.612 [40.94] .103 [2.62] 84-30213 87-30213 89-50213 

#23, 24 1.737 [44.12] .103 [2.62] 84-30214 87-30214 89-50214 

#25 1.862 [47.30] .103 [2.62] 84-30215 87-30215 89-50215 


H-10


Waveguide Gaskets 

CONDUCTIVE SILICONE ELASTOMER GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


TECKNIT ® WAVEGUIDE GASKETS are made from 

a silicone elastomer filled with silver-plated particles 

designed to achieve maximum electrical conductivity. 

Gaskets for choke or grooved contact 

flanges are molded from TECKNIT CONSIL ® - C 

(Compound 873) elastomer in solid round or solid 

“D” shaped cross sections. Flat contact flange 

gaskets are die cut from .027 in. [0.69 mm] thick 

TECKNIT CONSIL-C (Compound 877) elastomer. 

CONSIL-C (Compound 877) contains an expanded 

copper metal reinforcement to eliminate cold 

flow. All gaskets are reusable and have no metal 

surfaces to mar flanges. 


TECKNIT WAVEGUIDE GASKETS offer the circuit 

designer a wide variety of RF and pressure tight 

seals for any waveguide system. They can be 

used for EMP and TEMPEST applications, and 

are widely used by the military and aerospace 

communities in sophisticated electronic countermeasure, 

communication, and guidance systems. 

Recommended design compression is 7 to 10% 

of thickness for rectangular cross sections, 18 to 

20% of diameter for round cross sections and 12 

to 15% of height for “D” shaped cross sections. 

All at 50 to 200 PSI closure force. 


TECKNIT CONSIL-C Shielding Effectiveness has 

been tested in accordance with TECKNIT test 

method TSETS-01 and based upon MODIFIED 

MIL-STD- 285. Typical values are given below. 



dB dB dB dB 

873 75 130+ 115 110 

877 75 130+ 115 110 

(*Based on 127 mm x 127 mm Aperture) 



Consil-C 

Compound No. 873 877 

Elastomer Silicone Silicone 

Filler Silver Plated Silver Plated 

Copper Particles Copper Particles 

& Expanded Copper 

Reinforcement 

Color Gray Red 

Texture Smooth Smooth 


Hardness Shore A 85 80 

Durometer, ASTM D-2240 ±7 ±7 

Volume Res. .005 .007 

(max.) QA-1039 ohm-cm ohm-cm 


ASTM D-792 ±13% ±.75 

Tensile Strength 400 psi 600 psi 


[4.05 MPa] 

Tear Strength 40 ppi 70 ppi 

(Min.) ASTM D-624 [7 kN/m] [12.25 kN/m] 

Elongation to (Min/Max) 100%/ NA (1) 

ASTM D-412 300% 

Temperature Range -49°F to 257°F -49°F to 257°F 

[-45°C to 125°C] [-45°C to 125°C] 

Form Available: Molded Die Cut 

& Extruded 

(1) 

NA = Not Applicable 

H-11 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKNIT WAVEGUIDE GASKET SELECTION CHART 

Wave- Frequency Flange Flange Gasket Gasket Part 

guide Band Range Description Type Type (1) Material Number 

Size 

GHz 

WR28 K a 26.5 UG-599/U Cover 1 877 87-87000 

WR42 K 18.0 

UG-595/U 

UG-597/U 

Cover 1 877 87-87001 

WR62 K u 12.4 UG-419/U Cover 1 877 87-87002 

WR90 X 

UG-39/U 

Cover 1 877 87-87003 

8.2 UG-135U 

12.4 UG-1736/U Flat 

1 877 87-87004 

UG-1737/U Contact 

WR112 X 1 

UG-51/U 

Cover 1 877 87-87005 

7.05 UG-138/U 

10.00 UG-1734/U Flat 

1 877 87-87006 


WR137 X b 

UG-344/U 

Cover 2 877 87-87007 

5.85 UG-441/U 

8.20 UG-1732/U Flat 

1 877 87-87008 


WR159 

4.90 UG-1730/U Flat 

7.05 UG-1731/U Contact 1 877 87-87009 

WR187 C 

UG-149A/U 

Cover 2 877 87-87010 

3.95 UG-407/U 

5.85 UG-1728/U Flat 

1 877 87-87011 


WR284 

UG-53U 

Cover 2 877 87-87012 

2.60 UG-584/U 

3.95 UG-1724/U Flat 

1 877 87-87013 


GASKET TYPE 

1 Die Cut Rectangular 

2 Die Cut Circular 


H-12


Waveguide Gaskets, continued 


[SI Metric] 

TYPE 1 GASKET DIMENSIONS Table 3. 

A B C D H T PART 

± .015 [0.38] ± .015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] ±.010 [0.25] ±.005 [0.13] NUMBER 

-0 -0 

.750 [19.05] .750 [19.05] .145 [3.68] .285 [7.24] .116 [2.95] .027 [0.69] 87-87000 

.875 [22.23] .875 [22.23] .175 [4.45] .425 [10.80] .116 [2.95] .027 [0.69] 87-87001 

1.313 [33.35] 1.313 [33.35] .630 [16.00] .320 [8.13] .140 [3.56] .027 [0.69] 87-87002 

1.625 [41.28] 1.625 [41.28] .905 [22.99] .405 [10.29] .169 [4.29] .027 [0.69] 87-87003 

1.594 [40.49] 2.094 [53.19] .405 [10.29] .905 [22.99] .169 [4.29] .027 [0.69] 87-87004 

1.875 [47.63] 1.875 [47.63] 1.130 [28.70] .505 [12.83] .180 [4.57] .027 [0.69] 87-87005 

1.750 [44.45] 2.500 [63.50] .505 [12.83] 1.130 [28.70] .171 [4.34] .027 [0.69] 87-87006 

1.937 [49.20] 2.687 [68.25] .633 [16.08] 1.380 [35.05] .206 [5.23] .027 [0.69] 87-87008 

2.438 [61.93] 3.188 [80.98] .805 [20.45] 1.600 [40.64] .257 [6.53] .027 [0.69] 87-87009 

3.500 [88.90] 2.500 [63.50] 1.880 [47.75] .880 [22.35] .266 [6.76] .027 [0.69] 87-87011 

4.500 [114.30] 3.000 [76.20] 2.850 [72.39] 1.350 [34.29] .266 [6.76] .027 [0.69] 87-87013 

TYPE 2 GASKET DIMENSIONS Table 4. 

A B C H T PART 

±.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] +.015 [0.38] ±.010 [0.38] ±.005 [0.13] NUMBER 

-0 -0 

3.125 [79.38] .632 [16.05] 1.382 [35.10] .234 [5.94] .027 [0.69] 87-87007 

3.625 [92.08] .882 [22.40] 1.882 [47.80] .234 [5.94] .027 [0.69] 87-87010 

5.312 [134.93] 1.350[34.29] 2.850 [72.39] 2.90 [7.37] .027 [0.69] 87-87012 

H-13 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


EMC Foil Tape 

CONDUCTIVE FOIL TAPE WITH CONDUCTIVE ADHESIVE 


TECKNIT ® EMC FOIL TAPE consists of copper or 

aluminum foil backed with conductive acrylic 

adhesive on one side. The adhesive is a pressuresensitive 

type consisting of a uniform dispersion 

of conductive particles. 


• Sealing of seams on EMI shielding rooms, 

enclosures and electronic equipment. 

• Shielding of cables by wrapping. 

• Provides a reliable ground surface. 

• Static discharge drain. 

• Practical multi-purpose repair material. 

STANDARD PART NUMBER DESIGNATION 

PART 

WIDTH NUMBER 

Copper 0.5 Inch 23-60005 

1.0 Inch 23-60010 

2.0 Inch 23-60020 

4.0 Inch 23-60040 

Aluminum 0.5 Inch 23-70005 

1.0 Inch 23-70010 

2.0 Inch 23-70020 

4.0 Inch 23-70040 


TECKNIT EMC FOIL TAPE is available in standard 

widths of .5", 1.0", 2.0" and 4.0" in standard 36 

yard lengths. Widths up to 24", different lengths 

are available on special order. 



• Foil 

Copper* .0014 inch. (1 oz.) 

Aluminum .002 inch. 

• Thickness 

Copper .0029 inch ±10%. 

Aluminum .0035 inch ±10%. 

• Interliner: Polyethylene Coated Paper. 

• Adhesive 

Conductive Acrylic .0015 inch ±10%. 


• Peel Strength (ASTM D-1000) 

Copper 40 oz./inch of width. 

Aluminum 35 oz./inch of width. 

• Tensile Strength (ASTM D-1000) 

Copper 35 lb./inch of width. 

Aluminum 20 lb./inch of width. 

• Conductivity through Adhesive 

Copper 0.010 ohms/in.2 

Aluminum 0.010 ohms/in.2 

• Shielding Effectiveness: 10MHz to 1GHz 

Copper 60 dB 

Aluminum 55 dB 

• Temperature Range 

-131°F to +311°F [-55°C to + 155°C] 

*Available Tinned 


H-14


TeckMask 

EMI FOIL TAPE WITH EASY PEEL MASK 


[SI Metric] 


Tecknit’s TECKMASK tape has been designed to 

withstand the rigorous powder painting processes 

currently used in sheet metal cabinet manufacturing. 

TECKMASK tape also provides a conductive, 

non- corroding surface, thus eliminating 

expensive plating, hand masking and chromate 

conversion coating of enclosure flanges prior to 

painting. After painting and baking, the high temperature 

recessed paint mask is removed, leaving 

a clean conductive surface with a smooth paint 

edge. 




TECKMASK tape is recommended for use in 

areas where a conductive path is required, typically, 

the interface between the cabinet frame and 

an EMI gasket. 

TECKMASK consists of an easily removable 2-mil 

nylon protective film mask over 2 oz. tin-plated 

copper foil and backed with an aggressive conductive 

pressure sensitive adhesive. The foil tape 

is a special electrolytic grade of premium, dead 

soft, zero temper, high tensile copper that is tin 

clad on both sides. The high temperature nylon 

film mask is backed with a thin film of removable 

adhesive which has been formulated to leave no 

trace of adhesive or residue upon removal of the 

film from the foil tape. 


TECKMASK tape shielding effectiveness has been 

tested in accordance with MIL-STD-285. Typical 

values are given below. 

• Foil: 

Tinned Copper 

Thickness .0028" 

Tin plating per MIL-T-10727 

• Mask: 

Nylon 

Thickness: .002" 

Color: Light green 

• Total Thickness: .0077" 

• Temperature Range: -10°F to 400°F 

[-23°C to 204°] 

• Adhesion: 

Film to Foil: 20 oz/in. 

Foil to Substrate: 70 oz/inch width 

• Shear: 2.2 psi (PSTC #7) 

• Electrical Resistance: .002 ohm/sq. inch 

• Surface Resistivity: .010 ohm 

• Release Liner: 65# Kraft. 

• Standard Widths: .430" to 1.5" 

• Standard Lengths: 18 yards 

• Custom lengths and widths: consult factory 


100 kHZ 10 MHz 1 GHz 

dB dB dB 

141 114.5 116 

H-15 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


APPLICATION GUIDELINES 

A. SURFACE PREPARATION: 

Teckmask tape should be applied to a clean dry 

Surface (Figure 1). If the surface is contaminated, 

clean with a rag dipped in methylethyl ketone. 

Use a rubber roller or rubber squeegee and moderate 

pressure (4-10 lbs) to ensure proper adhesion 

of Teckmask tape to cabinet. After applying, 

allow Teckmask Tape to stand one hour at room 

temperature to develop adhesion sufficient to 

withstand normal processing and handling. Full 

adhesion is developed after 24 hours. 

Figure 1. 

B. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS: 

1. Paint the cabinet using conventional methods 

(Figure 2). 

2. BAKE. Recommended baking schedule for 

optimum performance of Teckmask Tape is 5 to 

60 minutes at 225° to 350°F (Figure 3). 

Figure 3. 

3. Allow painted area to cool to ambient temperature 

before removing mask portion of tape (Figure 

4). Mask should be removed immediately after 

cooling as it will reestablish adhesion within 24 to 

48 hours. If the mask does regain adhesion it can 

be removed by reheating to the recommended 

bake schedule listed above. 

4. To minimize the chance of lifting the metal 

tape, the mask should be peeled back at an 

angle as close to 180° as possible. If the tape 

shows signs of lifting during mask removal, it can 

be rolled back down, using moderate pressure, 

with a rubber roller or squeegee. 

Figure 2. 

Figure 4. 


Standard TECKMASK Tape is available in 18 yard 

length rolls. Consult factory for custom length, 

and/or width requirements. TECKMASK tape is 

available with a non-recessed mask. 

PART NUMBERS 

PART NUMBER 

WIDTH 

23-61004 .43" [10.92] 

23-61005 .50" [12.70] 

23-61006 .625" [15.88] 

23-61007 .75" [19.05] 

23-61010 1.0" [25.40] 

23-61015 1.5" [38.10] 


H-16

I. LOW CLOSURE FORCE GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 

Section I: 

Beryllium Copper Gaskets 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

BERYLLIUM COPPER (Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I1 - I8 



Beryllium Copper 

EMI SHIELDING FINGERSTOCK GASKETS 


[SI Metric] 


Tecknit Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding 

Fingerstock Gaskets are durable metal strips used 

as gasket material to provide high shielding effectiveness 

in closure applications where low closure 

forces are required. Where extremely low closure 

force is required, Softstock gaskets are available 

in all standard cross sections. The following graph 

compares the force / deflection of Softstock to 

standard Beryllium Copper gasketing. 

Both Softstock and standard Beryllium Copper 

gaskets are ideal for applications where closure 

force is applied parallel to the mating surface and 

the gasket is “wiped” rather than perpendicularly 

compressed. Beryllium copper gaskets retain a 

high resistance to relaxation - virtually eliminating 

compression set. 

Note: For detailed technical data, please 

contact our Customer Service Department at 

(908) 272-5500 for information on the following: 

• Force/deflection on specific part numbers 

• Shielding effectiveness on specific part 

numbers 

• Physical properties of Beryllium Copper Alloy 

• Pressure sensitive adhesive tape specifications 

• Product tolerances and detailed drawings 

• Plating specifications 

Tecknit offers a wide choice of Beryllium Copper 

gaskets specially designed for both large and 

small enclosures. They can be installed by a variety 

of methods, including adhesive strips, clip-on, 

and rivet mount designs. 


Tecknit Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding Gaskets 

can be used in a broad range of electronic equipment 

where EMI/RFI or ESD problems exist. 

Beryllium Copper Gaskets perform flawlessly in a 

variety of environments. They can be plated with 

a large choice of metal finishes to ensure their 

compatibility with any mating surface. They will 

not burn nor are they affected by radiation, or 

ultraviolet. For these reasons, top designers use 

Beryllium Copper EMI Shielding in everything 

from computers and radios to military guidance 

systems and consumer electronics. 



• Metal: Beryllium Copper Alloy C17200 (ASTM B194) 

• Heat Treated: 353-435 DPH/Vickers 


TYPICAL SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS 

25% deflection in accordance with MIL-STD-285 test procedure. 


Standard 100 kHz 10 MHz 1 GHz 

Finger Stock 110 dB 100 dB 90 dB 

Softstock 95dB 85dB 75dB 

I-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS 

OPEN END - Low compression force strips with adhesive backing. Allpurpose 

contact strip offers superior performance under minimum 

compression. Ideally suited for applications requiring a range of compression 

due to variations in mounting surface. 

Product A B C D E F Approx. 

Number Ref. Length 

5X-50000 .580[14.73] .235[5.96] .770[19.55] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[0.81] 24" 

5X-52000 .380[9.65] .150[3.81] .500[12.7] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 16" 

5X-54000 .280[7.11] .120[3.04] .370[9.39] .040[1.01] .188[4.77] .018[0.45] 16" 

5X-53800 .780[19.81] .270[6.85] .940[23.87] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .040[1.01] 24 

Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils 

FOLD-OVER - Same characteristics as the open end series. However, this 

design incorporates a “fold over” design which encaptures each finger protecting 

them from damage. 



5X-51500 .580[14.73] .223[5.84] .760[19.30] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[0.81] 24" 

5X-52100 .400[10.16] .150[3.81] .510[12.95] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 16" 

5X-54100 .280[7.11] .120[3.04] .380[9.65] .050[1.27] .188[4.77] .018[0.45] 16" 

5X-54200 .173[4.39] .080[2.32] .250[6.35] .050[1.27] .187[4.76] .018[0.45] 16" 


RIGHT ANGLE - For applications where a minimal amount of material thickness 

is desired. This series provides optimum shielding with minimal closure 

force. 

Product A B C D E F G Approx. 

Number Ref. Ref. Length 

5X-50400 .580[14.73] .735[18.66] .770[19.55] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .032[.812] .50[12.7] 24" 

5X-52400 .380[9.65] .450[11.43] .500[12.7] .060[1.52] .250[6.35] .022[.558] .30[7.62] 16" 

5X-54400 .280[7.11] .354[8.99] .370[9.39] .040[1.01] .188[4.77] .018[.457] .23[5.84] 16" 

5X-53400 .780[19.81] .810[20.57] .940[23.87] .060[1.52] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] .54[13.71] 24" 

LARGE ENCLOSURE - A design uniquely suited to applications such as 

shielded room doors or large electronic enclosures. May be used in wiping 

or compression applications. 



5X-63900 1.500[38.1] .225[5.71] 1.760[44.70] .060[1.524] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 24" 

5X-63800 1.090[27.68] .225[5.71] 1.350[34.29] .060[1.524] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 24" 

Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils. 


I-2


Beryllium Copper, continued 


[SI Metric] 

TWIST - Designed for compression applications with minimum flange 

widths. Available in single sided and double sided versions. 

Product A B C D Approx. 

Number 

Length 

5X-45000 .230[5.84] .030[0.762] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] 24" 

5X-45500 .340[8.64] .070[1.77] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24" 

5X-46000 .500[12.7] .070[1.77] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24" 


RIGHT ANGLE TWIST- For compression applications where side mounting 

is desired. 



5X-65100 .080[2.03] .190[4.82] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] .160[4.064] .03[.762} 24" 

5X-65500 .160[4.06] .260[6.60] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] .190[4.830] .07[1.778] 24" 

CLIP-ON - For applications where adhesive mounting is not possible. 

Product A B C D E Approx. 

Number 

Length 

*5X-61000 .300[7.62] .092[2.33] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

*5X-62000 .440[11.17] .078[1.98] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

*5X-63000 .600[15.24] .205[5.20] .078[1.98] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

*5X-64000 1.090[27.68] .255[6.47] .081[2.05] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] 16" 

MODIFIED CLIP-ON - For applications where adhesive mounting is not possible 

and where space limitations exist. 


Number 

Length 

5X-66600 .600[15.23] .165[4.14] .097[2.46] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

5X-66700 .272[6.90] .200[5.08] .070[1.78] .190[4.82] .030[.762] 18" 

CLIP-ON TWIST - For compression applications where non-adhesive 

mounting is desired. 


Number 

Length 

5X-65200 .150[3.81] .100[2.54] .095[2.41] .015[0.381] 24" 

*5X-66500 .270[6.85] .110[2.79] .165[4.19] .015[0.381] 24" 

REVERSE CLIP-ON - For applications where closure force is applied from 

the same side as the flange form. 

Product A B C D E F G Approx. Lance 

Number 

Length 

5X-65000 .380 .200 .070 .040 .250 .250 .500 16" T 

[9.65] [5.08] [1.77] [1.016] [6.35] [6.35] [12.70] 

5x-66000 .380 .200 .070 .040 .250 .250 .500 16" D 

[9.65] [5.08] [1.77] [1.016 [6.35] [6.35] {12.70] 

* "D" and "T" Lances available in 1/2" and 1" spacing. Contact the factory. 

NOTE: Clip dimension alternatives available. Contact TECKNIT factory. 

I-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


CONTACT STRIPS - For a variety of design applications. Contact strips offer 

near continuous contact from each finger. 


Number 

Length 

5X-60900 .520[13.20] .100[2.54] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

5X-61900 .670[17.01] .080[2.03] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

5X-62900 .860[21.84] .205[5.20] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] 16" 

Contact Tecknit for availability of 25ft. coils. 

RIGHT ANGLE CONTACT STRIP - Same performance characteristics of the 

contact strip, but designed for side mounting applications. 


Number 

Length 

5X-61500 .300[7.62] .357[9.06] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .257[6.52] 16" 

5X-62500 .440[11.17] .360[9.14] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .280[7.112] 16" 

5X-63500 .600[15.24] .500[12.11] .188[4.77] .047[1.19] .290[7.36] 16" 

5X-64500 1.090[27.68] .650[14.09] .375[9.52] .040[1.016] .395[10.03] 16" 

SYMMETRICAL SLOT MOUNT SERIES - Fingers are designed to snap into 

parallel slots and can be compressed to stock thickness. 

Product A B C1 C2 D E F Ref. 

Number Min. Ref. Length 

5X-71000 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] 16" 

5X-71100 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .187" (1 finger) 

5X-71200 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .375" (2 finger) 

5X-71300 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] - .040[1.01] .187[4.74] .169[4.29] .563" (3 finger) 

5X-72000 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .25[6.35] 15.75" 

5X-72100 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16 .250[6.35] .282" (1 finger) 

5X-72200 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .250[6.35] .563" (2 finger) 

5X-72300 .600[15.23] .220[5.58] .140[3.56] - .070[1.77] .282[7.16] .250[6.35] .845" (3 finger) 

55-73000 .358[9.09] .128[3.25] .110[2.79] .098[2.29] .050[1.27] .202[5.13] .184[5.67] .389" (2 fingers) 

SYMMETRICAL STAGGERED SLOT MOUNT - Designed to ease longer strip 

mount installations. 

Product A B C D E F 

Number Min. Length 

56-74016 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] .040[1.02] .187[4.75] .169[4.29] .92" (5 fingers) 

56-74000 .320[8.13] .110[2.79] .085[2.16] .040[1.02] .187[4.75] .169[4.29] 16.3" 

56-75016 .560[14.22] .240[6.09] .128[3.25] .040[1.02] .281[7.15] .250[6.35] 4.187[106.3] (15 fingers) 

*Availble in soft stock only. 

SOFT FINGERS - Superior elastic performance in applications where 

extremely low closure forces are required. Softstock version only. 

Product A B C D E F Max. Thickness 


56-70000 .370[9.398] .13[3.30] - - .250[6.35] .225[5.71] 16" .0020[.0508] 

*Availble in soft stock only. 


I-4




[SI Metric] 

SOFT MINI CLIP-ON - Designed for use on connectors and other small 

applications. Softstock version only. 

Product A B C D E Length Thickness 

Number 

Min. 

56-68000* .025[0.64] .042[1.07] .025[0.64] .049[1.25] .020[0.51 .784[19.92] .002 

± .020[.50] [.0508] 

*Available in Softstock only. 

SYMMETRICAL - A symmetrical strip suited for use applications with 

bi-directional closure force designs. 



5X-55700 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] 15" 

5X-3000 .450[11.43] .080[203] .510[12.95] .040[1.016 .125[3.175] .05[.635] 24" 

5X-55400 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] 15" 

*Available in Softstock only. 

SYMMETRICAL WITH SPINE - All the advantages of standard symmetrical 

with the added feature of a spine running lengthwise to allow for parallel 

sliding. Symmetrical strips are suited for use with bi-directional closure 

force designs. 



5X-55300 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] 15" 

SYMMETRICAL WITH RIVET MOUNT - For bi-directional closure force 

designs that require the highest reliability mounting methods. 

Product A B C D E F G H Approx. Rivet 

Number Min. Length Type 

5X-55800 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Clip 

5X-55500 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] .63 .88 15" Clip 

5X-55900 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Push 

5X-55600 .450[11.43] .140[3.55] .510[12.95] .080[2.03] .250[6.35] .022[0.55] .63 .88 15" Push 

SYMMETRICAL RIVET MOUNT WITH SPINE - Standard symmetrical advantages 

with added feature of a spine running lengthwise to allow parallel 

sliding. 

Product A B C D E F G H Approx. Rivet 

Number Min. Length Type 

5X-55100 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Clip 

5X-55200 .350[8.89] .110[2.79] .380[9.65] .070[1.77] .187[4.74] .018[0.45] .66 .84 15" Push 

LONGITUDINAL GROUNDING STRIP - Designed for sliding contact applications, 

such as rack-mounted equipment equipment and sliding drawer or 

cover applications. 

I-5 



55-00101 .250[6.35] .177[4.49] – .070[1.77] .102[2.59] 6.38" 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


T-LANCE - Clip-on Gaskets with the “T” lance 

assure extra grip and electrical conductivity. “T” 

lance is the perfect solution for mounting gaskets 

on aluminum and other softer metals. All “T” 

lance gaskets are available in standard finishes. 

T-LANCE AND D-LANCE - Items requiring a "T" or 

"D" lance, add a "T" or "D" on the end ot the part 

number. Also add the spacing dimension: .500" 

or 1000" 

Example: 55-63000T500 

"T" lance with .500" spacing 

Example: 55-62000D100 

"D" lance with 1.000" spacing 

D-LANCE - “D” lances snap into mounting 

surface holes for enhanced gripping power and 

conductivity. 

Standard lance locations are on .50” centers. 

Other locations are available. Please contact 

factory. 

MOUNTING METHODS 

TECKNIT supplies gaskets adaptable to six 

attachment methods: clip-on, pressure sensitive 

adhesive, solder, weld, slot, and rivet mounting. 

Please note that the clip dimensions depicted in 

this catalog can be modified to accommodate a 

variety of mounting surface material thicknesses. 

In addition, various rivet styles are available for 

the symmetrical rivet series. 

COILS - When ordering Be/Cu coils, simply add 

the code letter "C" to the part number. 

Example: 55-51500C 

When ordering Beryllium Copper Gaskets with 

plating, refer to the Tecknit Plating Code Chart 

below. Simply substitute the last two digits of the 

part number with the appropriate code number of 

the plating to specified. 

Example: 55 - 520 00 = 55-520 06 (Satin Tin Finish) 

PLATING CODE CHART 

Standard plating thickness: 0001" min. (Gold is: 

00005" min.) 

Finish Identification Finish Identification 

Bright Finish 00 Electroless Nickel 09 

Gold 01 Bright Nickel 10 

Silver 02 Tin/Nickel 11 

Tin Lead 05 Zinc 12 

Satin Tin 06 Zinc Chromate 

Bright Tin 07 (Yellow) 13 

Dull Nickel 08 Zinc Chromate 

(Clear) 40 

PLATING FOR GALVANIC COMPATABILITY 

Often plating is advisable to prevent inter action 

with Beryllium Copper and the metal it contacts. 

The figure below shows groups of compatible 

metals. Each group of metals overlap with those 

next in the group. It is safe to use metals from 

adjacent groups. For example, Beryllium Copper 

is found in Group lll, makining it safe to use with 

metals and platings from groups ll, lll or lV. 


When ordering standard Beryllium Copper 

Gaskets replace the second digit of the part number 

(X) with a 5. To order the low compression 

Softstock version, change the “X” to a 6. 

Example: 5X - 71000 = 

55 - 71000 (Standard) 

56 - 71000 (Softstock) 


I-6




[SI Metric] 

GROUPING OF METALS BY ELECTROCHEMICAL COMPATIBILITY 

ANODE 

Group l Group ll Group lll Group lV 


Magnesium Alloys Aluminum Alloys Carbon Steel Stainless Steel 

Aluminum Zinc & Zinc Plating Iron Beryllium Copper 

Aluminum Alloys Chromium Plating Nickel & Nickel Plating Copper / Copper Alloys 

Zinc / Zinc Plating Cadmium Plating Tin & Tin Plating Nickel / Copper Alloys 

Chromium Plating Carbon Steel Tin / Lead Solder Monel 

Iron Lead Silver 

Nickel & Nickel Plating Brass Graphite 

Tin & Tin Plating Stainless Steel Rhodium 

Tin / Lead Solder Beryllium Copper Titanium 

CATHODE 

Copper / Copper Alloys 

Nickel / Copper Alloys 

Platinum 

Gold 

I-7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178



I-8

J. FABRIC OVER FOAM 


[SI Metric] 

Section J: 

Tecksof 2000 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


PRODUCT 

PAGE 

TECKSOF 2000 (Conductive Fabric over Foam Gaskets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .J1 - J9 



TECKSOF 2000 

CONDUCTIVE FABRIC OVER FOAM GASKETS -- UL 94-VO RATED 


[SI Metric] 


The Tecknit TECKSOF 2000 Series gasket consists 

of conductive fabric over foam and has been 

designed to meet today’s commercial EMI shielding 

application demands where wide tolerance 

gaps exist. The foam core is flexible and conformable, 

making it ideal for applications requiring low 

closure force and minimal compression set. 

Tecknit TECKSOF 2000 Series gaskets are ideally 

suited for commercial electronic enclosures. They 

provide shielding effectiveness in excess of 100 

dB. 


Conductive soft gaskets are an ideal low cost 

solution for placement in enclosures where weight 

and space are limited. TECKSOF 2000 is an 

excellent choice where conformability as well as 

high shielding requirements are specified. 

Applications recommended include electronic 

cabinets/enclosures, laptop computers, cellular 

devices and portable electronic devices such as 

PDA's. 

FEATURES 

• Low compression force requirements: Typicaly 

less than 2lbs./1 inch 

• Shielding effectiveness of over 100 dB 

• Highly flexible and conformable 

• Thin light weight design 

• Corrosion resistant nickel coating for excellent 

galvanic compatibility 

• Low surface contact resistance 

• Continuous intimate contact between mating 

surfaces 

• Pressure sensitive adhesive as well as rigid 

mounting mechanisms 

• Easy cut to length installation 

• Wide variety of profile options 

• General Duty and Flame resistant, UL 94-VO 

Rated. Foam cores available 



Foam Core: 

• Urethane 

Conductive Fabric: 

• Nickel Copper metallized fabric 

• Others available 

GENERAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS 

• Shielding Effectiveness: 

• Surface Resistivity: 

.250”x.375” profile: 

>100 dB 

(20 MHz to 10 GHz, 

MIL-G-83528B) 

< 0.07 ohm/sq. 

(Typically 500,000 Cycles 

(ASTM D3886 ) 

Galvanic Compatibility 

With Aluminum, 

Galvanized Steel, 

Electrogalvanized Steel 

And Other Materials. 

UL94V-0 or UL94V-1 

depending on profile 

10%-Profile Dependent 

• Typical compression 30-40% 

• Maximum compression 

80%-Profile Dependent 

• Expected minimum IP rating 54 

J-1 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKSOF 2000 Structure 

1= Conductive Fabric 

2= Foam core 

3= PSA tape 

4= Paper liner 

SPECIFICATIONS – CONDUCTIVE FABRICS 

There are main four types of conductive fabric for T2000 fabric-over-foam: 

CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – RIPSTOP, WOVEN 

(NO.SR-W23B) 

Applications 

For extra abrasion resistance, Conductive Polyester 

Flammability 

UL94V-1: 0.8MM to 1.0mm.UL94V-0: >1.0mm 

Plating type 

Nickel + Copper + Nickel 

Tensile strength 

CD60/MD65 (LB/INCH) 

Max. short duration temp 210°C 

Surface Resistance 

0.04 to 0.08 ohms per square 

CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – TAFFETA, WOVEN 

(NO.ST-W29B) 

Applications 

standard material, Conductive polyester 

Flammability 

UL94V-0: >0.8mm 

Plating type 



CD60/MD65 (LB/INCH) 

Max. short duration temp 200°C 



CONDUCTIVE FABRIC – NON WOVEN (NO.SN-W05B) 

- Limited availability; contact Tecknit Sales for assistance 

Applications 

Die cut gaskets. Non UL94 rated. 

Material 

Conductive non woven Polyester 

Plating type 



CD6.30/MD15.20 

Max. short duration temp: 210°C 



CONDUCTIVE WRAP – USING CONDUCTIVE RUBBER (NO.SN-RUB) 

- Limited availability; contact Tecknit Sales for assistance 

Applications 

Provides an environmental seal, as well as EMI shield 

Material 

Urethane rubber, coated with silver powder. 

Plating type 

Silver 

Surface resistance: 

Calculated to 0.016 ohm - square 


15kgf/cm2 to ASTM D638 

Ozone resistance: 

250 ppm for 96 hours, no cracking to KSM6518 

Elongation 

120% to ASTM D638 

TYPICAL RESISTANCE VS COMPRESSION GRAPH 


J-2


TECKSOF 2000, continued 


[SI Metric] 

COMPRESSION/DEFLECTION DATA 

SAMPLE 

SIZE 

GENERAL DUTY 

UL94 

3x3mm 

lbs/in 

lbs/in 

Deflection % 

Deflection % 

4x4mm 

lbs/in 

lbs/in 

Deflection % 

Deflection % 

5x5mm 

lbs/in 

lbs/in 

Deflection % 

Deflection % 

J-3 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178


TECKSOF 2000 Profile Descriptions 

TECKSOF 2000 PART No. PROFILE WIDTH HEIGHT WIDTH HEIGHT UL Rating Notes: 

Product Code: mm mm in in 

27- 406 C-FOLD 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0 

410 C-FOLD W/ INSERT 9.8 10.9 0.386 0.430 V-0 

407 C-FOLD 10.7 9.8 0.420 0.385 V-0 

402 C-FOLD 10.9 10.0 0.430 0.395 V-0 

409 C-FOLD 10.9 10.0 0.430 0.395 V-0 

403 C-FOLD 12.4 11.9 0.487 0.470 V-0 

405 C-FOLD 14.7 17.1 0.580 0.675 V-0 

401 C-FOLD 15.0 17.1 0.590 0.675 V-0 

404 C-FOLD 15.2 17.1 0.600 0.675 V-0 

412 C-FOLD 19.0 23.0 0.748 0.906 V-0 

27- 408 DOUBLE D 2.8 9.7 0.110 0.380 V-0 

411 DOUBLE D 15.0 3.8 0.591 0.150 V-0 

27- 206 D-SHAPE 2.3 2.3 0.090 0.090 V-0 

209 D-SHAPE 2.3 3.2 0.090 0.125 V-0 

201 D-SHAPE 3.8 1.5 0.150 0.060 V-0 

205 D-SHAPE 3.8 2.3 0.150 0.090 V-0 

203 D-SHAPE 3.8 3.0 0.150 0.120 V-0 

210 D-SHAPE 3.8 3.8 0.150 0.150 V-0 

218 D-SHAPE 4.0 3.0 0.157 0.118 V-0 

215 D-SHAPE 4.8 5.1 0.190 0.200 V-0 

217 D-SHAPE 4.8 7.6 0.189 0.300 V-0 

219 D-SHAPE 5.0 3.0 0.197 0.118 V-0 

220 D-SHAPE 5.4 3.6 0.213 0.142 V-0 

222 D-SHAPE 6.0 8.0 0.236 0.315 V-0 

221 D-SHAPE 6.4 2.0 0.252 0.079 V-0 

207 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.0 0.250 0.120 V-0 

216 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.2 0.250 0.125 V-0 

202 D-SHAPE 6.4 3.6 0.250 0.140 V-0 

211 D-SHAPE 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0 

223 D-SHAPE 7.6 4.8 0.299 0.189 V-0 

214 D-SHAPE 8.0 5.0 0.315 0.196 V-0 

224 D-SHAPE 8.0 8.5 0.315 0.335 V-0 

225 D-SHAPE 9.0 4.0 0.354 0.157 V-0 

208 D-SHAPE 9.1 3.0 0.360 0.120 V-0 

204 D-SHAPE 9.5 6.4 0.375 0.250 V-0 

226 D-SHAPE 9.7 3.3 0.382 0.130 V-0 

227 D-SHAPE 10.0 2.5 0.394 0.098 V-0 

228 D-SHAPE 10.0 4.6 0.394 0.181 V-0 

229 D-SHAPE 10.0 5.0 0.394 0.197 V-0 

230 D-SHAPE 10.0 10.0 0.394 0.394 V-0 

231 D-SHAPE 10.0 11.0 0.394 0.433 V-0 

232 D-SHAPE 12.0 10.0 0.472 0.394 V-0 

233 D-SHAPE 12.2 5.1 0.480 0.201 V-0 

234 D-SHAPE 12.7 9.5 0.500 0.374 V-0 

212 D-SHAPE 12.7 12.7 0.500 0.500 V-0 

213 D-SHAPE 12.7 17.8 0.500 0.700 V-0 

235 D-SHAPE 13.0 4.8 0.512 0.189 V-0 

236 D-SHAPE 18.0 10.0 0.709 0.394 V-0 

237 D-SHAPE 18.0 14.3 0.709 0.563 V-0 

238 D-SHAPE 20.0 5.0 0.787 0.197 V-0 

239 D-SHAPE 20.0 7.0 0.787 0.276 V-0 

240 D-SHAPE 49.0 7.0 1.929 0.276 V-0 


J-4






27- 302 I/O 19.1 1.5 0.750 0.060 V-0 

313 I/O 21.0 1.7 0.827 0.067 V-0 

307 I/O 21.1 2.0 0.830 0.080 V-0 

303 I/O 22.0 1.5 0.866 0.060 V-0 

304 I/O 22.9 1.5 0.900 0.060 V-0 

312 I/O 24.0 2.5 0.945 0.098 V-0 

314 I/O 24.0 1.0 0.945 0.039 V-0 

311 I/O 24.8 2.0 0.976 0.079 V-0 

315 I/O 25.0 1.0 0.984 0.039 V-0 

300 I/O 25.4 1.5 1.000 0.060 V-0 

316 I/O 25.5 1.9 1.004 0.075 V-0 

317 I/O 29.0 1.0 1.142 0.039 V-0 

318 I/O 31.0 1.0 1.220 0.039 V-0 

319 I/O 33.0 1.0 1.299 0.039 V-0 

305 I/O 33.8 1.5 1.330 0.060 V-0 

320 I/O 35.0 1.0 1.378 0.039 V-0 

321 I/O 35.0 2.0 1.378 0.079 V-0 

310 I/O 38.1 1.5 1.500 0.060 V-0 

322 I/O 39.4 3.2 1.550 0.125 V-0 

323 I/O 40.0 1.5 1.575 0.059 V-0 

324 I/O 40.0 2.0 1.575 0.079 V-0 

327 I/O 40.0 3.0 1.575 0.118 V-0 

326 I/O 40.5 2.0 1.594 0.079 V-0 

325 I/O 40.9 3.1 1.610 0.120 V-0 

306 I/O 41.0 1.5 1.615 0.060 V-0 

308 I/O 41.0 3.2 1.615 0.125 V-0 

328 I/O 42.0 2.0 1.654 0.079 V-0 

329 I/O 43.0 2.5 1.693 0.098 V-0 

330 I/O 45.0 1.0 1.772 0.039 V-0 

331 I/O 45.0 1.5 1.772 0.059 V-0 

332 I/O 45.0 2.0 1.772 0.079 V-0 

301 I/O 50.8 1.6 2.000 0.062 V-0 

309 I/O 65.0 1.8 2.560 0.070 V-0 

333 I/O 68.9 2.0 2.713 0.079 V-0 

334 I/O 74.9 2.0 2.949 0.079 V-0 

335 I/O 84.0 1.5 3.307 0.059 V-0 

27- 502 KNIFE 6.0 2.0 0.236 0.079 V-0 

501 KNIFE 11.3 2.7 0.445 0.106 V-0 

500 KNIFE 19.1 6.4 0.750 0.250 V-0 

27- 801 P-SHAPE 10.0 2.6 0.394 0.102 V-0 

802 P-SHAPE 12.0 3.7 0.472 0.146 V-0 

803 P-SHAPE 13.2 3.3 0.520 0.130 V-0 

800 P-SHAPE 13.2 4.0 0.520 0.157 V-0 

805 T-SHAPE 14.7 17.0 0.579 0.669 V-0 

* Part has rigid insert in 804 P-SHAPE 17.0 10.0 0.669 0.394 V-0 

base leg 

27- 806 ROUND 3.0 DIA 0.118 DIA V-0 

807 ROUND 8.0 DIA 0.315 DIA V-0 

J-5 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





27- 107 SQUARE 2.0 2.0 0.079 0.079 V-0 

108 SQUARE 2.3 2.3 0.091 0.091 V-0 

100 SQUARE 3.0 3.0 0.118 0.118 V-0 

109 SQUARE 4.0 4.0 0.157 0.157 V-0 

103 SQUARE 5.0 5.0 0.195 0.195 V-0 

110 SQUARE 6.0 6.0 0.236 0.236 V-0 

101 SQUARE 6.4 6.4 0.250 0.250 V-0 

111 SQUARE 8.0 8.0 0.315 0.315 V-0 

112 SQUARE 9.0 9.0 0.354 0.354 V-0 

104 SQUARE 9.5 9.5 0.376 0.375 V-0 

105 SQUARE 10.0 10.0 0.395 0.395 V-0 

113 SQUARE 12.0 12.0 0.472 0.472 V-0 

102 SQUARE 12.7 12.7 0.500 0.500 V-0 

114 SQUARE 13.0 13.0 0.512 0.512 V-0 

115 SQUARE 15.0 15.0 0.591 0.591 V-0 

106 SQUARE 17.0 17.0 0.670 0.670 V-0 

116 SQUARE 17.0 17.0 0.669 0.669 V-0 

117 SQUARE 30.0 30.0 1.181 1.181 V-0 

118 SQUARE 35.0 35.0 1.378 1.378 V-0 

27- 630 RECTANGLE 2.0 1.0 0.079 0.039 V-0 

631 RECTANGLE 3.0 0.5 0.118 0.020 V-0 

709 RECTANGLE 3.0 1.0 0.120 0.040 V-0 V-1 w/Ripstop 

632 RECTANGLE 3.0 1.5 0.118 0.059 V-0 

737 RECTANGLE 3.0 2.0 0.118 0.079 V-0 

738 RECTANGLE 3.0 2.5 0.118 0.098 V-0 

739 RECTANGLE 3.5 2.5 0.138 0.098 V-0 

740 RECTANGLE 3.5 4.5 0.138 0.177 V-0 

720 RECTANGLE 3.9 2.5 0.155 0.100 V-0 


741 RECTANGLE 4.0 3.0 0.157 0.118 V-0 

715 RECTANGLE 4.1 2.0 0.160 0.080 V-0 

634 RECTANGLE 4.5 1.0 0.177 0.039 V-0 

633 RECTANGLE 4.5 1.5 0.177 0.059 V-0 

723 RECTANGLE 4.8 3.3 0.190 0.130 V-0 

635 RECTANGLE 5.0 0.5 0.197 0.020 V-0 

742 RECTANGLE 5.0 2.0 0.197 0.079 V-0 

743 RECTANGLE 5.0 3.0 0.197 0.118 V-0 

744 RECTANGLE 5.0 3.5 0.197 0.138 V-0 

745 RECTANGLE 5.0 5.5 0.197 0.217 V-0 

701 RECTANGLE 5.1 1.0 0.200 0.040 V-0 


728 RECTANGLE 5.1 4.1 0.200 0.160 V-0 

636 RECTANGLE 6.0 1.0 0.236 0.039 V-0 

746 RECTANGLE 6.0 2.0 0.236 0.079 V-0 

747 RECTANGLE 6.0 3.0 0.236 0.118 V-0 

749 RECTANGLE 6.0 4.0 0.236 0.157 V-0 

750 RECTANGLE 6.0 5.0 0.236 0.197 V-0 

751 RECTANGLE 6.0 6.5 0.236 0.256 V-0 

721 RECTANGLE 6.4 3.2 0.250 0.125 V-0 

748 RECTANGLE 6.4 3.2 0.252 0.126 V-0 

718 RECTANGLE 6.7 2.5 0.265 0.100 V-0 

637 RECTANGLE 7.0 0.5 0.276 0.020 V-0 



J-6






27- 638 RECTANGLE 7.0 1.5 0.276 0.059 V-0 

716 RECTANGLE 7.0 2.0 0.275 0.080 V-0 

752 RECTANGLE 7.0 4.0 0.276 0.157 V-0 

753 RECTANGLE 7.0 5.0 0.276 0.197 V-0 

754 RECTANGLE 7.0 6.0 0.276 0.236 V-0 

639 RECTANGLE 7.5 1.5 0.295 0.059 V-0 

640 RECTANGLE 7.6 0.5 0.299 0.020 V-0 

714 RECTANGLE 7.6 1.6 0.300 0.062 V-0 

661 RECTANGLE 8.0 0.8 0.315 0.031 V-0 

662 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.0 0.315 0.039 V-0 

663 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.2 0.315 0.047 V-0 

641 RECTANGLE 8.0 1.5 0.315 0.059 V-0 

755 RECTANGLE 8.0 2.0 0.315 0.079 V-0 

756 RECTANGLE 8.0 3.0 0.315 0.118 V-0 

726 RECTANGLE 8.0 4.0 0.315 0.157 V-0 

707 RECTANGLE 8.0 5.0 0.315 0.196 V-0 

757 RECTANGLE 8.0 6.0 0.315 0.236 V-0 

758 RECTANGLE 8.0 7.0 0.315 0.276 V-0 

642 RECTANGLE 9.0 0.5 0.354 0.020 V-0 

643 RECTANGLE 9.0 1.0 0.354 0.039 V-0 

644 RECTANGLE 9.0 1.3 0.354 0.051 V-0 

759 RECTANGLE 9.0 2.0 0.354 0.079 V-0 

760 RECTANGLE 9.0 3.0 0.354 0.118 V-0 

761 RECTANGLE 9.0 4.0 0.354 0.157 V-0 

762 RECTANGLE 9.0 5.0 0.354 0.197 V-0 

763 RECTANGLE 9.0 8.0 0.354 0.315 V-0 

764 RECTANGLE 9.4 6.4 0.370 0.252 V-0 

719 RECTANGLE 9.5 2.5 0.375 0.100 V-0 

664 RECTANGLE 9.5 3.2 0.375 0.125 V0 

722 RECTANGLE 9.5 4.0 0.375 0.156 V-0 

706 RECTANGLE 9.5 6.4 0.375 0.250 V-0 

724 RECTANGLE 9.7 3.3 0.380 0.130 V-0 

645 RECTANGLE 10.0 0.8 0.394 0.031 V-0 


646 RECTANGLE 10.0 1.5 0.394 0.059 V-0 

765 RECTANGLE 10.0 3.0 0.394 0.118 V-0 

767 RECTANGLE 10.0 4.0 0.394 0.157 V-0 

729 RECTANGLE 10.0 5.0 0.395 0.195 V-0 

768 RECTANGLE 10.0 6.0 0.394 0.236 V-0 

769 RECTANGLE 10.0 7.0 0.394 0.276 V-0 

770 RECTANGLE 10.0 8.0 0.394 0.315 V-0 

771 RECTANGLE 10.0 9.0 0.394 0.354 V-0 

772 RECTANGLE 10.0 11.0 0.394 0.433 V-0 

717 RECTANGLE 10.2 2.0 0.400 0.080 V-0 

731 RECTANGLE 11.0 7.0 0.433 0.276 V-0 

647 RECTANGLE 12.0 1.0 0.472 0.039 V-0 

773 RECTANGLE 12.0 2.5 0.472 0.098 V-0 

774 RECTANGLE 12.0 3.5 0.472 0.138 V-0 

775 RECTANGLE 12.0 5.0 0.472 0.197 V-0 

776 RECTANGLE 12.0 6.0 0.472 0.236 V-0 

777 RECTANGLE 12.0 7.0 0.472 0.276 V-0 

778 RECTANGLE 12.0 8.0 0.472 0.315 V-0 

779 RECTANGLE 12.0 9.0 0.472 0.354 V-0 

J-7 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178





27- 780 RECTANGLE 12.0 10.0 0.472 0.394 V-0 



705 RECTANGLE 12.7 3.2 0.500 0.125 V-0 

725 RECTANGLE 12.7 3.8 0.500 0.150 V-0 

730 RECTANGLE 12.7 6.4 0.500 0.250 V-0 

733 RECTANGLE 12.7 9.5 0.500 0.374 V-0 


648 RECTANGLE 13.0 1.5 0.512 0.059 V-0 

781 RECTANGLE 13.0 2.0 0.512 0.079 V-0 

782 RECTANGLE 13.0 3.5 0.512 0.138 V-0 

783 RECTANGLE 13.0 4.0 0.512 0.157 V-0 

784 RECTANGLE 13.0 5.0 0.512 0.197 V-0 

785 RECTANGLE 13.0 6.0 0.512 0.236 V-0 

786 RECTANGLE 13.0 7.0 0.512 0.276 V-0 

787 RECTANGLE 13.0 8.0 0.512 0.315 V-0 

788 RECTANGLE 13.0 10.0 0.512 0.394 V-0 

789 RECTANGLE 13.0 15.0 0.512 0.591 V-0 

649 RECTANGLE 14.0 1.5 0.551 0.059 V-0 

790 RECTANGLE 14.0 6.0 0.551 0.236 V-0 

650 RECTANGLE 15.0 1.0 0.591 0.039 V-0 

791 RECTANGLE 15.0 2.0 0.591 0.079 V-0 

792 RECTANGLE 15.0 3.0 0.591 0.118 V-0 

727 RECTANGLE 15.0 4.0 0.591 0.157 V-0 

793 RECTANGLE 15.0 5.0 0.591 0.197 V-0 

794 RECTANGLE 15.0 6.0 0.591 0.236 V-0 

732 RECTANGLE 15.0 7.5 0.591 0.295 V-0 

795 RECTANGLE 15.0 8.0 0.591 0.315 V-0 

796 RECTANGLE 15.0 10.0 0.591 0.394 V-0 

797 RECTANGLE 15.0 11.0 0.591 0.433 V-0 

798 RECTANGLE 15.0 12.0 0.591 0.472 V-0 

799 RECTANGLE 15.0 17.0 0.591 0.669 V-0 

600 RECTANGLE 16.0 7.0 0.630 0.276 V-0 

601 RECTANGLE 17.0 7.0 0.669 0.276 V-0 

602 RECTANGLE 17.5 5.0 0.689 0.197 V-0 

704 RECTANGLE 17.8 3.2 0.700 0.125 V-0 

651 RECTANGLE 18.0 1.6 0.709 0.063 V-0 

603 RECTANGLE 18.0 10.0 0.709 0.394 V-0 

652 RECTANGLE 19.0 1.0 0.748 0.039 V-0 

653 RECTANGLE 19.0 1.5 0.748 0.059 V-0 

605 RECTANGLE 19.0 2.0 0.748 0.079 V-0 

604 RECTANGLE 19.0 18.5 0.748 0.728 V-0 

702 RECTANGLE 19.1 6.4 0.750 0.250 V-0 

654 RECTANGLE 20.0 1.0 0.787 0.039 V-0 

655 RECTANGLE 20.0 1.6 0.787 0.063 V-0 

606 RECTANGLE 20.0 3.0 0.787 0.118 V-0 

607 RECTANGLE 20.0 5.0 0.787 0.197 V-0 

608 RECTANGLE 20.0 6.0 0.787 0.236 V-0 

609 RECTANGLE 20.0 7.0 0.787 0.276 V-0 

610 RECTANGLE 20.0 8.0 0.787 0.315 V-0 

611 RECTANGLE 20.0 9.0 0.787 0.354 V-0 

612 RECTANGLE 20.0 10.0 0.787 0.394 V-0 

613 RECTANGLE 20.0 12.0 0.787 0.472 V-0 

614 RECTANGLE 20.0 13.0 0.787 0.512 V-0 

615 RECTANGLE 20.0 15.0 0.787 0.591 V-0 

735 RECTANGLE 21.0 1.7 0.827 0.067 V-0 

616 RECTANGLE 21.0 2.0 0.827 0.079 V-0 

618 RECTANGLE 21.0 4.0 0.827 0.157 V-0 

703 RECTANGLE 21.0 18.0 0.827 0.710 V-0 

617 RECTANGLE 21.1 2.0 0.830 0.080 V-0 


J-8






27- 619 RECTANGLE 24.0 3.5 0.945 0.138 V-0 

620 RECTANGLE 25.0 5.0 0.984 0.197 V-0 

657 RECTANGLE 25.4 1.6 1.000 0.063 V-0 

621 RECTANGLE 25.4 3.2 1.000 0.125 V-0 

622 RECTANGLE 25.4 6.5 1.000 0.256 V-0 

623 RECTANGLE 29.0 3.0 1.142 0.118 V-0 

624 RECTANGLE 30.0 10.0 1.181 0.394 V-0 

625 RECTANGLE 30.0 12.0 1.181 0.472 V-0 

736 RECTANGLE 34.0 4.0 1.340 0.157 V-0 

626 RECTANGLE 43.0 20.0 1.693 0.787 V-0 

627 RECTANGLE 45.0 20.0 1.772 0.787 V-0 

628 RECTANGLE 50.0 25.0 1.969 0.984 V-0 

629 RECTANGLE 60.0 10.0 2.362 0.394 V-0 

ENGINEERING TOLERANCES (TYPICAL VALUES) 

CUT TO LENGTH 

ENGLISH UNITS (Inches)METRIC UNITS (mm) 

DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE 

1 - 6 ±.030 25 - 152 ±0.8 

6 - 11 ±.050 152 - 280 ±1.3 

11 - 48 ±.100 280 - 1,220 ±2.6 

48 - 70 ±.187 1,220 - 1,780 ±4.8 

70 - 84 ±.250 1,780 - 2,134 ±6.4 

CROSS SECTION 

ENGLISH UNITS (Inches)METRIC UNITS (mm) 

DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE DIMENSIONS TOLERANCE 



J-10

K. GLOSSARY 


[SI Metric] 

Section K: 

Glossary and Appendix A 

PAGE 

GLOSSARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K1 - K5 

APPENDIX A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .K6 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

K. GLOSSARY 

A 

ABSORPTION Dissipation or loss of electromagnetic 

energy in the medium through which the energy 

passes. Measured is decibels (dB). 

ADHESION The attraction of two dissimilar substances. 

Compare COHESION. 

ADHESIVE-SEALANT A material which can perform 

as both an adhesive and environmental sealant. 

AG/BR Silver plated brass. 

ARRESTANCE The capacity of an air filter to capture 

and hold particulate material or dust. 

ATTENUATION A loss of energy. Generally 

expressed in decibels. 

B 

BLEED To exude a liquid or gaseous material. 

BOND, mechanical Joining of objects by means of 

adhesion. 

BUNA-N A synthetic rubber compound useful in 

applications involving exposure to jet fuels, e.g.. 

JP- 1 through JP-6. 

BUS A metallic electrical conductor used to make 

a common electrical connection. 

BUTYL A synthetic rubber made by polymerization 

of butylene and isoprene or butadiene. Useful in 

applications involving exposure to phosphate type 

hydraulic fluids. 

C 

CHOKE FLANGE A waveguide flange having a mating 

surface designed with a slot to restrict leakage 

of electromagnetic energy. 

CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING A surface protection 

treatment frequently used in shielding 

applications. Although non-conductive itself, the 

chromate conversion coating is easily penetrated 

by EMI gasket materials when pressure is 

applied. This low cost finish is usually applied in 

accordance with MIL-C-5541. 

cm Centimeter. 

COHESION The mutual attraction by which the elements 

of a material cling to each other. Compare 

ADHESION in which the elements of a material 

cling to the elements of a different material. 

COLD FLOW See CREEP. 

COMPATIBILITY The ability of two materials to form 

a chemically stable system. Two or more metals 

which display no appreciable corrosion when in 

contact with each other are said to display compatibility. 

COMPRESSION The application of pressure to a 

material as opposed to the application of tension. 

In the case of cellular or sponge elastomers, compression 

will result in a decrease in cross-section 

area. Compression of solid elastomers produces a 

change in the shape of a cross-section with no 

change in its area (compare DEFLECTION). 

COMPRESSION SET The percent of permanent 

height reduction in a material caused by compression 

under specific conditions of load, temperature, 

and time. 

COMPRESSION STOP A material which acts to limit 

further compression of a gasket material. Used 

when a specified gap is required to avoid damage 

to gasket materials due to overcompression. 

CONDUCTANCE A measure of the ability of a material 

to conduct electric current. The reciprocal of 

the resistance of the material expressed in ohms. 

CONDUCTIVITY Conductance of a unit cube of any 

material. Reciprocal of the volume resistivity, 

expressed in ohms per centimeter. 

CONTACT RESISTANCE The resistance in ohms 

between two metal objects in contact with each 

other. 

CREEP The diameter change in time of a material 

under load. 

CURE To change the physical properties of a 

material by chemical reaction through the action 

of heat or catalysts or a combination of the two. 


K-1

K. GLOSSARY 

Glossary, Continued 


[SI Metric] 

dB See DECIBEL. 

D 

DECIBEL (dB) A dimensionless unit for expressing 

the ratio of two values of power (10 log P1 /P2 ) 

voltage (20 log E1 /E2 ). 

DEFLECTION The amount of movement of a material 

as a result of stress. Deflection of elastomers 

occurs with the application of compression force. 

DIELECTRIC STRENGTH The maximum potential 

gradient an insulating (dielectric) material can 

withstand before it breaks down, (volts per mil). 

DRY BACK Solvent activated dry adhesive for permanent 

mounting of EMI gaskets which use solid 

or sponge neoprene rubber. 

DYNAMIC RANGE The ratio of the specified maximum 

signal level capability of a system to its 

noise level. Usually expressed in decibels. 

E 

E-FIELD See ELECTRIC FIELD. 

ELASTOMER Any of various polymers having elastic 

properties similar to natural rubber. 

ELECTRIC OR E-FIELD The high impedance, or 

electric, component of an electromagnetic wave. 

An E-Field induces a charge of a shield. Compare 

MAGNETIC or H-FIELD. 

ELECTROLYTIC CORROSION Corrosion which occurs 

when a DC current flows between two metals in 

the presence of a conducting fluid, electrolyte. 

The rate of corrosion does not depend on the 

metals (they may be the same) but upon the 

amount of current and the nature of the corrosive 

fluid. Compare GALVANIC CORROSION. 

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY (EMC) The 

ability of electronic equipment or systems to operate 

in their intended operational environments 

without causing or suffering unacceptable degradation 

because of unintentional electromagnetic 

radiation or response. 

ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE (EMI) Any electromagnetic 

interference, periodic or random, 

which may have a disturbing influence on devices 

exposed to it. 

ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE (EMP) Broadband, 

high-intensity, transient electromagnetic fields 

such as those produced by lightning and nuclear 

explosions. 

ELECTROSTATIC CHARGE An electric charge accumulated 

on an object, usually by friction. 

ELONGATION The fractional increase in length of a 

material stressed in tension. 

EMULSION A suspension of one fluid in another. 

EXPANDED METAL A technique whereby metal foil 

or sheet material is pierced with a pattern of small 

slits and stretched, or expanded, to yield a screen 

consisting of one unbroken piece of metal. 

F 

FILLER Generally, material added to another material 

in order to improve its existing properties or 

add new ones. In the case of conductive elastomers 

(e.g., 

TECKNIT Consil materials) silver or carbon is introduced 

to add electrical conductivity. 

FLASH The excess material on a rubber part 

resulting from rubber being forced out of the 

mold cavity during the molding operation. 

FLUOROSILICONE A synthetic rubber useful in 

applications involving petroleum oils and fuels 

and silicone oils. 

FULL INTEGRITY Said of an enclosure when all 

seams, joints, and apertures are completely 

sealed or covered so as to provide no degradation 

in electromagnetic shielding performance. 

FUNGUS Mold, yeast, mildew, and other microorganisms. 

FUNGUS INERT Neither destroying nor supporting 

fungi. 

FUNGUS RESISTANT Unaffected by fungi when 

tested in accordance with MIL-STD-810, Method 

508. 

K-2 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

K. GLOSSARY 

G 

G Giga (a multiplier, 109). g Gram (metric unit of 

mass). g/cm3 Gram per cubic centimeter. Metric 

expression for density (mass per unit volume). 

GALVANIC CORROSION Corrosion which occurs 

between two dissimilar metals in the presence of 

moisture or some other electrolyte. Under these 

conditions an electrochemical cell is formed and 

current will flow from one metal to the other carrying 

ions of the metal with it. Compare ELEC- 

TROLYTIC CORROSION. GASKET, EMI A material, 

or combination of materials, which conducts electricity 

and which is used to ensure a continuous 

low-impedance contact between two surfaces 

which conduct electromagnetic energy. 

GO/NO-GO A test technique in which the object 

tested is required to perform in a specified manner. 

If it performs, it passes (GO); if it does not 

perform, it fails (NO-GO). (e.g., a tapped hole 

which will (GO) or will not (NO-GO) accept a particular 

screwthread gauge). 

GROUND A reference potential to which all signal 

and power voltages are established. 

GROUNDING The establishment of an electrically 

conductive path between two points, with one 

point generally being a reference point. 

GROUNDPLANE A conductive surface or plate used 

as a common reference point for circuit returns 

and electrical or signal potentials. 

H 

HARDNESS Resistance of material to plastic deformation 

usually by indentation. 

HERTZ (Hz) A unit of frequency which is equivalent 

to one cycle per second (1/s). 

H-FIELD See MAGNETIC FIELD. 

HONEYCOMB A low air resistance core material 

used in EMI shielding air vent panels. Generally 

made of aluminum, brass, or steel, the material 

consists of multiple hexagonal cells operating as 

wave guides below cut-off. The material offers 

extremely low resistance to air flow and high 

shielding effectiveness. 

HYDROSCOPIC Tending to absorb moisture. 

Hz See HERTZ (Hz). 

I 

IMPEDANCE (Z) The total opposition offered by a 

compound or circuit to the flow of an alternating 

or varying current. Impedance Z is expressed in 

ohms and is a combination of resistance R and 

reactance X, computed as Z =ÖR2 + X2. 

Impedance is also computed as Z = E/I, where E 

is applied a-c voltage and I is the resulting current. 

In computations, impedance is handled as a 

complex ratio of voltage to current. IMPINGE- 

MENT FILTER An air filter coated with a viscous 

fluid to improve its dust attestance and holding 

capacity. 

INSERTION LOSS The loss in power due to the 

insertion of a gasket, window, or vent panel in a 

seam, joint, or aperture. Generally expressed as 

the ratio in decibels of the power received before 

insertion to the power received after insertion. 

IRIDITE See CHROMATE CONVERSION COATING. 

k Kilo (multiplier, 103). 

K 

K kelvin (a unit of temperature). 

M 

m Milli (a multiplier, 10-3). 

M Mega (a multiplier, 106). 

MAGNETIC or H-FIELD The low impedance, or 

magnetic component of an electromagnetic wave. 

A magnetic field induces current in a shield. 

Compare ELECTRIC or E-FIELD. 

MIL 0.001 inch. 

MONEL An alloy of nickel and copper. 


K-3

K. GLOSSARY 

Glossary, Continued 


[SI Metric] 

N 

NECKING The localized reduction in cross-section 

that may occur in a material under tensile stress. 

NEOPRENE Polychloroprene Rubber. A general 

purpose polymer with many desirable characteristics, 

including high resilience with low compression 

set and flame resistance. Attacked by ozone 

and various hydrocarbon fluids including jet fuels. 

NOMINAL A stated value as opposed to an actual 

one. Values expressed as nominals may actually 

express a mid point between two limits, or an 

average, normal, or typical value. 

NONSETTING Nonhardening. 

O 

OHM (W) A unit of electrical resistance. 

OHM-cm A unit of material volume resistivity. 

OVERCOMPRESSION Compression which causes 

irreparable damage to a material or component. 

P 

PARAMETER A quantity to which arbitrary values 

may be assigned. 

PASCAL (Pa) The metric unit of pressure or stress 

equal to one n/m2, or 0.000145 psi. 

PERMEABILITY (µ) A relative measure of the ability 

of a material to serve as a path for magnetic lines 

of force based on air = 1. Permeability is the 

magnetic induction B in gauss divided by the 

magnetizing force H in oersteds. 

PLANE WAVE A simple wave in which all points 

normal to the direction of propagation are in 

phase. 

PRESSURE-SENSITIVE ADHESIVE An adhesive 

which, under normal conditions of temperature 

and humidity, remains tacky. Used on gasket 

materials as a positioning aid during equipment 

assembly. It is not intended to be used for permanent 

mounting. See DRY BACK. 

POT LIFE The period of time during which a reacting 

plastic or rubber compound remains suitable 

for application after a reaction with an initiating 

agent or hardener. 

R 

RADIATION Electromagnetic energy, such as light 

waves, sound waves, radio waves, x-rays, infrared 

and thermal waves traveling through a medium 

or through space. 

RADIO WAVES (or Hertzian Waves) 

Electromagnetic waves in the frequency range of 

3 kHz to 300 GHz propagated in space without 

artificial guide. 

REF. Reference information. Not a requirement. 

REFLECTION The loss of electromagnetic energy 

due to reflection at the air-metal boundary of a 

shield. The efficiency of the reflecting shield is a 

complex function of the wave and shield impedance. 

Compare ABSORPTION. 

RELATIVE CONDUCTIVITY A comparative measure 

of electrical conductivity based on copper = 1. 

RESILIENCY The ratio of energy input is a rapid 

instantaneous full recovery of a deformed specimen. 

RFI Radio Frequency Interference. 

Electromagnetic interference (EMI) within the frequency 

range 3 kHz to 300 GHz. 

RH Relative humidity. 

RTV (Room Temperature Vulcanizing) An elastomeric 

adhesive which cures at room temperature, 

about 23°C. 

S 

SHELF LIFE Length of time under specified conditions 

that a material retains its usability and specified 

properties. 

SHIELD Electrically conductive materials placed 

around a circuit, component, or cable to suppress 

the effect of an electromagnetic field within or 

beyond definite regions. 

K-4 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

K. GLOSSARY 

SHIELDING EFFECTIVENESS The effectiveness of a 

given material as a shield under a specific set of 

conditions, measured in decibels (dB). 

SHIELD-SEAL A material which provides both EMI 

and environmental sealing. 

SHORE A A scale used for the measurement of 

hardness with a durometer. 

SILICONES Polymeric materials in which the 

recurring chemical group contains silicon and 

oxygen atoms as links in the main chain. 

SINTERED Metal particles fused together under 

pressure at a temperature below their melting 

points. 

Sn/Cu/Fe Tecknit designation for a tin coated, copper- 

clad steel wire used to make EMI gasket 

materials. 

STRESS RELAXATION The decrease in stress after 

a given time at constant strain. 

STRIPLINE A type of transmission line which consists 

of a single narrow conductor parallel and 

equidistant to one or two wide ground planes. 

THIXOTROPIC Describes materials that are gellike 

at rest but fluid when agitated. 

V 

VISCOSITY The resistance of a material to flow 

under stress. 

VOLUME RESISTIVITY The electrical resistance 

between opposite faces of a centimeter cube of 

material, commonly expressed in ohm-centimeters 

(ohm-cm). 

W.G. Water gauge. 

W 

WICKING Capillary absorption of liquid (including 

water) along fibers or holes in a base material. 

W/m-K Watt per meter-kelvin (metric unit of thermal 

conductivity). 

SURFACE RESISTIVITY The resistance of a material 

between two opposite sides of a unit square of its 

surface. 

T 

TEAR STRENGTH The maximum force required to 

tear a specified specimen the force acting substantially 

parallel to the major axis of the test 

specimen. 

TENSILE STRENGTH The maximum tensile stress 

applied during stretching a specimen to rupture. 

THERMOPLASTIC A term used to describe those 

materials which can be repeatedly made to flow 

under the application of heat. 

THERMOSETTING A term used to describe plastic 

materials that are capable of being changed into 

substantially infusible or insoluble products when 

cured by application of heat or by chemical 

means. Once cured, the plastic cannot be made 

to flow. 


K-5

K. GLOSSARY 

Appendix A 


[SI Metric] 

K-6 

Materials normally encountered in enclosure and 

shielding design are presented in Table A-1. The 

materials are listed in two groups. The first grouping 

ranks the relative conductivity of nonmagnetic 

materials from silver (most conductive) through 

titanium (least conductive). The second group 

ranks the materials by relative permeability for 

steel (lowest permeability) through supermalloy 

(highest permeability). Relative permeability for 

the first group is effectively independent of frequency, 

whereas the materials in the second 

group are highly dependent upon frequency and 

magnetic induction or flux density (gauss). 

The relative permeability values for the magnetic 

materials (relative permeability greater than 1, µ r 

> 1) are provided for frequencies of 1 kHz, 10 

kHz and 100 kHz. Above 1 megahertz, the relative 

permeability approaches 1 and approximates 

the permeability of the nonmagnetic material of 

the first group. 

The effect of frequency dependent permeability 

on the absorption loss term (A dB ) is shown for the 

magnetic materials at the discrete frequencies 

from 1kHz to 1 MHz. For example, the absorption 

loss for Mu- Metal peaks at about 9 kHz whereas 

supermalloy peaks at about 20 kHz with a constant 

magnetic induction (B) of 20 gauss. 

The last columns, relative reflection loss, depict 

the effects of loss in the reflection term (R dB ) 

due to the high values of permeability at low 

frequencies. 

Table A-1 

SHIELDING MATERIAL CHARACTERISTICS 

Relative Relative Permeability µ r Absorption Loss (dB) Relative Reflection Loss 

Conductivity B (Magnetic Ind) = 20 Gauss Per MIL Barrier Thickness (dB) 

A dB = 3.334 (t in ) (µ r σ r f) 1/2 = ∆R dB = 10 log 10 (σ r /µ r ) 

σ r f= f= *f= f= f= f= f= f= f= f= 

Material (Cu=1) 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 kHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 10 kHz 100 kHz 1 MHz 

Group 1 

Silver (Pure) 1.08 1 1 1 0.11 0.35 1.10 3.46 + 0.3 + 0.3 + 0.3 

Copper (Annealed) 1.00 1 1 1 0.11 0.33 1.05 3.33 0.0 0.0 0.0 

Gold 0.70 1 1 1 0.09 0.28 0.88 2.79 - 1.6 - 1.6 - 1.6 

Chromium 0.66 1 1 1 0.09 0.27 0.86 2.71 - 1.8 - 1.8 - 1.8 

Aluminum 0.61 1 1 1 0.08 0.26 0.82 2.60 - 2.2 - 2.2 - 2.2 

Brass (91% Cu 9% Zn) 0.47 1 1 1 0.07 0.23 0.72 2.29 - 3.3 - 3.3 - 3.3 

Magnesium 0.37 1 1 1 0.06 0.20 0.64 2.03 - 4.3 - 4.3 - 4.3 

Tungsten 0.31 1 1 1 0.06 0.19 0.59 1.86 - 5.1 - 5.1 - 5.1 

Zinc 0.30 1 1 1 0.06 0.18 0.58 1.83 - 5.2 - 5.2 - 5.2 

Cadmium 0.23 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.51 1.60 - 6.4 - 6.4 - 6.4 

Nickel 0.22 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.49 1.56 - 6.6 - 6.6 - 6.6 

Phosphor-Bronze 0.22 1 1 1 0.05 0.16 0.49 1.56 - 6.6 - 6.6 - 6.6 

Tin 0.15 1 1 1 0.04 0.13 0.41 1.29 - 8.2 - 8.2 - 8.2 

Beryllium 0.10 1 1 1 0.03 0.11 0.33 1.05 - 10.0 - 10.0 - 10.0 

Lead 0.08 1 1 1 0.03 0.09 0.30 0.94 - 11.0 - 11.0 - 11.0 

Monel 0.041 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.68 - 13.9 - 13.9 - 13.9 

Manganese 0.040 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.67 - 14.0 - 14.0 - 14.0 

Titanium 0.039 1 1 1 0.02 0.07 0.21 0.66 - 14.1 - 14.1 - 14.1 

Group II 

Steel 0.10 180 60 5 0.45 0.82 0.75 1.05 -27.8 - 17.0 - 10.0 

Iron 0.17 200 100 10 0.61 1.37 1.37 1.37 -27.7 -17.7 - 7.7 

4% Silicon Iron 0.23 500 150 10 1.13 1.96 1.60 1.60 -28.1 -16.4 - 6.4 

Permalloy 0.21 2,500 800 50 2.42 4.32 3.42 1.53 -35.8 -23.8 - 6.8 

Hypernik 0.21 4,500 1,400 95 3.24 5.72 4.71 1.53 -38.2 -26.6 - 6.8 

Iron (Purified) 0.17 5,000 1,500 100 3.07 5.32 4.35 1.37 -39.5 -27.7 - 7.7 

Mu-Metal 0.20 20,000 6,000 400 6.67 11.55 9.43 1.49 -44.8 -33.0 - 7.0 

Supermalloy 0.20 100,000 30,000 2,000 14.91 25.83 21.09 1.49 -51.8 -40.0 - 7.0 

U.S.A.: 908-272-5500 • U.K.: 44-1476-590600 • Spain: 34-91-4810178

K. GLOSSARY 


K-7

C 

USA 

Tecknit - Corporate Headquarter 

505 W. 3rd Ave. 

Denver, CO 80223 

e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com 

www.tecknit.com 

Tecknit 

135 Bryant Avenue 

Cranford, NJ 07016 

Tel: 908-272-5500 

Fax: 908-272-2741 

e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com 


UK 

Tecknit Europe 

Swingbridge Road, 

Grantham, England NG31 7XT 

Tel: 44 1476.590600 

Fax: 44 1476.591600 

e-mail: tecknit@twp-europe.co.uk 

www.emcshielding.co.uk 

SPAIN 

Tecknit Europe Espana S L 

C/Juan De La Cierna No 4 

Pol.Ind.Ntra.Stra De Butarque 

28914 Leganes 

Madrid, Spain 

Tel: 00 34 91 4810178 

Fax: 00 34 91 4810056 

e-mail: tecknit@twp-europe.co.uk 

MEXICO 

Tecknit de Mexico S.A. de C.V. 

Boulevard Milenium 209 

Parque Industrial Milenium 

Apodaca, N.L. 66600, Mexico 

Tel: 011 528-369-8610 

Fax: 011 528-369-8611 

e-mail: tecknit.@tecknit.com 


CHINA 

Tecknit (Beijing) Electronics Technologies Co. Ltd. 

902 Zhong He Industrial Park. 

No. 16 Zhong He Road 

Beijing Economic & Technological Development Zone 

Beijing 100176, China 

Tel: (8610) 6788-4650 

Fax (8610) 6788-4649 

e-mail: tecknit@tecknit.com.cn 

www.tecknit.com.cn 


Shenzhen Branch. 

3/F Bldg 2 CATIC Shahe North Industrial District 

Overseas Chinese Town 

Shenzhen, China 

Tel: 86-755-2692-9460 

Fax: 86-755-2692-9461 




Shanghai Branch 

70 Cao Bao Road 

Bldg. C, Suite 3003 

Shanghai, China 

Tel: 86 021-6432-6760 

Fax: 86 021-6432-6762 



ISO 

E 

Q U A 

R 

T 

L 

I 

I 

F 

T Y 

I 

D 

E 

©Copyright 2005 Tecknit-Printed in USA 

Rev. 06.1

Tecknit EMI - Astat

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?